Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–1
Page 1A7–1
Section 1A7
Seat Assemblies
ATTENTION
Before performing any Service Operation or other procedure described in this Section, refer to Section 00
Warnings, Cautions and Notes for correct workshop practices with regard to safety and/or property damage.
1 General Information............................................................................................................................. 14
1.1 Front Seat General Description...........................................................................................................................14
Seat Covers...........................................................................................................................................................15
Electric Seat Operation........................................................................................................................................15
Raise/Lower Movement....................................................................................................................................15
Fore/Aft Movement...........................................................................................................................................15
Recline Movement............................................................................................................................................16
Four-way and Six-way Movement Control........................................................................................................16
Eight-way Movement Control............................................................................................................................16
Memory Seat Position System..........................................................................................................................17
Priority Keys (Domestic Level 3 Vehicles Only)................................................................................................17
Memory Buttons................................................................................................................................................18
Using the Exterior Mirrors.................................................................................................................................18
EZ-entry System, Coupe ..................................................................................................................................19
Active Head Restraints........................................................................................................................................20
1.2 Rear Seat General Description............................................................................................................................21
Sedan ....................................................................................................................................................................21
Wagon ...................................................................................................................................................................21
Coupe....................................................................................................................................................................21
2 Service Operations – Front Seat, Except Coupe.............................................................................. 22
2.1 Front Seat Usage Chart .......................................................................................................................................22
How To Use This Chart........................................................................................................................................22
Domestic...........................................................................................................................................................22
Gulf States........................................................................................................................................................23
Brazil.................................................................................................................................................................23
Front Seat Type 1.................................................................................................................................................24
Front Seat Type 2.................................................................................................................................................26
Front Seat Type 3.................................................................................................................................................28
Front Seat Type 4.................................................................................................................................................30
Front Seat Type 5.................................................................................................................................................32
Front Seat Type 6.................................................................................................................................................34
Front Seat Type 7.................................................................................................................................................36
Front Seat Type 8.................................................................................................................................................38
Front Seat Type 9.................................................................................................................................................40
Front Seat Type 10...............................................................................................................................................42
Front Seat Type 11...............................................................................................................................................44
Front Seat Type 12...............................................................................................................................................46
Front Seat Type 13...............................................................................................................................................48
Front Seat Type 14...............................................................................................................................................50
Front Seat Type 15...............................................................................................................................................52
Front Seat Type 16...............................................................................................................................................54
Front Seat Type 17...............................................................................................................................................56
Front Seat Type 18...............................................................................................................................................58
Front Seat Type 19...............................................................................................................................................60
Front Seat Type 20...............................................................................................................................................62
Techline
Techline
Techline
Techline
Techline
Techline
Techline
Techline
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–2
Page 1A7–2
Front Seat Type 21...............................................................................................................................................64
Front Seat Type 22...............................................................................................................................................66
Front Seat Type 23...............................................................................................................................................68
Front Seat Type 24...............................................................................................................................................70
2.2 Fire Extinguisher Assembly................................................................................................................................72
Remove .................................................................................................................................................................72
Reinstall ................................................................................................................................................................72
2.3 Front Seat Assembly............................................................................................................................................73
Remove .................................................................................................................................................................73
Reinstall ................................................................................................................................................................75
Seat Memory Calibration, Front Seat Type 11 ...................................................................................................76
2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly..............................................................................................................78
Remove .................................................................................................................................................................78
Disassemble .........................................................................................................................................................79
Front Seat Adjustment Switch ..........................................................................................................................79
Memory Position Switch Assembly...................................................................................................................80
Reinstall ................................................................................................................................................................80
2.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover................................................................................................................................81
Remove .................................................................................................................................................................81
Reinstall ................................................................................................................................................................81
2.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly ..............................................................................................................82
Remove .................................................................................................................................................................82
Disassemble .........................................................................................................................................................83
Reassemble ..........................................................................................................................................................83
Reinstall ................................................................................................................................................................84
2.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly .................................................................................................................85
Remove .................................................................................................................................................................85
Disassemble .........................................................................................................................................................85
Reassemble ..........................................................................................................................................................86
Reinstall ................................................................................................................................................................86
2.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve.......................................................................................................................87
Remove .................................................................................................................................................................87
Reinstall ................................................................................................................................................................87
2.9 Lumbar Support Knob Assembly .......................................................................................................................88
Remove .................................................................................................................................................................88
Reinstall ................................................................................................................................................................88
2.10 Front Seat-back Pad and Cover Assembly ........................................................................................................89
Remove .................................................................................................................................................................89
Disassemble .........................................................................................................................................................89
Reassemble ..........................................................................................................................................................90
Reinstall ................................................................................................................................................................91
2.11 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly .......................................................................................................................92
Remove .................................................................................................................................................................92
Disassemble .........................................................................................................................................................93
Side Impact Airbag Assembly...........................................................................................................................93
Front Seat Dummy Block Insert Assembly .......................................................................................................94
Lumbar Support Assembly ...............................................................................................................................94
Active Head Restraint Frame Assembly...........................................................................................................96
Reinstall ................................................................................................................................................................97
2.12 Seat Memory Module ...........................................................................................................................................98
Remove .................................................................................................................................................................98
Reinstall ................................................................................................................................................................98
2.13 Track and Height Adjust Assembly....................................................................................................................99
Remove .................................................................................................................................................................99
Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................100
2.14 Front Seat Cushion Pad and Cover Assembl y ................................................................................................101
Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................101
Disassemble .......................................................................................................................................................102
Reassemble ........................................................................................................................................................103
Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................104
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–3
Page 1A7–3
2.15 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly...............................................................................................................105
Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................105
Disassemble .......................................................................................................................................................105
Reassemble ........................................................................................................................................................105
Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................105
2.16 Front Seat Lift Motor Assemblies .....................................................................................................................106
2.17 Front Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Assembly .............................................................................................107
2.18 Front Seat-back Recline Motor Assembly ........................................................................................................108
2.19 Drive Motor Potentiometers ..............................................................................................................................109
3 Diagnostics – Front Seat RHD, Non-memory (Except Coupe)...................................................... 110
3.1 Prerequisites.......................................................................................................................................................110
Safety Requirements..........................................................................................................................................110
Equipment...........................................................................................................................................................110
Testing Procedures............................................................................................................................................110
3.2 Mechanical Diagnosis – Two-Way/Four-Way Seat ..........................................................................................111
Lumbar Support Inoperative .............................................................................................................................111
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................111
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................111
Seat Recline Forward And/Or Back Function is Inoperative..........................................................................112
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................112
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................112
Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or is Not Smooth ..............................................................112
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................112
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................112
3.3 Electrical Diagnosis – Four-way Driver’s Seat.................................................................................................113
Wiring Diagram – Four-way Seat ......................................................................................................................113
Connector Chart – Four-way Seat.....................................................................................................................114
None Of The Driver’s Four-way Seat Adjustment Sw itch Functions Operate...............................................115
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................115
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................115
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................115
Front/Rear Of The Driver's Seat Does Not Raise And/Or Lower ....................................................................118
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................118
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................118
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................118
3.4 Four-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test...........................................................................................................120
Test......................................................................................................................................................................120
3.5 Electrical Diagnosis – Eight-way Passenger Seat...........................................................................................121
Wiring Diagram – Eight-way Passenger Seat. .................................................................................................121
Connector Chart – Eight-way Passenger Seat.................................................................................................122
Neither Seat Ad justment Switch Functions Operate.......................................................................................123
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................123
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................123
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................123
None Of The Passenger’s Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate......................................125
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................125
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................125
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................125
Front/Rear Of The Passenger’s Seat Does Not Rais e And/Or Lower ............................................................127
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................127
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................127
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................127
Passenger’s Seat Fore/Aft Function Is Inoperative Or Not Smooth ..............................................................129
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................129
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................129
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................129
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–4
Page 1A7–4
Passenger’s Seat Recline Forward And/Or Aft Function Is Inoperative........................................................131
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................131
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................131
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................131
3.6 Eight- way Seat Adjustment Switch Test ..........................................................................................................133
Test......................................................................................................................................................................133
4 Diagnostics – Front Seat LHD, Non-memory (Except Coupe) ...................................................... 135
4.1 Mechanical Diagnosis – Two-way/Four-way/Six-way Seat.............................................................................136
Lumbar Support Inoperative .............................................................................................................................136
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................136
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................136
Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative......................................................................137
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................137
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................137
Two-way/Four-way Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or is Not Smooth..............................137
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................137
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................137
4.2 Electrical Diagnosis – Four-way/Six-way Seat.................................................................................................138
Wiring Diagram – Four-way/Six-way Seat........................................................................................................139
Connector Chart – Four-way/Six-way Seat ......................................................................................................140
Neither Seat Ad justment Switch Functions Operate.......................................................................................141
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................141
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................141
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................141
None of the Driver’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate.................................................................143
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................143
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................143
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................143
Front/Rear of the Driver's Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower.......................................................................145
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................145
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................145
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................145
Driver’s Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or not Smooth.....................................................147
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................147
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................147
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................147
None of the Passenger's Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate .........................................................149
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................149
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................149
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................149
Front/Rear of the Passenger's Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower ...............................................................151
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................151
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................151
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................151
4.3 Six-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test..............................................................................................................153
Test......................................................................................................................................................................153
4.4 Mechanical Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat ..........................................................................................................154
Lumbar Support Inoperative .............................................................................................................................154
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................154
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................154
4.5 Electrical Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat..............................................................................................................155
Wiring Diagram – Eight-way Seat .....................................................................................................................156
Connector Chart – Eight-way Seat....................................................................................................................157
Neither Seat Ad justment Switch Functions Operate.......................................................................................158
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................158
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................158
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................158
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–5
Page 1A7–5
None of the Driver’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate.................................................................160
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................160
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................160
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................160
Front/Rear of the Driver’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower.......................................................................162
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................162
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................162
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................162
Driver’s Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth....................................................164
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................164
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................164
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................164
Driver’s Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative .......................................................166
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................166
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................166
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................166
None of the Passenger’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate .........................................................168
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................168
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................168
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................168
Front/Rear of the Passenger’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower...............................................................170
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................170
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................170
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................170
Passenger’s Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth ............................................172
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................172
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................172
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................172
Passenger’s Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative................................................174
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................174
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................174
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................174
5 Diagnostics – Front Seat Memory and Rear View Mirror (Except Coupe)................................... 176
5.1 System Self Diagnosis.......................................................................................................................................176
Current DTCs......................................................................................................................................................176
History DTCs.......................................................................................................................................................176
Clearing DTCs.....................................................................................................................................................176
5.2 TECH 2 Diagnostics...........................................................................................................................................177
Test Modes..........................................................................................................................................................177
Mode F0: Diagnostic Trouble Codes..............................................................................................................177
Mode F1: Diagnostic Data Display..................................................................................................................177
Mode F2: Snapshot ........................................................................................................................................177
Mode F3: Miscellaneous Tests.......................................................................................................................177
Mode F4: Additi onal Functions.......................................................................................................................177
5.3 TECH 2 Test Modes and Displays for Diagnosis.............................................................................................178
System Select Menu...........................................................................................................................................178
Body Application Menu......................................................................................................................................178
System Identification .........................................................................................................................................179
Application Menu ...............................................................................................................................................179
F0: Diagnostic Trouble Codes...........................................................................................................................180
F0: Read DTC Information..............................................................................................................................180
F1: Clear DTC Information..............................................................................................................................180
Diagnostic Trouble Codes.................................................................................................................................180
F1: Diagnostic Da ta Displa y..............................................................................................................................181
F0: Inputs and Outputs...................................................................................................................................181
F1: Memory ....................................................................................................................................................185
F2: System Identification ................................................................................................................................186
F2: Snapshot.......................................................................................................................................................186
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–6
Page 1A7–6
F3: Miscellaneous Tests....................................................................................................................................186
F0: Chime.......................................................................................................................................................186
F1: LED ..........................................................................................................................................................186
F2: Right Exterior Mirror .................................................................................................................................187
F3: Left Exterior Mirror....................................................................................................................................187
F4: Front Vertical Motor..................................................................................................................................187
F5: Rear vertical Mirror...................................................................................................................................187
F6: Horizontal Motor.......................................................................................................................................187
F7: Recline Motor ...........................................................................................................................................187
F4: Additional Functions ...................................................................................................................................187
F0: Module Reset ...........................................................................................................................................187
5.4 Preliminary S ystem Diagnosis..........................................................................................................................188
5.5 Diagnostic Charts...............................................................................................................................................189
Introduction ........................................................................................................................................................189
5.6 Mechanical Diagnosis........................................................................................................................................190
Lumbar Support Inoperative .............................................................................................................................190
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................190
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................190
5.7 Electrical Diagnosis – Memory Seat.................................................................................................................191
Wiring Diagram...................................................................................................................................................191
Connector Chart.................................................................................................................................................193
Initial Check........................................................................................................................................................194
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................194
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................194
No Serial Data Communications to the Seat Memory Module........................................................................200
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................200
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................200
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................200
Seat Adjustment Switch Assembly Inoperative...............................................................................................202
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................202
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................202
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................202
Seat Front Lift Motor Inoperative......................................................................................................................204
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................204
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................204
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................204
Seat Rear Lift Motor Inoperative .......................................................................................................................205
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................205
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................205
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................205
Seat Fore / Aft Movement Motor Inoperative ...................................................................................................206
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................206
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................206
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................206
Front Seat-back Recline Motor Inoperative......................................................................................................207
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................207
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................207
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................207
Memory Position Switch Inoperative................................................................................................................209
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................209
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................209
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................209
Seat Front Lift Motor Potentiometer Check .....................................................................................................211
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................211
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................211
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................211
Seat Rear Lift Motor Potentiometer Check.......................................................................................................213
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................213
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................213
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................213
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–7
Page 1A7–7
Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Potentiometer Check.....................................................................................215
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................215
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................215
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................215
Seat-back Recline Motor Potentiometer Check...............................................................................................217
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................217
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................217
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................217
Priority Key Feature Inoperative .......................................................................................................................219
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................219
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................219
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................219
DTC 1 — Front Vertical Up Switch Stuck.........................................................................................................220
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................220
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................220
Notes on Diagnostic Chart..............................................................................................................................220
DTC 2 — Front Vertical Down Switch Stuck ....................................................................................................221
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................221
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................221
Notes on Diagnostic Chart..............................................................................................................................221
DTC 3 — Rear Vertical Up Switch Stuck ..........................................................................................................222
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................222
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................222
Notes on Diagnostic Chart..............................................................................................................................222
DTC 4 — Rear Vertical Down Switch Stuck......................................................................................................223
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................223
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................223
Notes on Diagnostic Chart..............................................................................................................................223
DTC 5 — Horizontal Forward Switch Stuck......................................................................................................224
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................224
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................224
Notes on Diagnostic Chart..............................................................................................................................224
DTC 6 — Horizontal Back Switch Stuck...........................................................................................................225
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................225
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................225
Notes on Diagnostic Chart..............................................................................................................................225
DTC 7 — Recline Up Switch Stuck....................................................................................................................226
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................226
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................226
Notes on Diagnostic Chart..............................................................................................................................226
DTC 8 — Recline Down Switch Stuck...............................................................................................................227
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................227
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................227
Notes on Diagnostic Chart..............................................................................................................................227
DTC 9 — Memory Button 1 Stuck .....................................................................................................................228
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................228
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................228
Notes on Diagnostic Chart..............................................................................................................................228
DTC 10 — Memory Button 2 Stuck ...................................................................................................................229
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................229
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................229
Notes on Diagnostic Chart..............................................................................................................................229
DTC 11 — Memory Button 3 Stuck ...................................................................................................................230
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................230
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................230
Notes on Diagnostic Chart..............................................................................................................................230
DTC 12 — Mirror DIP Button Stuck...................................................................................................................231
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................231
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................231
Notes on Diagnostic Chart..............................................................................................................................231
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–8
Page 1A7–8
DTC 13 — No Serial Data...................................................................................................................................232
DTC 14 — No Exterior Mirror Communications...............................................................................................232
DTC 15 — Front Vertical Position Sensor Fault...............................................................................................232
DTC 16 — Rear Vertical Position Sensor Fault................................................................................................232
DTC 17 — Horizontal Position Sensor Fault....................................................................................................232
DTC 18 — Recline Position Sensor Fault.........................................................................................................232
DTC 19 — ECU Malfunction...............................................................................................................................232
5.8 Memory Position Switch Test............................................................................................................................233
Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................233
Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................233
Test......................................................................................................................................................................233
5.9 Electrical Diagnosis – Rear-view Mirrors.........................................................................................................235
Wiring Diagram...................................................................................................................................................235
Connector Chart.................................................................................................................................................236
Initial Check........................................................................................................................................................237
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................237
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................237
Mirror Dip Function Check................................................................................................................................240
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................240
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................240
Mirror Heating Function Check.........................................................................................................................241
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................241
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................241
No Serial Data from Exterior Rear-view Mirrors ..............................................................................................242
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................242
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................242
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................242
No Serial Data – Right-hand Exterior Rear-view Mirror ..................................................................................244
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................244
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................244
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................244
No Serial Data – Left-hand Exterior Rear-view Mirror.....................................................................................245
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................245
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................245
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................245
Mirror Control Switch Inoperative.....................................................................................................................246
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................246
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................246
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................246
6 Service Operations – Front Seat, Coupe......................................................................................... 248
6.1 Front Seat Usage Chart .....................................................................................................................................248
How To Use This Chart......................................................................................................................................248
Domestic.........................................................................................................................................................248
Gulf States......................................................................................................................................................248
Front Seat Type 1 ...............................................................................................................................................249
Front Seat Type 2 ...............................................................................................................................................251
Front Seat Type 3 ...............................................................................................................................................253
Front Seat Type 4 ...............................................................................................................................................255
6.2 Fire Extinguisher Assembly..............................................................................................................................257
Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................257
Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................257
6.3 Front Seat Assembly..........................................................................................................................................258
Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................258
Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................260
Seat Memory Calibration, Front Seat Type 1 ...................................................................................................261
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–9
Page 1A7–9
6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly............................................................................................................263
Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................263
Disassemble .......................................................................................................................................................264
Front Seat Adjustment Switch ........................................................................................................................264
Memory Position Switch Assembly.................................................................................................................265
EZ-Entry Module.............................................................................................................................................265
Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................266
6.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover..............................................................................................................................267
Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................267
Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................267
6.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly ............................................................................................................268
Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................268
Disassemble .......................................................................................................................................................269
Reassemble ........................................................................................................................................................269
Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................270
6.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly ...............................................................................................................271
Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................271
Disassemble .......................................................................................................................................................271
Reassemble ........................................................................................................................................................272
Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................272
6.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve.....................................................................................................................273
Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................273
Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................273
6.9 EZ-Entry Release Lever and Escutcheon.........................................................................................................274
Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................274
Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................276
6.10 EZ-Entry Switch and Release Cable Assembly ...............................................................................................277
6.11 Lumbar Support Knob Assembly .....................................................................................................................278
Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................278
Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................278
6.12 Front Seat-back Pad and Cover Assembly ......................................................................................................279
Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................279
Disassemble .......................................................................................................................................................280
Reassemble ........................................................................................................................................................281
Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................281
6.13 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly .....................................................................................................................282
Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................282
Disassemble .......................................................................................................................................................283
EZ-Entry Release Lever Retaining Clip and Return Spring............................................................................283
Side Impact Airbag Assembly.........................................................................................................................283
Front Seat Dummy Block Insert Assembly .....................................................................................................284
Lumbar Support Assembly .............................................................................................................................285
Active Head Restraint Frame Assembly.........................................................................................................286
Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................288
6.14 Seat Memory Module .........................................................................................................................................289
Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................289
Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................289
6.15 Track and Height Adjust Assembly..................................................................................................................290
Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................290
Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................291
6.16 Front Seat Cushion Pad and Cover Assembl y ................................................................................................292
Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................292
Disassemble .......................................................................................................................................................292
Reassemble ........................................................................................................................................................294
Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................295
6.17 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly...............................................................................................................296
Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................296
Disassemble .......................................................................................................................................................296
Reassemble ........................................................................................................................................................296
Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................296
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–10
Page 1A7–10
6.18 Front Seat Lift Motor Assemblies .....................................................................................................................297
6.19 Front Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Assembly .............................................................................................298
6.20 Front Seat-back Recline Motor Assembly ........................................................................................................299
6.21 Drive Motor Potentiometers ..............................................................................................................................300
7 Diagnostics – Front Seat, Coupe ..................................................................................................... 301
7.1 Prerequisites.......................................................................................................................................................301
Safety Requirements..........................................................................................................................................301
Equipment...........................................................................................................................................................301
Testing Procedures............................................................................................................................................301
7.2 Mechanical Diagnosis, All .................................................................................................................................302
Lumbar Support Inoperative .............................................................................................................................302
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................302
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................302
EZ-entry Lever Function Inoperative................................................................................................................303
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................303
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................303
7.3 Electrical Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat, Non-memory......................................................................................304
Neither Seat Ad justment Switch Functions Operate.......................................................................................304
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................304
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................304
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................304
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................304
EZ-entry Electrical Self Test Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat, Non-Memory.......................................................307
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................307
7.4 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory........................................................................308
Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-w ay Seat, Non-memory...............................................................................309
Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory .............................................................................310
None of the Driver’s Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate...............................................311
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................311
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................311
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................311
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................311
Front/Rear of the Driver’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower.......................................................................314
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................314
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................314
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................314
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................314
Driver’s Seat Fore/Aft Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth.......................................................................316
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................316
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................316
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................316
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................316
Driver’s Seat Recline Forward and/or Aft Function Is Inoperative .................................................................319
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................319
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................319
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................319
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................319
Driver's Seat EZ-entry Switch Function is Inoperative ...................................................................................322
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................322
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................322
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................322
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................322
Driver's Seat Return Switch Function is Inoperative ......................................................................................323
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................323
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................323
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................323
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................323
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–11
Page 1A7–11
Driver's Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Potentiometer Test..........................................................................325
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................325
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................325
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................325
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................325
Driver's Seat Occupant Sensing Mat Test........................................................................................................326
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................326
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................326
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................326
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................326
7.5 Electrical Diagnosis – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory................................................................328
Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, RHD..............................................................329
Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, LHD..............................................................330
Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD............................................331
None of the Passenger’s Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate .......................................332
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................332
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................332
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................332
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................332
Front/Rear of the Passenger’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower...............................................................335
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................335
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................335
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................335
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................335
Passenger’s Seat Fore/Aft Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth...............................................................338
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................338
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................338
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................338
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................338
Passenger's Seat Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative.........................................................341
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................341
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................341
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................341
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................341
Passenger's Seat EZ-entry Switch Function is Inoperative............................................................................344
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................344
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................344
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................344
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................344
Passenger's Seat Return Switch Function is Inoperative...............................................................................345
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................345
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................345
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................345
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................345
Passenger's Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Potentiometer Test..................................................................347
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................347
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................347
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................347
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................347
Passenger's Seat Occupant Sensing Mat Test..................................................................................... ...........349
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................349
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................349
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................349
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................349
7.6 Electrical Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat, Memory..............................................................................................351
Neither Seat Ad justment Switch Functions Operate.......................................................................................351
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................351
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................351
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................351
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................351
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–12
Page 1A7–12
EZ-entry and Memory Self Test Diagnosis.......................................................................................................354
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................354
7.7 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory................................................................................355
Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-w ay Seat, Memory........................................................................................356
Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory......................................................................................358
None of the Driver’s Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate...............................................359
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................359
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................359
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................359
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................359
Front/Rear Of The Driver’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower .....................................................................362
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................362
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................362
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................362
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................363
Driver’s Seat Fore/Aft Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth.......................................................................366
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................366
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................366
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................366
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................366
Driver’s Seat Recline Forward and/or Aft Function Is Inoperative .................................................................369
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................369
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................369
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................369
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................369
Driver's Seat EZ-entry Switch Function is Inoperative ...................................................................................372
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................372
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................372
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................372
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................372
Driver's Seat Return Switch Function is Inoperative ......................................................................................374
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................374
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................374
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................374
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................374
Driver's Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Potentiometer Test..........................................................................376
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................376
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................376
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................376
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................376
Driver's Seat-back Recline Motor Potentiometer Test....................................................................................377
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................377
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................377
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................377
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................377
Driver's Seat Front Lift Motor Potentiometer Test...........................................................................................379
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................379
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................379
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................379
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................379
Driver's Seat Rear Lift Motor Potentiometer Test............................................................................................380
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................380
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................380
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................380
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................380
Driver's Seat Occupant Sensing Mat Test........................................................................................................381
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................381
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................381
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................381
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................381
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–13
Page 1A7–13
Driver's Seat Memory Position Switch Test.....................................................................................................383
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................383
Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................383
Test Description..............................................................................................................................................383
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................383
8 Service Operations – Rear Seat ....................................................................................................... 385
8.1 Usage Charts......................................................................................................................................................385
S, SV8 and SS.....................................................................................................................................................385
Coupe..................................................................................................................................................................387
8.2 Child Comforter Guide – Coupe........................................................................................................................388
Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................388
Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................389
9 Torque Wrench Specifications......................................................................................................... 390
9.1 Front Seat............................................................................................................................................................390
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–14
Page 1A7–14
1 General Information
This Section describes the service and diagnostic procedures for the seat assemblies fitted to MY 2004 VY and V2
Series vehicles and is divided as follows for Service Operations:
• Front seat assembl ies for all m odel s ex cept Coupe,
• Front seat assembl ies for Co u pe,
• Rear seat as semblies,
and Diagnosis:
• Front seat assembl ies for right -hand driv e vehi cle s, except Coupe, fitt ed with non-me mory seat s,
• Front seat assemblies for left-hand drive vehicles, except Coupe, fitted with non-memory se ats,
• Front seat assembl ies for veh i cle s, ex cept Coupe, fitted with mem ory seats,
• Front seat assembl ies for Co u pe.
1.1 Front Seat General Description
For reasons of personal safety, the vehicle
must only be driven after the seat has been
adjusted to the correct driving position. Do
not adjust the driver’s seat when the vehicle
is moving as the seat could move away from
the driving position, causing loss of control.
Accessory and after market seat covers MUST
NOT be fitted to any vehicle with side impact
airbags unless approved b y the manufacturer.
Non-approved seat covers may inhibit the
operation of the side airbag, reducing the
protection otherwise provided to the
occupants during a side-impact collision.
The front seats fitted to MY 2004 VY and V2 Series vehicles, depending on vehicle Model Level, may feature:
• Four, six or eight-way electric movement functions,
• Side impact airbag assemblies,
• Cloth or leather trim,
• Active head restraints,
• A driver's seat memory position system that integrates with other vehicle func tions,
• EZ-entry system to aid rear seat access on Coupe vehicles.
To identify the front seat type fitted to Sedan, Wagon and Utility vehicles, refer to 2.1 Front Seat Usage Chart, or for
Coupe vehicles refer to 6.1 Front Seat Usage Chart.
The front seatbelt buckle and pretensioner assemblies are attached to the front seats. For service operations refer to
Section 12M Occupant Protection System.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–15
Page 1A7–15
Seat Covers
Two seat cover construction methods are used for the front seat assemblies. Surebond type covers are not serviced
separately as they are glued to the seat pad. Hook and Loop type covers are fully serviceable as they are attached
within the grooves of the seat pad with a Velcro type material.
Electric Seat Operation
Depending on Model Level of the vehicle, the following front seat electric movement functions are available:
• Four-way – Seat cushion front raise/lower and rear raise/lower,
• Six-way – As Four-way plus seat fore/aft,
• Eight-way – As Six-way plus seat-back recline.
Referring to Figure 1A7 – 1, four electric motor and gearbox assemblies provide the movement of the front seat, one
each, where fitted, for:
• Front raise/lower movement (1),
• Rear raise/lower movement (2),
• Seat fore/aft movement (3),
• Seat-back recline (4).
Figure 1A7 – 1
Each function is independently controlled. Alternatively, if desired the front and rear raise/lower movement can be
performed together to raise or lower the complete seat.
Raise/Lower Movement
Two lift motor and gearbox assemblies (1 and 2, refer to Figure 1A7 – 1) are attached to the inboard side of the track and
height adjust assembly; one for front and the other for rear raise/lower movement. When a lift motor is operating, it drives
the gearbox which draws in or extends a mating worm shaft. This in turn operates on an arm and cross-shaft.
The cross-shaft is connected to another arm on the opposite side of the track and height adjust assembly and allows the
raising or lowering of that portion (front or rear) of the seat.
Fore/Aft Movement
To provide seat fore/aft movement, the motor and gearbox assembly (3, refer to Figure 1A7 – 1) is connected to a shaft
geared at each end. Within each seat track, the shaft gear is meshed upon a rack, providing fore/aft movement.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–16
Page 1A7–16
Recline Movement
Seat-back recline movement is provided by the recline motor and gearbox assembly (4, refer to Figure 1A7 – 1), which is
attached to the seat-back frame. A shaft from the gearbox is fitted with a drive gear at each end and is meshed with a
driven gear attached to each seat-back frame pivot. Motor operation causes rotation of the drive gear, which turns the
driven gear and seat-back frame, thereby altering the seat-back recline angle.
All motors reverse direction when the polarity at the wiring terminals is reversed, resulting in seat movement in the
opposite direction. During seat position adjustment, the drive motors will cease operation at the end of their travel via an
internal thermal cut-out switch, even if the seat adjustment switch is held on.
Components making up the seat-back recline mechanism and track and height adjust assembly are not servic ed.
Four-way and Six-way Movement Control
Four-way and six-way seat movement is controlled by a
front seat adjustment switch assembly (1), which is fitted to
the outer side of each front seat.
For the four-way seat, the switch provides independent
control of the front and rear raise/lower movements.
The six-way front seat adjustment switch provides fore/aft
movement in addition to the four-way movements.
To adjust the seat:
• Operate the switch up or down to raise/lower the seat.
• Operate the front of the switch up or down to
raise/lower the front of the seat.
• Operate the rear of the switch up or down to
raise/lower the rear of the seat.
• Operate the switch forward or backward to move the
seat fore/aft.
For further information, refer to the MY 2004 VY or V2
Series Owner's Handbook.
Figure 1A7 – 2
Eight-way Movement Control
The eight-way front seat adjustment switch has an
additional knob (1) which provi des contr ol of the seat-b ac k
recline movement. The knob (2) provides the same
functions as six-way seats.
To adjust the seat recline:
• Operate the recline knob to adjust the angle of the
seat-back. The seat-back moves in the same direction
to which the switch is moved.
For Coupe vehicles, the seat-back recline switch is disabled
during operation of the EZ-entry function (refer to EZ-entry
System, Coupe). The switch will be enabled once the
function is completed or cancelled. The front seat
adjustment switch is monitored by the EZ-entry module
during EZ-entry function and if the switch is operated, the
movement will be cancelled.
For further information, refer to the MY 2004 VY or V2
Series Owner's Handbook.
Figure 1A7 – 3
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–17
Page 1A7–17
Memory Seat Position System
The driver’s seat in Domestic Level 3 and Coupe vehicles
are fitted with a memory seat position system.
The memory seat position system allows the driver to adjust
the seat to any of the positions stored in memory by
pressing one of the three memory buttons (1).
In addition, on keyless entry to Level 3 vehicles, the memory
seat position system through the Body Control Module
(BCM), recognises which ignition key has been used
(Priority 1 or Priority 2) and adjusts the seat position to the
driver’s preferred set pos iti on.
Audible and visual feedback for the various functions of the
memory seat position system is provided. The system has a
green LED and a chime, which are used to indicate memory
saves, the recall of priority memory numbers and for seat
diagnost ic pro cedur es.
Four potentiometers mounted with the motor and gearbox
assemblies or on the recline drive shaft monitor the position
of the seat.
Figure 1A7 – 4
The seat memory module, mounted under the front seat, has a non-volatile memory. Whil e disconnecting the battery will
not erase the seat memory settings, the seat will require recalibrating to reset the potentiometer stop values within the
memory control module.
NOTE
Some of the procedures relating to memory seat
diagnosis detailed in 5 Diagnostics – Front Seat
Memory and Rear View Mirror (Except Coupe)
require the use of both the Priority 1 Key and the
Priority 2 Key.
Priority Keys (Domestic Level 3 Vehicles Only)
On Domestic Level 3 vehicles , the driver's seat movement is also a function of the priority keys. Priority key 1 and priority
key 2 move the driver's seat and exterior mirrors to the positions in which they were set when that key was last inserted
into the ignition switch. When the vehicle is unlocked using the Unlock button on a priority key and that priority key is
inserted into the ignition switch, the vehicle identifies the priority key and:
• adjusts the position of the driver's seat,
• adjusts the position of the exterior mirrors to the last position used for that key, and
• if the mirror dip function is activated, adjusts the position of the passenger's exterior mirror when the transmission
selector is placed in reverse.
The driver's seat move s to the last position us ed for that priority key if:
• that was a memory button position, or
• the seat was adjusted without memorising the position.
The driver's seat moves to the alternate priority key position only after pressing the UNLOCK button on the alternate
priority key. If the alternate priority key is not used to unlock the vehicle, that priority key will adjust all personalised
settings (for example, exterior mirror angles, radio and climate control), except the driver's seat.
If activated, the left exterior mirror dip function is linked to the seat and priority key memory (that is, each seat memory
position also stores the left exterior mirror DIP position, if activated).
For further information, refer to the MY 2004 VY Series Owner's Handbook.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–18
Page 1A7–18
Memory Buttons
The seat can store three different memory settings. To recall a stored memory seat and exterior mirror position, press
and hold one of the memory buttons. After the seat has reached its memorised position, release the memory button. If
the memory button is released before the seat reaches its memorised position, the seat stops moving.
To change a memory position:
1 Adjust the seat with the eight-way front seat adjustment switch.
2 Adjust the exterior mirrors (including the dip position).
3 Place the transmission selector in either park or neutral, then turn the ignition switch on.
4 Press the mirror DIP / memory store button (1, 2 or 3) within five seconds. (Two audible chimes are generated
when a new memory position has been stored.)
5 Place the transmission selector in reverse and wait for the passenger's mirror to be returned from the DIP angle to
complete saving the mirror position into memory, refer to Using the Exterior Mirrors.
Using the Exterior Mirrors
The right exterior mirror and left exterior mirror can be adjusted using the rear-view mirror switch on the driver’s door
armrest when the ignition is on.
To operate the right exterior mirror or left exterior mirror:
1 Turn on the ignition switch.
2 Move the rocker switch on the rear-view mirror switch to the position to control the right or left exterior mirror.
3 Press the rear-view mirror switch in one of the directions indicated by one of the moulded 'dots' on the edge of the
rear-view mirror switch to move the mirror up, down, left or right.
Adjusting the DIP View
To change the mirror dip position and save it in memory:
1 Turn the ignition switch on.
2 Place the transmission selector in reverse.
3 Ensure the DIP angle is switched on; the left exterior mirror moves to the current DIP position.
4 Adjust the left exterior mirror using the eight-way front seat adjustment switch.
5 Place the transmission selector out of reverse.
6 Press the mirror DIP button, then the desired memory store button (1, 2 or 3) to save the mirror dip position into
memory.
For further information, refer to the MY 2004 VY Series Owner's Handbook.
Toggle DIP Function On / Off
When the mirror DIP function is activated, the left exterior mirror moves to the position set, typically enabling the driver to
see the kerb more clearly. If activated, the DIP function is operational when the ignition is on and the transmission
se lector placed in re vers e.
To toggle between the dip view and normal view, press the mirror DIP / memory store button:
• When the DIP function is turned on, two audible chimes are generated.
• When the DIP function is turned off, one audible chime is generated.
For further information, refer to the MY 2004 VY Series Owner's Handbook.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–19
Page 1A7–19
EZ-entry System, Coupe
The EZ-entry system provides a one touch mechanism to
move the front seat and allow rear seat passengers to enter
or exit the vehicle. The EZ-entry system comprises of:
• An EZ-entry release lever (1),
• A seat return switch (2),
• An passenger presence detection switch (3),
• An EZ-entry switch (4),
• An EZ-entry module (5) – vehicles without memory
function,
• Memory module incorporating EZ-entry functions (6) –
vehicles with memory function.
When the EZ-entry release lever is un-latched, the seat-
back can be tilted forward.
The EZ-entry module detects if the EZ-entry feature has
been activated via the EZ-entry switch and providing the
seat is not occupied, the seat will automatically move
forward until end of travel is reached.
Seat fore/ aft position is monitored by a potentiometer
incorporated with the fore/aft drive motor and recorded in
the EZ-entry module.
To return the seat, the operator returns the seat-back to the
latched position and presses and holds the seat return
button. The seat will then return to it’s last recorded location.
If the seat return switch remains held, after a period of three
seconds the seat will resume its rearward movement for as
long as the switch is held or until the end of seat travel is
reached.
Figure 1A7 – 5
A passenger presence detection switch (1) is incorporated
into the front seat cushions (2).
Detection of a weight 15kg or more over the passenger
presence detection switch (seat cushion) will cause the EZ-
entry module to either cancel fore/ aft movement or prevent
fore/ aft movement from commencing should the EZ-entry
function be init iate d.
If weight detection causes the EZ-entry func tion to cease, a
period of one second must pass without weight before re-
start will commence.
The passenger presence detection switch is a pressure
switch with a nominal high resistance condition with no
weight on the seat. The resistance decreases as the weight
is increased.
An integral diode is provided within the passenger presence
detection switch and is used by the module to verify
connection of the switch prior to forward movement of the
seat during the operation of the EZ-entry functi on.
The module will test for the following conditions on the
passenger presence detection switch:
• Either line connected to ground or battery,
• Either line open circuited.
Figure 1A7 – 6
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–20
Page 1A7–20
Acti ve Head Restrai nts
The front seats fitted to Domestic Acclaim, Calais and all domestic and export Coupe vehicles feature active head
restraints. During a rear-end collision, active head restraints are designed to move upward and forward to support the
occupant's head and reduce neck injuries.
The impact force from the collision pushes the vehicle (and
seat) forward. As the vehicle moves forward at a speed
greater than the occupant’s body can react to, the body is
moved into the seat (A) pushing on the active head restraint
support strap (1).
Due to the pivoting of the active head restraint frame (2), the
frame along with the head restraint moves upward and
forward, supporting and li miting rearward travel of the
occupant's head.
Figure 1A7 – 7
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–21
Page 1A7–21
1.2 Rear Seat General Description
Sedan
With the following exceptions, MY 2004 VY Sedan Rear Seat Assemblies information carries over from MY 2003 VY
Series vehicles.
• S, SV8, SS rear seat pad and cove r
MY 2004 VY Sedan S, SV8 and SS vehicles now use the hook and loop system for attaching the rear seat covers to the
seat pads. Hook and Loop refers to the seat cover being able to be attached to the seat pad with a Velcro type material
and both cover and pad being serviced as separate parts. Previously these seat have been Surebond construction.
Service operations carry over from MY 2003 VY SS Sedan leather hook and loop rear seats, noting an extra hook and
loop strip running across the rear of the seat cushion.
For a breakdown of the MY 2004 Sedan S, SV8 and SS rear seat assemblies, refer to 8.1 Usage Charts. For inform ation
not contained within this Section, refer to Section 1A7, 6. Service Operations – Rear Seat, Sedan in the MY 2003 VY and
V2 Series Service Information.
Wagon
MY 2004 VY Wagon Rear Seat Assemblies information carries over from MY 2003 VY Wagon vehicles.
For all Rear Seat Assemblies information, refer to Section 1A7, 7. Service Operations – Rear Seat, Wagon in the
MY 2003 VY and V2 Series Service Information.
Coupe
With the following exception, MY 2004 V2 Coupe Rear Seat Assemblies information carries over from MY 2003 V2
Coupe vehicles.
• Child comforter guide.
Where fitted, the child comforter guide is attached to the rear seat-back frame and is used to position the seat-belt in a
more comfortable positi on for sma ller pa sse ngers such as childr en. When not in use, the child co mforter guide stor es
away in a small pouch on the side of the rear seat-back assembly.
For a breakdown of the MY 2004 Coupe rear seat assemblies, refer to 8.1 Usage Charts.
For service information not contained within this Section, refer to Section 1A7, 8 Service Operations – Rear Seat, Coupe
in the MY 2003 VY and V2 Series Service Information.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–22
Page 1A7–22
2 Service Operations – Front Seat,
Except Coupe
2.1 Front Seat Usage Chart
How To Use This Chart
Twenty four front seat configurations are fitted to MY 2004 VY Series vehicles. The following usage chart is provided to
help determine the seat type fitted to the vehicle. This is important prior to repairs being performed as the failed/damaged
part may not be serviceable.
To determine the seat fitted to the vehicle, obtain the vehicle model, which seat requires attention and the seat cover
fabric. Then establish other features of the seat such as the electric movement functions. Using the chart will lead to the
elimination of all other seat combinations, allowing the identification of the type and the construction of the seat. Finally,
refer to the Figure shown in Front Seat Type for a component breakdown of the front seat assembly.
1 Vehicle – Vehicle model identification.
2 Seating – Driver front seat or passenger front seat.
3 Fabric – Cloth or leather seat covers.
4 Movement – Indicates the number of movement functions of the seat:
• Two-way – Seat cushion mechanical fore/aft movement.
• Four-way – As two-wa y plus seat cushion electric front and rear raise/lower.
• Six-way – As four-way plus seat cushion electric fore/aft movement.
• Eight-way – As six-way plus electric seat-back recline.
5 Memory – Indicates if a seat memory module is fitted.
6 SIAB – If the front seat is fitted with a side impact airbag assembly.
7 Construction – Surebond refers to the seat cover being glued to the seat pad. This type is serviced as a cove r and
pad assembly only. Hook and Loop refers to the seat cover being attached to the seat pad with a Velcro type
material and both being serviced as separate parts.
8 Active Head Restraint – Indicates whether standard height adjustable or active head restraints are fitted.
9 Front Seat Type – Identifies the seat type and provides reference to the following illustrations which show a
breakdown of the serviced component for each front seat assembly.
Domestic
Vehicle Seating Fabric Movement Memory SIAB Construction Active Head
Restraint Front Seat Type
(refer to)
Driver Cloth Four-way No Opt* Surebond No 1
(Figure 1A7 – 8)
Executive,
Base Utility
Passenger Cloth Two-way No Opt* Surebond No 2
(Figure 1A7 – 9)
Driver Cloth Four-way No Yes Surebond Yes 3
(Figure 1A7 – 10)
Acclaim
Passenger Cloth Two-way No Yes Surebond Yes 4
(Figure 1A7 – 11)
Driver Cloth/
Leather Four-way No Opt* Hook & Loop No 5
(Figure 1A7 – 12)
SV8, S,
S Utility
Passenger Cloth/
Leather Two-way No Opt* Hook & Loop No 6
(Figure 1A7 – 13)
SS,
SS Utility Driver Cloth/
Leather Four-way No Yes* Hook & Loop No 7
(Figure 1A7 – 14)
Techline
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–23
Page 1A7–23
Domestic
Vehicle Seating Fabric Movement Memory SIAB Construction Active Head
Restraint Front Seat Type
(refer to)
SS Utility Passenger Cloth/
Leather Two-way No Yes* Ho ok & Loop No 8
(Figure 1A7 – 15)
Driver Cloth/
Leather Four-way No Yes Hook & Loop No 9
(Figure 1A7 – 16)
Berlina
Passenger Cloth/
Leather Two-way No Yes Hoo k & Loop No 10
(Figure 1A7 – 17)
Driver Cloth/
Leather Eight-way Yes Yes Hook & Loop Yes 11
(Figure 1A7 – 18)
Calais
Passenger Cloth/
Leather Eight-way No Yes Hook & Loop Yes 12
(Figure 1A7 – 19)
* Side impact airbag assemblies are not fitted to Utility vehicles
Gulf States
Vehicle Seating Fabric Movement Memory SIAB Construction Active Head
Restraint Front Seat Type
(refer to)
Passenger Cloth Two-way No No Surebond No 13
(Figure 1A7 – 20)
Lumina LS
Driver Cloth Six-way No No Surebond No 14
(Figure 1A7 – 21)
Passenger Cloth Eight-way No No Surebond No 15
(Figure 1A7 – 22)
Driver Cloth Eight-way No No Surebond No 16
(Figure 1A7 – 23)
Passenger Cloth Two-way No No Hook & Loop No 17
(Figure 1A7 – 24)
Lumina S
Driver Cloth Six-way No No Hook & Loop No 18
(Figure 1A7 – 25)
Passenger Cloth/
Leather Four-way No No Hook & Loop No 19
(Figure 1A7 – 26)
Lumina SS
Driver Cloth/
Leather Six-way No No Hoo k & Loop No 20
(Figure 1A7 – 27)
Passenger Cloth/
Leather Eight-way No No Hook & Loop No 21
(Figure 1A7 – 28)
Lumina LTZ
Driver Cloth/
Leather Eight-way No No Hook & Loop No 22
(Figure 1A7 – 29)
Brazil
Vehicle Seating Fabric Movement Memory SIAB Construction Active Head
Restraint Front Seat Type
(refer to)
Passenger Leather Eight-way No Yes Hook & Loop No 23
(Figure 1A7 – 30)
Omega CD
Driver Leather Eight-way No Yes Hook & Loop No 24
(Figure 1A7 – 31)
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–24
Page 1A7–24
Front Seat Type 1
Figure 1A7 – 8
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–25
Page 1A7–25
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Recline Adjuster Knob
7 Front Sea t Adju stment Switch Kn ob
8 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Four-way
9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket#
12 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
13 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
14 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
15 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
16 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly
17 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt*
18 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert*
19 Side Impact Airbag Assembly*
20 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
21 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
22 Lumbar Support Knob
23 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
24 Lumbar Support Assembly
25 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
26 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
27 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Assembly
28 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
29 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
30 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
31 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
32 Wiring Harness Assembly
* Side impact airbag assembly is optional on Sedan and Wagon and not fitted to Utility vehicles. Front seat dummy block
assembly fitted to outer side when side impact airbag assembly not fitted.
# Front Seat-back map pocket not fitted to Utility vehicles.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–26
Page 1A7–26
Front Seat Type 2
Figure 1A7 – 9
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–27
Page 1A7–27
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Recline Adjuster Knob
7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
9 Front Seat-back Map Pocket#
10 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
11 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
12 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
13 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
14 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly
15 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt*
16 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert*
17 Side Impact Airbag Assembly*
18 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
19 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
20 Lumbar Support Knob
21 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
22 Lumbar Support Assembly
23 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
24 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
25 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Assembly
26 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
27 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
28 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
29 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
* Side impact airbag assembly is optional on Sedan and Wagon and not fitted to Utility vehicles. Front seat dummy block
assembly fitted to outer side when side impact airbag assembly not fitted.
# Front Seat-back map pocket not fitted to Utility vehicles.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–28
Page 1A7–28
Front Seat Type 3
Figure 1A7 – 10
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–29
Page 1A7–29
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Recline Adjuster Knob
7 Front Sea t Adju stment Switch Kn ob
8 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Four-way
9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket
12 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
13 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
14 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
15 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
16 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly
17 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt
18 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert
19 Side Impact Airbag Assembly
20 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
21 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
22 Lumbar Support Knob
23 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
24 Lumbar Support Assembly
25 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
26 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Sleeves
27 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Assembly
28 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Support Strap
29 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Retaining Spring
30 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
31 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Assembly
32 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly
33 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
34 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
35 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
36 Wiring Harness Assembly
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–30
Page 1A7–30
Front Seat Type 4
Figure 1A7 – 11
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–31
Page 1A7–31
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Recline Adjuster Knob
7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
9 Front Seat-back Map Pocket
10 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
11 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly
12 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
13 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
14 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly
15 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt
16 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert
17 Side Impact Airbag Assembly
18 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
19 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
20 Lumbar Support Knob
21 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
22 Lumbar Support Assembly
23 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
24 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Sleeves
25 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Assembly
26 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Support Strap
27 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Retaining Spring
28 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
29 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Assembly
30 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
31 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
32 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
33 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–32
Page 1A7–32
Front Seat Type 5
Figure 1A7 – 12
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–33
Page 1A7–33
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Recline Adjuster Knob
7 Front Sea t Adju stment Switch Kn ob
8 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Four-way
9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket#
12 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
13 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
14 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
15 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
16 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover
17 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover
18 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover
19 Front Seat-back Leather Cover
20 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt*
21 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert*
22 Side Impact Airbag Assembly*
23 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
24 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
25 Lumbar Support Knob
26 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
27 Lumbar Support Assembly
28 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
29 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
30 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover
31 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover
32 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover
33 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover
34 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
35 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
36 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
37 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
38 Wiring Harness Assembly
* Side impact airbag assembly is optional on Sedan and Wagon and not fitted to Utility vehicles. Front seat dummy block
assembly fitted to outer side when side impact airbag assembly not fitted.
# Front Seat-back map pocket not fitted to Utility vehicles.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–34
Page 1A7–34
Front Seat Type 6
Figure 1A7 – 13
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–35
Page 1A7–35
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Recline Adjuster Knob
7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
9 Front Seat-back Map Pocket#
10 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
11 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
12 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
13 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
14 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover
15 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover
16 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover
17 Front Seat-back Leather Cover
18 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt*
19 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert*
20 Side Impact Airbag Assembly*
21 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
22 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
23 Lumbar Support Knob
24 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
25 Lumbar Support Assembly
26 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
27 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
28 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover
29 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover
30 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover
31 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover
32 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
33 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
34 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
35 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
* Side impact airbag assembly is optional on Sedan and Wagon and not fitted to Utility vehicles. Front seat dummy block
assembly fitted to outer side when side impact airbag assembly not fitted.
# Front Seat-back map pocket not fitted to Utility vehicles.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–36
Page 1A7–36
Front Seat Type 7
Figure 1A7 – 14
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–37
Page 1A7–37
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Recline Adjuster Knob
7 Front Sea t Adju stment Switch Kn ob
8 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Four-way
9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly#
11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
12 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
15 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover
16 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover
17 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover
18 Front Seat-back Leather Cover
19 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt*
20 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert*
21 Side Impact Airbag Assembly*
22 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
23 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
24 Lumbar Support Knob
25 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
26 Lumbar Support Assembly
27 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
28 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
29 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover
30 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover
31 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover
32 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover
33 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
34 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
35 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
36 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
37 Wiring Harness Assembly
* Side impact airbag assembly not fitted to Utility vehicles. Front seat dummy bloc k assembly fitted to outer side when
side impact airbag assembly not fitted.
# Net type map pocket is part of the front seat-back rear cover assembly. Fron t Seat-back map pockets are not fitted to
Utility vehicles.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–38
Page 1A7–38
Front Seat Type 8
Figure 1A7 – 15
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–39
Page 1A7–39
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Recline Adjuster Knob
7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly#
9 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
10 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
11 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
12 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
13 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover
14 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover
15 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover
16 Front Seat-back Leather Cover
17 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt*
18 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert*
19 Side Impact Airbag Assembly*
20 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
21 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
22 Lumbar Support Knob
23 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
24 Lumbar Support Assembly
25 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
26 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
27 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover
28 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover
29 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover
30 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover
31 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
32 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
33 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
34 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
* Side impact airbag assembly not fitted to Utility vehicles. Front seat dummy block assembly fitted to outer side when
side impact airbag assembly not fitted.
# Net type map pocket is part of the front seat-back rear cover assembly. Fron t Seat-back map pockets are not fitted to
Utility vehicles.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–40
Page 1A7–40
Front Seat Type 9
Figure 1A7 – 16
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–41
Page 1A7–41
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Recline Adjuster Knob
7 Front Sea t Adju stment Switch Kn ob
8 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Four-way
9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket
12 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
13 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
14 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
15 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
16 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover
17 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover
18 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover
19 Front Seat-back Leather Cover
20 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt
21 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert
22 Side Impact Airbag Assembly
23 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
24 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
25 Lumbar Support Knob
26 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
27 Lumbar Support Assembly
28 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
29 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
30 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover
31 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover
32 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover
33 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover
34 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
35 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
36 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
37 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
38 Wiring Harness Assembly
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–42
Page 1A7–42
Front Seat Type 10
Figure 1A7 – 17
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–43
Page 1A7–43
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Recline Adjuster Knob
7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
9 Front Seat-back Map Pocket
10 Front Seat -back Cover Retaining Clips
11 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
12 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
13 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
14 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover
15 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover
16 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover
17 Front Seat-back Leather Cover
18 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt
19 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert
20 Side Impact Airbag Assembly
21 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
22 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
23 Lumbar Support Knob
24 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
25 Lumbar Support Assembly
26 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
27 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
28 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover
29 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover
30 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover
31 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover
32 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
33 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
34 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
35 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–44
Page 1A7–44
Front Seat Type 11
Figure 1A7 – 18
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–45
Page 1A7–45
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Front Sea t Ad ju s t ment Switch Knobs
7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way
8 Memory Posi tion Switc h Cover
9 Memory Po sition Switch Assembly
10 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
11 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
12 Front Seat-back Map Pocket
13 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
14 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
15 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
16 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
17 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover
18 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover
19 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover
20 Front Seat-back Leather Cover
21 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt
22 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert
23 Side Impact Airbag Assembly
24 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
25 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
26 Lumbar Support Knob
27 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
28 Lumbar Support Assembly
29 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
30 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Sleeves
31 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Assembly
32 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Support Strap
33 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Retaining Spring
34 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
35 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover
36 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover
37 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover
38 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover
39 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
40 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
41 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
42 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
43 S eat Memory Module
44 Wiring Harness Assembly
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–46
Page 1A7–46
Front Seat Type 12
Figure 1A7 – 19
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–47
Page 1A7–47
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Front Sea t Ad ju s t ment Switch Knobs
7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way
8 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
9 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
10 Front Seat-back Map Pocket
11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
12 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly
13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
15 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover
16 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover
17 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover
18 Front Seat-back Leather Cover
19 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt
20 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert
21 Side Impact Airbag Assembly
22 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
23 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
24 Lumbar Support Knob
25 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
26 Lumbar Support Assembly
27 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
28 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Sleeves
29 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Assembly
30 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Support Strap
31 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Retaining Spring
32 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
33 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover
34 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover
35 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover
36 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover
37 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
38 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
39 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
40 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
41 Wiring Harness Assembly
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–48
Page 1A7–48
Front Seat Type 13
Figure 1A7 – 20
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–49
Page 1A7–49
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Recline Adjuster Knob
7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
9 Front Seat-back Map Pocket
10 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
11 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
12 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
13 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
14 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly
15 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt
16 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert
17 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
18 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
19 Lumbar Support Knob
20 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
21 Lumbar Support Assembly
22 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
23 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
24 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Assembly
25 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
26 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
27 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
28 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–50
Page 1A7–50
Front Seat Type 14
Figure 1A7 – 21
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–51
Page 1A7–51
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Recline Adjuster Knob
7 Front Sea t Adju stment Switch Kn ob
8 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Four-way
9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket
12 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
13 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
14 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
15 Front S e at Head Restrai nt Sleeves
16 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly
17 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt
18 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert
19 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
20 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
21 Lumbar Support Knob
22 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
23 Lumbar Support Assembly
24 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
25 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
26 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Assembly
27 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
28 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
29 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
30 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
31 Wiring Harness Assembly
32 Fire Extinguisher Mounting Bracket
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–52
Page 1A7–52
Front Seat Type 15
Figure 1A7 – 22
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–53
Page 1A7–53
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Front Sea t Ad ju s t ment Switch Knobs
7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way
8 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
9 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
10 Front Seat-back Map Pocket
11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
12 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
15 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly
16 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt
17 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert
18 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
19 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
20 Lumbar Support Knob
21 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
22 Lumbar Support Assembly
23 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
24 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
25 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Assembly
26 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
27 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
28 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
29 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
30 Wiring Harness Assembly
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–54
Page 1A7–54
Front Seat Type 16
Figure 1A7 – 23
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–55
Page 1A7–55
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Front Sea t Ad ju s t ment Switch Knobs
7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way
8 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
9 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
10 Front Seat-back Map Pocket
11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
12 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
15 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly
16 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt
17 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert
18 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
19 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
20 Lumbar Support Knob
21 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
22 Lumbar Support Assembly
23 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
24 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
25 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Assembly
26 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
27 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
28 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
29 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
30 Wiring Harness Assembly
31 Fire Extinguisher Mounting Bracket
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–56
Page 1A7–56
Front Seat Type 17
Figure 1A7 – 24
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–57
Page 1A7–57
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Recline Adjuster Knob
7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
9 Front Seat-back Map Pocket
10 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
11 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
12 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
13 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
14 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover
15 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover
16 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover
17 Front Seat-back Leather Cover
18 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt
19 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert
20 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
21 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
22 Lumbar Support Knob
23 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
24 Lumbar Support Assembly
25 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
26 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
27 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover
28 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover
29 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover
30 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover
31 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
32 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
33 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
34 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–58
Page 1A7–58
Front Seat Type 18
Figure 1A7 – 25
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–59
Page 1A7–59
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Recline Adjuster Knob
7 Front Sea t Adju stment Switch Kn ob
8 Front Sea t Adju stment Switch – Six-w a y
9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket
12 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
13 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
14 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
15 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
16 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover
17 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover
18 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover
19 Front Seat-back Leather Cover
20 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt
21 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert
22 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
23 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
24 Lumbar Support Knob
25 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
26 Lumbar Support Assembly
27 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
28 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
29 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover
30 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover
31 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover
32 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover
33 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
34 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
35 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
36 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
37 Wiring Harness Assembly
38 Fire Extinguisher Mounting Bracket
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–60
Page 1A7–60
Front Seat Type 19
Figure 1A7 – 26
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–61
Page 1A7–61
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Recline Adjuster Knob
7 Front Sea t Adju stment Switch Kn ob
8 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Four-way
9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly#
11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
12 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
15 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover
16 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover
17 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover
18 Front Seat-back Leather Cover
19 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt
20 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert
21 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
22 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
23 Lumbar Support Knob
24 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
25 Lumbar Support Assembly
26 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
27 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
28 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover
29 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover
30 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover
31 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover
32 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
33 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
34 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
35 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
36 Wiring Harness Assembly
# Net type map pocket is part of the front seat-back rear cover assembly.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–62
Page 1A7–62
Front Seat Type 20
Figure 1A7 – 27
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–63
Page 1A7–63
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Recline Adjuster Knob
7 Front Sea t Adju stment Switch Kn ob
8 Front Sea t Adju stment Switch – Six-w a y
9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly#
11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
12 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
15 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover
16 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover
17 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover
18 Front Seat-back Leather Cover
19 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt
20 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert
21 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
22 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
23 Lumbar Support Knob
24 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
25 Lumbar Support Assembly
26 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
27 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
28 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover
29 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover
30 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover
31 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover
32 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
33 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
34 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
35 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
36 Wiring Harness Assembly
37 Fire Extinguisher Mounting Bracket
# Net type map pocket is part of the front seat-back rear cover assembly.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–64
Page 1A7–64
Front Seat Type 21
Figure 1A7 – 28
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–65
Page 1A7–65
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Front Sea t Ad ju s t ment Switch Knobs
7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way
8 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
9 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
10 Front Seat-back Map Pocket
11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
12 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
15 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover
16 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover
17 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover
18 Front Seat-back Leather Cover
19 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt
20 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert
21 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
22 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
23 Lumbar Support Knob
24 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
25 Lumbar Support Assembly
26 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
27 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
28 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover
29 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover
30 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover
31 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover
32 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
33 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
34 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
35 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
36 Wiring Harness Assembly
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–66
Page 1A7–66
Front Seat Type 22
Figure 1A7 – 29
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–67
Page 1A7–67
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Front Sea t Ad ju s t ment Switch Knobs
7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way
8 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
9 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
10 Front Seat-back Map Pocket
11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
12 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
15 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover
16 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover
17 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover
18 Front Seat-back Leather Cover
19 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt
20 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert
21 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
22 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
23 Lumbar Support Knob
24 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
25 Lumbar Support Assembly
26 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
27 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
28 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover
29 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover
30 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover
31 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover
32 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
33 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
34 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
35 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
36 Wiring Harness Assembly
37 Fire Extinguisher Mounting Bracket
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–68
Page 1A7–68
Front Seat Type 23
Figure 1A7 – 30
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–69
Page 1A7–69
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Front Sea t Ad ju s t ment Switch Knobs
7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way
8 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
9 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
10 Front Seat-back Map Pocket
11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
12 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
15 Front Seat-back Pad
16 Front Seat-back Cover
17 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt
18 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert
19 Side Impact Airbag Assembly
20 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
21 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
22 Lumbar Support Knob
23 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
24 Lumbar Support Assembly
25 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
26 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
27 Front Seat Cushion Cover
28 Front Seat Cushion Pad
29 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
30 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
31 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
32 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
33 Wiring Harness Assembly
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–70
Page 1A7–70
Front Seat Type 24
Figure 1A7 – 31
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–71
Page 1A7–71
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Front Sea t Ad ju s t ment Switch Knobs
7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way
8 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
9 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
10 Front Seat-back Map Pocket
11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
12 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
15 Front Seat-back Pad
16 Front Seat-back Cover
17 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt
18 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert
19 Side Impact Airbag Assembly
20 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
21 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
22 Lumbar Support Knob
23 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
24 Lumbar Support Assembly
25 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
26 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
27 Front Seat Cushion Cover
28 Front Seat Cushion Pad
29 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
30 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
31 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
32 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
33 Wiring Harness Assembly
34 Fire Extinguisher Mounting Bracket
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–72
Page 1A7–72
2.2 Fire Extinguisher Assembly
Remove
1 Remove the fire extinguisher (1) from the cover (2).
2 Remove the two screws (3) attaching the fire
extinguisher mounting bracket (4) to the track and
height adjust assembly.
3 Remove the bracket and cover from the track and
height adjust assembly. If required remove the bracket
from the cover.
Figure 1A7 – 32
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the fire extinguisher assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.
Fire extinguisher mounting bracket
attaching screw torque specific ation ....... 15.0 – 20.0 Nm
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–73
Page 1A7–73
2.3 Front Seat Assembly
LT Section No. – 14-295
Before performing any service operation
on a front seat assembly fitted with side
impact airbags, ensure the occupant
protection system is disabled, refer to
Section 12M Occupant Protection System.
NOTE
If the seat assembly is to be disass embled, adjust
the seat assembly to its highest position before
disconnecting the power to the seat.
NOTE
Clean hands are essential when working on the
interior trim.
Remove
Disconnection of the battery affects
certain vehicle electronic systems. Refer to
Section 00, 5 Battery Disconnection
Procedures before disconnecting the battery.
1 Disconnect the battery.
2 For the driver’s seat on right-hand drive vehicles,
remove the screw (1) attaching the front seat outer
front cover (2).
3 Using a small screwdriver, push in the centre of the
j
oin to separate the front cover and the front seat outer
rear cover (3).
4 Unclip the covers from the seat track and disengage
from the side sill trim.
5 Pull the covers apart and remove the rear cover.
6 For the driver’s seat on right-hand drive vehicles, slide
the front cover over the fuel filler door release lever (4)
and remove.
Figure 1A7 – 33
Techline
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–74
Page 1A7–74
7 Disconnect the body wiring harness connector (1), the
seatbelt pretens ioner wiring co nnec tor (2) and the side
impact airbag wiring connector (3), if fitted.
Figure 1A7 – 34
8 Unclip the front seat inner rear cover (1) from the seat
track (2).
Figure 1A7 – 35
9 Unclip the front seat inner front cover (1) from the seat
track (2).
Figure 1A7 – 36
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–75
Page 1A7–75
10 Remove the four screws (1) attaching the front seat to
the vehicle.
11 Remove the seat from the vehicle.
Figure 1A7 – 37
Reinstall
Reinstall atio n of the front seat ass emb ly is the reverse of the remov al proc edur e, noting the follow ing:
1 Position the front seat assembly into the vehicle.
2 Install the four screws securing the front seat.
3 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.
Front seat assembly attac hing screw
torque specification ................................ 35.0 – 50.0 Nm
4 Connect the seat wiring harness connector, seatbelt pretensioner harness connector and the side impact airbag
connector.
5 Align the front seat outer cover’s retaining clips and push firmly to engage.
6 Push the front of the front seat outer cover down to engage the cover wi th the front of the seat rail.
7 For the driver’s side on right-hand drive vehicles, install the front seat outer cover attaching screw and tighten to the
specified torque.
Front seat outer front cover attaching
screw torque specification.......................... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm
8 Check the operation of the front seat functions. While checking the seat adjustment/operation, also check that the
seat wiring harnesses do not foul with any of the seat’s moveable components (i.e. seat motor drive shafts, etc.).
NOTE
Type 11 front seats will require seat memory
calibration to reinstate seat memory functions,
refer to Seat Memory Calibration, Front Seat
Type 11.
9 Switch the ignition on and observe the airbag warning indicator in the instrument cluster.
• If no fault is detected, the airbag warning indicator should illuminate for approximately five seconds while the
system performs a self-test, and then extinguish.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–76
Page 1A7–76
• If a fault is present, the airbag warning indicator will remain illuminated and a warning chime may sound after
approximately three seconds. The warning message ‘SRS Airbag Fault’ is also displayed in the instrument
cluster multi-function display. To diagnose the fault, refer to Section 12M Occupant Protec tion.
Seat Memory Calibration, Front Seat Type 11
Whenever power is interrupted to the seat memory module, the following procedure must be performed to reinstate seat
memory functions.
Step Operation Result
1 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the
seat forward.
2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to
move the seat aft.
3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the
seat forward.
Seat will cease movement when track limit is
reached.
Seat will move aft.
Seat will cease movement when track limit is
reached.
2 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the
seat aft.
2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to
move the seat forward.
3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the
seat aft.
Seat will cease movement when track limit is
reached.
Seat will move forward.
Seat will cease movement when track limit is
reached.
3 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the
front of the seat.
2 Operate the adjustment switch for 1 second to
lower the front of the seat.
3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the
front of the seat.
Seat will cease movement when upper limit is
reached.
Seat will lower.
Seat will cease movement when upper limit is
reached.
4 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to lower the
front of the seat.
2 Operate seat adjustment switch for 1 second to
raise the front of the seat.
3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to lower the
front of the seat.
Seat will cease movement when lower limit is
reached.
Seat will raise.
Seat will cease movement when lower limit is
reached.
5 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the rear
of the seat.
2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to
lower the rear of the seat.
3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the rear
of the seat.
Seat will cease movement when upper limit is
reached.
Seat will lower.
Seat will cease movement when upper limit is
reached.
6 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to lower the
rear of the seat.
2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to
raise the rear of the seat.
3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to lower the
rear of the seat.
Seat will cease movement when lower limit is
reached.
Seat will raise.
Seat will cease movement when lower limit is
reached.
7 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the
seat-back aft.
2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to
move the seat-back forward.
3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the
seat-back aft.
Hold switch until lower limit is reached. This
does not have to be mechanical limit.
Seat-back will move forward.
Hold switch until lower limit is reached. This
should be same position as in 1.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–77
Page 1A7–77
Step Operation Result
8 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the
seat-back forward.
2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to
move the seat-back aft.
3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the
seat-back forward.
Hold switch until upper limit is reached. This
does not have to be mechanical limit.
Seat-back will move aft.
Hold switch until upper limit is reached. This
should be same position as in 1.
9 Press the mirror dip/memory store (M) button for 1
second. Stores the calibration into memory. A three-
tone chime sounds to confir m stora ge.
To test that the seat limits have been correctly calibrated, perform the following:
Step Operation Result
1 Operate the seat adjustment switch in one direction
(fore/aft, raise/lower, etc.). Hold until seat stops.
2 Release the switch briefly. –
3 Operate the switch in the same direction and hold for 3
seconds. The motor will not operate for 2 seconds, then
operates for 0.5 second.
This is a limp-home function that allows the
seat to be manually adjusted should a sensor
fail.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–78
Page 1A7–78
2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly
LT Section No. – 14-322
Remove
1 Raise the seat to the full-up position.
2 Remove the screw (1) from the front of the front seat
outer side cover (2).
3 If required, carefully prise the recliner knob (3) from
the seat assembly.
4 Remove the plug (4) by rotating the plug anti-
clockwise, one quarter of a turn.
4 Remove the screw (5) located behind the plug.
5 Reach up under the seat assembly and squeeze
together the two retaining tangs (6), on the inner side
of the side cover while gently pulling the cover.
6 Gently pull the side cover away from the seat to
disengage the two clips (7) attached to the seat-back
frame assembly .
NOTE
Only remove the side cover far enough away
from the seat cushion assembly to gain access
to the seat wiring harness connectors.
Figure 1A7 – 38
7 Where fitted, disconnect the front seat adjustment
switch connector (1), recline motor harness connector
(2) and the memory position switch connector (3) and
unclip the harness from the side cover.
8 Remove the side cover assembly.
Figure 1A7 – 39
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–79
Page 1A7–79
Disassemble
Front Seat A djustment Switch
Remove
1 Depending on movement functions, remove the one or
two adjustment knobs (1) from the front seat
adjustment switch (2), by carefully prising them free
with a small flat tip screwdriver wrapped in a clean
shop rag.
Figure 1A7 – 40
2 Remove the three screws (1) attaching the front seat
adjustment switch (2) to the front seat outer side
cover (3).
3 Remove the adjustment switch.
Figure 1A7 – 41
Reinstall
1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.
Front seat adjust ment sw itch
attaching screw torque specific ation ........... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm
2 Push the knobs in until they click in place.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–80
Page 1A7–80
Memory Position Switch Assembly
Remove
1 Remove the screw (1), in two places, attaching the
memory position switch cover (2) to the front seat
outer side cover (3).
2 Lift out the memory position switch assembly (4) from
its recess in the side cover.
3 As required, each position button can be removed
from the switch.
Figure 1A7 – 42
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the memory position switch assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 If removed, push the position buttons in until they click in place, ensuring correct orientation.
2 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.
Memory position switch cover
attaching screw torque specific ation ........... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the front seat outer side cover is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.
Front seat outer side cover att achi ng
screw torque specification.......................... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm
2 If fitted, ensure the recliner knob is securely clipped in place.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–81
Page 1A7–81
2.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
LT Section No. – 14-322
As required, remove the front seat assembly, refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly.
Remove
1 Remove the screw (1) attaching the front seat inner
side cover (2) to the seat assembly (3) and remove the
cover.
Figure 1A7 – 43
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the front seat inner side cover is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Tighten the attaching screw to the correct torque specification.
Front seat inner side cover att achi ng
screw torque specification.......................... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–82
Page 1A7–82
2.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly
LT Section No. – 14-322
Remove
The following component will require
replacement when performing this operation.
• Front seat back rear cover retaining clip, in
two places.
1 Pull the lower corners of the front seat-back rear
cover (1) away from the seat (2), breaking the
retaining clip (3), in two places.
Figure 1A7 – 44
2 While holding the lower portion of the front seat-back
rear cover (1) out, pull the cover down to release the
upper retaining lug (2), in two places.
3 Remove the cover.
Figure 1A7 – 45
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–83
Page 1A7–83
Disassemble
When performing Step 1, take care when
removing the retaining clip (1) not to break
the front seat-back map pocket shafts on
which the retaining clips are attached.
NOTE
This procedure cannot be performed on vehicles
that have the net type seat-ba ck map poc ket .
1 Remove the two retaining clips (1) attaching the front seat-back map pocket (2) to the front seat-back rear
cover (3), refer to Figure 1A7 – 46.
2 Remove the four screws (4) attaching the map pocket to the cover.
3 Remove the map pocket.
Figure 1A7 – 46
Reassemble
Reassembly of the front seat-back rear cover is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.
Front seat-bac k map pocket attaching
screw torque specification.......................... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–84
Page 1A7–84
Reinstall
1 Replace the damaged retaining clip (1) on the front
seat-back rear cover (2), in two plac es.
Figure 1A7 – 47
2 Locate the upper retaining lug (1), in two places, with
the seat-back.
3 Push the front seat-back rear cover (2) up and in at
the lower edge to engage the two lower retaining clips.
Figure 1A7 – 48
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–85
Page 1A7–85
2.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly
LT Section No. – 14-295
Remove
1 Raise the head restraint fully.
2 Insert a suitable size probe into the hole (1) in the right-hand head restraint sleeve (2), refer to Figure 1A7 – 49
3 Push the probe in slightly while applying slight upward pressure on the head restraint. Hold the upward pressure.
4 Depress the head restraint sleeve height ad juster lock (3) on the left-hand head restraint sleeve and remove the
head restraint.
Figure 1A7 – 49
Disassemble
1 Disengage the front head restraint cove r J-strip by
pulling the flap (1) back and out of flap (2) in the
direction shown.
Figure 1A7 – 50
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–86
Page 1A7–86
2 Remove the staple (1), in four places, retaining the
cover (2) to the head restraint pad assembly.
3 Remove the cover from the pad assembly
Figure 1A7 – 51
Reassemble
Reassembly of the front seat head restraint assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Ensure the head restraint cover J-clip is fully engaged and sits neatly in the recess in the head restraint pad.
Reinstall
Ensuring correct or ient ati on of the head restraint, fit the head restraint shafts into the sl eev e s and push the head restraint
down.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–87
Page 1A7–87
2.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve
LT Section No. – 14-275
As required, remove the front seat head restraint assembly, refer to 2.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly.
Remove
1 Push down on the surrounding seat cover to reveal the
upper portion of the seat-back frame or active head
restraint frame (1).
2 Using a fine flat-blade screwdriver, depress the head
restraint sleeve retaining lug (2) and withdraw the
head restraint sleeve (3) from the frame.
3 Repeat for the remaining sleeve as required.
Figure 1A7 – 52
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the front seat head restraint sleeve is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
NOTE
Ensure the sleeve with the height adjuster lock
(1) is installed on the left-hand side of the seat;
that is the side that corresponds to the lower
square notch (2) in the head restraint shaft.
Figure 1A7 – 53
1 Align the head restraint sleeve locating ribs (1) with
the notch (2) in the seat-back frame.
2 Insert the sleeve and ensure it clicks into place.
Figure 1A7 – 54
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–88
Page 1A7–88
2.9 Lumbar Support Knob Assembly
LT Section No. – 14-275
Remove
1 Ensure the lumbar support is in the full off positi on.
2 Using a fine flat-blade screw-driver, carefully prise the
cap (1) from the lumbar support knob (2).
3 Remove the screw (3) attaching the knob to the
lumbar support shaft.
4 Pull the knob off the lumbar support shaft and remove
the lumbar support deflector ring (4).
NOTE
The knob is lightly clipped to the lumbar support
shaft and will ‘click-off’.
Figure 1A7 – 55
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the lumbar support knob assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Tighten the screw to the correc t torque specification.
Lumbar support knob attaching
screw torque specification.......................... 2.0 – 5.0 Nm
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–89
Page 1A7–89
2.10 Front Seat-back Pad and Cover
Assembly
LT Section No. – 14-295
As required, remove the following components:
1 Front seat assembly, refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly.
2 Front seat outer side cover assembly, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
3 Front seat inner side cover, refer to 2.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover. If fitted, ensure the recliner knob is securely
clipped in place.
4 Front seat-back rear cover assembly, refer to 2.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly.
5 Front seat head restraint assembly, refer to 2.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly.
6 Front seat head restraint sleev es, refer to 2.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve.
7 Lumbar support knob assembly, refer to 2.9 Lumbar Support Knob Assembly.
Remove
1 Disengage the J-strips from the seat fram e and the
Velcro tab at each lower corner.
2 Lift the cover and pad assembly up and away from the
seat-back frame, manoeuvring it over the seat-back
components such as the side impact airbag and
dummy block insert assemblies.
Figure 1A7 – 56
Disassemble
NOTE
The following illustrations show typical hook and
loop arrangement, which will vary according to
seat type.
Surebond type seat-back pad and cover
assemblies cannot be disassembled.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–90
Page 1A7–90
1 Fold the lower corners of the seat-back cover (1) over
the seat-back pad (2).
Figure 1A7 – 57
2 While holding the front seat-back pad (1), pull the
lower corners of the front seat-back cover (2), upwards
and away from the pad to disengage the hook and
loop strips (3).
3 Pull the cover up and over the upper edge of the pad.
Figure 1A7 – 58
Reassemble
1 With the front seat-back cover (1) folded at the central
horizontal strip of hook and loop (2), align the centre
mark (3) on the cover with the centre mark (4) on the
front seat-back pad.
2 Press the cover firmly into the corresponding groove in
the pad to engage the hook and loop.
Figure 1A7 – 59
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–91
Page 1A7–91
3 With the cover folded at the two vertical strips of the
hook and loop, press the cover firmly into the
corresponding grooves in the pad.
Figure 1A7 – 60
4 Roll the upper corners of the cover over the pad.
5 Roll the sides of the cover over the pad.
6 Roll the lower corners of the cover over the pad.
NOTE
Make sure the cover is fitted neatly by hand into
all corners and contours of the pad.
Figure 1A7 – 61
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the front seat-back pad and cover assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–92
Page 1A7–92
2.11 Front Seat-back Frame Assembl y
When carrying a live (undeployed) side
impact airbag assembly or a front seat-back
frame assembly fitted with a (undeployed)
side impact airbag assembly, ensure the
airbag opening is pointed away from you.
Never carry the side impact airbag assembly
or seat-back frame assembly fitted with a side
impact airbag assembly by the airbag wiring
harness or connectors. In case of an
accidental deployment, the airbag will then
deploy with minimal chance of injury.
When placing a live side impact airbag
assembly or a front seat-back frame assembly
fitted with a (undeployed) side impact airbag
assembly on a bench or other surface, always
face the airbag opening up, away from the
surface. Never rest the airbag assembly or
seat-back frame with the airbag opening face
down. This is necessary so that a free space
is provided to allow the airbag to expand in
the unlikely event of accidental deployment.
Otherwise, personal injury may result.
LT Section No. – 14-275
As required remove the following components:
1 Front seat assembly, refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly.
2 Front seat outer side cover assembly, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
3 Front seat inner side cover, refer to 2.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover. If fitted, ensure the recliner knob is securely
clipped in place.
Remove
1 Remove the two screws (1), each side, attaching the
seat-back ass emb ly (2) to the front seat cushion fr ame
assembly (3).
2 As required, disconnect and unattach the front seat-
back recline motor and side impact airbag wiring
harnesses.
3 Remove the seat-back assembly.
Figure 1A7 – 62
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–93
Page 1A7–93
Disassemble
As required, remove the following components:
1 Front seat-back rear cover assembly, refer to 2.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly.
2 Front seat head restraint assembly, refer to 2.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly.
3 Front seat head restraint sleev es, refer to 2.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve.
4 Lumbar support knob assembly, refer to 2.9 Lumbar Support Knob Assembly.
5 Front seat-back pad and cover assembly, refer to 2.10 Front Seat-back Pad and Cover Assembly.
Side Impact Airbag Assembly
Remove
1 As required, unclip the side impact airbag wiring
harness (1) from the retaining clip (2) and cut the two
cable ties (3), securing the harness to the front seat
cushion frame assembly, taking care not to damage
the wiring harness.
2 Unclip the wiring harness connector (4) from the track
and height adjust assembly (5).
Figure 1A7 – 63
3 Remove the lock nut (1), in two places, attaching the
side impact airbag assembly (2) to the seat-back
frame (3) and airbag assembly.
Figure 1A7 – 64
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the side impact airbag assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Ensure the conduit covering the wiring harness and the harness is positioned correctly, refer to Figure 1A7 – 63.
2 Tighten the nuts to the correct torque specification.
Side impact airbag assembly attaching
nut torque specification .............................. 5.0 – 6.0 Nm
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–94
Page 1A7–94
Front Seat Dummy Block Insert Assembly
Remove
1 Remove the lock nut (1), in two places, attaching the
front seat dummy block insert (2) to the seat-back
frame (3) and remove the dummy block inse rt
assembly.
2 If required, remove the dummy block U-bolt (4) from
the dummy block insert.
Figure 1A7 – 65
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the front seat dummy block insert assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the
following:
1 Tighten the nuts to the correct torque specification.
Front seat dummy block insert attaching
nut torque specification .............................. 5.0 – 6.0 Nm
Lumbar Support Assembly
Remove
1 Remove the retainer (1), in two plac es, attaching the
lumbar support assembly (2) to the seat-back frame.
Figure 1A7 – 66
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–95
Page 1A7–95
2 Depress the retaining tab (1) and from the inner side
of the seat-back frame, rotate the lumbar support
shaft (2) and withdraw from the seat-back frame.
3 Repeat for the opposite side.
Figure 1A7 – 67
4 Disconnect the spring (1), in two places, attaching the
lumbar support assembly (2) to the seat-back frame or
active head restraint frame.
TIP
To aid spring removal, pull the support assembly
toward the side that the spring is being removed
to relieve spring tension.
Figure 1A7 – 68
5 Remove the lumbar support assembly (1).
Figure 1A7 – 69
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–96
Page 1A7–96
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the lumbar support assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Ensure the lumbar support assembly is correctly seated on the cushion side of the active head restraint frame,
where fitted, with the black lumbar support shaft on the outer side of the seat.
Active Head Restraint Frame As sembly
Remove
1 Remove the sc rew (1) and nut (2), in two places,
attaching the active head restraint frame assembly (3)
to the seat-back frame hinge .
Figure 1A7 – 70
2 Withdraw the active head restraint frame assembly (1)
downward to remove it from the seat-back frame and
remove.
Figure 1A7 – 71
3 If required, slide the support strap (1) from the active
head restraint frame.
Figure 1A7 – 72
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–97
Page 1A7–97
4 If required, depress the tab (1), in two places, and
withdraw the active head restraint frame sleeve (2)
from the seat-back frame.
5 Repeat for the opposite sleeve as required.
Figure 1A7 – 73
6 If required, remove the spring (1), from the active head
restraint frame hinge and seat-back frame.
7 Repeat for the opposite side as required.
Figure 1A7 – 74
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the active head restra int frame assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Tighten the screws to the correct torque specification.
Active head restraint frame assembly
attaching nut torque specification............... 3.0 – 5.0 Nm
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the front seat-back frame assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Tighten the attaching nut to the correct torque specification.
Front seat-back frame assembly
attaching screw torque specific ation ....... 30.0 – 45.0 Nm
2 Check the mechanical and electrical operation of the front seat.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–98
Page 1A7–98
2.12 Seat Memory Module
Remove
1 Remove the fron t seat assembly, refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly.
2 From under the front seat cushion, disconnect the
front seat cushion cover flap (1), by disengaging the
J-strip (2) located on the rear of the flap.
Figure 1A7 – 75
3 Disconnect the wiring connector (1), in four places,
from the seat memory modul e ass emb ly (2).
4 Remove the screw (3), in two places, attaching the
seat memory module to the track and height adjust
assembly.
5 Remove the seat memory module.
Figure 1A7 – 76
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the seat memory module is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Ensure the connectors are correctly routed and atta ched securely .
2 Tighten the screws to the correct torque specification.
Seat memory mod ule atta chi n g
screw torque specification.......................... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–99
Page 1A7–99
2.13 Track and Height Ad just Assembly
The track and height adjust assembly
components are non-serviceable. If the track
and height adjust assembly, drive motors or
drive shafts require replacement, the entire
track and height adjust assembly must be
replaced.
LT Section No. – 14-275
Remove
1 Remove the fron t seat assembly, refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly.
2 Remove the front seat outer side cover assembly, refe r to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
3 If fitted, from under the front seat cushion, disconnect
the front seat cushion cover flap (1), by di sengaging
the J-strip (2) located on the rear of the flap.
4 As required, unattach the seatbelt pretensioner and
side impact airbag wiring harnesses.
Figure 1A7 – 77
5 Remove the four nuts (1) attaching the track and
height adjust assembly (2) to the seat.
6 Remove the track and height adjust assembly.
7 If required, remove the seatbelt buckle and
pretensioner assembly, refer to Section 12M Occupan t
Protection System.
Figure 1A7 – 78
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–100
Page 1A7–100
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the track and height adjust assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Ensure the connectors are correctly routed and atta ched securely .
2 Tighten the nuts to the correct torque specification.
Track and height adjust assembly
attaching nut torque specification........... 24.0 – 32.0 Nm
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–101
Page 1A7–101
2.14 Front Seat Cushion Pad and Cover
Assembly
LT Section No. – 14-295
As required, remove the following components:
1 Front seat assembly, refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly.
2 Front seat outer side cover assembly, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
3 Front seat inner side cover, refer to 2.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover. If fitted, ensure the recliner knob is securely
clipped in place.
4 Front seat-back frame assembly, refer to 2.11 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly.
Remove
1 From under the front seat cushion, disengage the front
and side J-strips (1) away from the seat frame (2).
2 Lift the cover and pad assembly away from the seat
frame and then release the rear J-strip (3).
3 Remove the cover and pad assembly.
Figure 1A7 – 79
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–102
Page 1A7–102
Disassemble
NOTE
The following illustrations show typical hook and
loop arrangement, which will vary according to
seat type.
Surebond type seat-back pad and cover
assemblies cannot be disassembled.
1 Fold the rear corners of the fron t seat cushion
cover (1) over the front seat cushion pad (2).
Figure 1A7 – 80
2 While holding the front seat cushion pad (1), pull the
rear corners of the front seat cushion cove r (2) forward
and away from the pad to disengage the hook and
loop strips (3).
3 Pull the cove r up and over the forward edge of the
pad.
Figure 1A7 – 81
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–103
Page 1A7–103
Reassemble
Reassembly of the front seat cushion pad is the reverse of the disassembly procedure noting the following:
1 Align either of the outer hook and loop strips (1) and
the one or two cross hook and loop strips (2), on the
front seat cushion cov er (3), wi th the front seat
cu shion pad (4).
2 Press the folded edge of the cover firmly into the
corresponding groove in the pad to engage the hook
and loop strip.
Figure 1A7 – 82
3 Align and press the outer hook and loop strip (1), on
the cover (2), with the corresponding groove in the
pad (3).
Figure 1A7 – 83
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–104
Page 1A7–104
4 Roll the front corners of the cover over the pad.
5 Roll the sides of the cover over the pad.
6 Roll the rear corners of the cover over the pad.
NOTE
Make sure the pad is fitted neatly by hand into all
corners and contours of the seat cover.
Do not pull the cover onto the pad from
underneath using the J-strip to make it fit
neatly, as the fabric may be damaged.
Figure 1A7 – 84
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the front seat cushion pad and cover assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–105
Page 1A7–105
2.15 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly
LT Section No. – 14-275
Remove
As required remove the following components:
1 Front seat assembly, refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly.
2 Front seat outer side cover assembly, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
3 Front seat inner side cover, refer to 2.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover. If fitted, ensure the recliner knob is securely
clipped in place.
4 Front seat-back frame assembly, refer to 2.11 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly.
5 Track and height adjust assembly, refer to 2.13 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.
6 Front seat cushion pad and cover assembly, refer to 2.14 Front Seat Cushion Pad and Cover Assembly.
Disassemble
1 To remove the suspension mat (1), modify a G-clamp
with a 5mm diameter metal dowel (2) welded to one
end and another approximately 40mm long and with a
2mm diameter pin (3) approxi mately 20mm long
welded to the other end.
2 Using the G-clamp, stretch the suspension mat far
enough to allow for the retaining springs (4) to be
removed from the seat cush io n frame.
3 Back the G-clamp load off and remove the suspension
mat.
When using the G-clamp, use existing holes
in the suspension mat to ensure that the mat
deformation does not occur.
Figure 1A7 – 85
Reassemble
Reassembly of the suspension mat is the reverse of the disassembly procedure.
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the front seat cushion frame assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Ensure all wiring is correctly connected and routed, refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses.
2 Check the mechanical and electrical operation of the front seat.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–106
Page 1A7–106
2.16 Front Seat Lift Motor Assemblies
The front seat lift motor assemblies are non-servic eable items.
If a front seat lift motor assembly requires replacement, the track and height adjust assembly must be replaced, refer to
2.13 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–107
Page 1A7–107
2.17 Front Seat Fore/ Aft Movement Motor
Assembly
The front seat fore/aft movement motor assembly and potentiometer are non-serviceable items.
If the front seat fore/aft movement motor or drive shafts require replacement, the track and height adjust assembly must
be replaced, refer to 2.13 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–108
Page 1A7–108
2.18 Front Seat-back Recline Motor Assembly
The front seat-back recline motor assembly is a non-serviceable item.
If the front seat-back recline motor assembly requires replacement, the front seat-back frame assembly must be
replaced, refer to 2.11 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–109
Page 1A7–109
2.19 Drive Motor Potentiometers
The front seat drive motor potentiometers are non-serviceable items.
If the front seat fore/aft movement, seat-back recline and/or front seat lift motor potentiometers require replacement, the
track and height adjust assembly must be replaced, refer to 2.13 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–110
Page 1A7–110
3 Diagnostics – Front Seat RHD,
Non-memor y (Except Coupe)
3.1 Prerequisites
Safety Requirements
When operating the seat as part of any Steps
in the diagnosis charts, ensure that fingers
and limbs are clea r of moving parts.
Equipment
The followi ng equipment is required to diagnose the seats:
1 An unpowered test lamp with a current draw of less than 3 A.
2 A digital multimeter with a minimum impedance of 10 MΩ.
Testing Procedures
The following points must be adhered to when performing diagnostic testing on components:
• Care must be taken when using testing
equipment to diagnose wiring harness
connectors. It is preferred that the
technician back probe the connector to
avoid terminal damage.
• When tests are required on connector
terminals, utilise the adapters in the
connector adaptor kit KM–609 to prevent
damage to the terminals.
• Unless the multimeter being used has an
auto-ranging function, ensure that the
correct range is selected.
• When back-probing connectors, ensure
the test lamp ground lead is connected to
a suitable ground point on the vehicle.
Ensure that this ground point is not part of
the circuit being tested.
NOTE
When following the Steps in the diagnosis charts,
the exact order of Steps should be observed. If
the required nominal value or result is not
achieved at any stage, the problem must be
rectified before proceeding any further.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–111
Page 1A7–111
3.2 Mechanical Diagnosis – Two-Way/Four-
Way Seat
Lumbar Support Inoperative
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the lumbar support assembly.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks that the lumbar support knob is properly engaging the lumbar support adjuster. Check the knob for cracks
and worn splines.
2 Checks that the lumbar support assembly is not damage d or worn and that the retaining springs are serviceable
and securely attached to the seat back frame assembly.
3 Checks that the lumbar support assembly is serviceable and that the lumber support assembly strap is operating
correctly within the guide rails.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Remove the lumbar support knob, refer to 2.9 Lumbar Support
Knob Assembly.
Is the lumbar support adjust knob serviceable? Go to Step 2.
Replace the knob.
Refer to
2.9 Lumbar
Support Knob
Assembly.
2 1 Remove the seat-back cover.
2 Inspect the lumbar support retainers and springs.
Are the lumbar support retaining springs serviceable and securely
attached to the seat-back frame assembly? Go to Step 3.
Replace or reattach
the retaining
springs.
Refer to
2.11 Front Seat-
back Frame
Assembly.
3 1 Visually inspect the lumbar support assembly. Check for broken
or worn parts.
2 Check the strap running across the lumber support assembly is
serviceable and running freely within the guide rails.
NOTE
You may need to attach the lumber support knob to
actuate the strap.
Is the lumbar support assembly serviceable?
System
Serviceable.
Replace lumbar
support assembly
or resecure lumbar
support assembly
strap ensuring
strap is not binding
with guide rails.
Refer to
2.11 Front Seat-
back Frame
Assembly..
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–112
Page 1A7–112
Seat Recline Forward And/Or Back Functi on is Inoperative
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the manual recline function of the seat assembly.
Test Description
The numbers following refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks that the recliner knob is properly engaging the recliner shaft. Check the knob for cracks and worn splines.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Remove the recliner knob, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly
Is the recliner knob serviceable?
Replace the front
seat-back frame
assembly.
Refer to
2.11 Front Seat-
back Frame
Assembly.
Replace the
recliner kno b.
Refer to
2.4 Front Seat
Outer Side Cover
Assembly.
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or is Not Smooth
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the fore/aft movement function of the seat being inoperative
or the action of the seat through the range of movement is not smooth.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks that there are no items obstructing the guide rails which may stop or hinder the seat movement.
2 Checks that the guide rails have adequate lubricant applied to provide a smooth operation for the seat.
3 Checks that the linkage assembly between the adjustment lever and lock ing tangs is not worn or damaged. The
locking tangs must disengage from the guide rails before the seat will move.
4 Checks that the guide rails have not been damaged. Any binding between the inner and outer guide rails will result
in poor operation of the fore and aft movement.
Step Action Yes No
1 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 2. Remove the
obstruct ing ite m.
2 Are the guide rails adequately lubricated?
Go to Step 3.
Apply a small
amount of grease
type NLGI No. 1
Lithium Grease
(with 9% Zinc
Oxide) to the rails.
3 Do the locking tangs disengage the guide rails when the seat fore and
aft adjustment lever is raised to its full movement?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the track
and height adjust
assembly, refer to
2.13 Track and
Height Adjust
Assembly.
4 Do the guide rails bind at any point of travel during the fore and aft
movements of the seat? Replace the track
and height adjust
assembly, refer to
2.13 Track and
Height Adjust
Assembly.
System servic eabl e.
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–113
Page 1A7–113
3.3 Electrical Diagnosis – Four-way Driver’s
Seat
The charts in this Section are used by the technician in the aid of diagnosing faults on four-way driver’s seat assemblies.
To aid in the use of the diagnosis charts, refer to Wiring Diagram – Four-way Seat and Connector Chart – Four-way Seat
in this Section.
Wiring Diagram – Four-way Seat
Figure 1A7 – 86
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–114
Page 1A7–114
Connector Chart – Four-way Seat
Figure 1A7 – 87
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–115
Page 1A7–115
None Of The Driver’s Four-way Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the driver’s four-way seat adjustment switch when none of
the switch functions operate. The test diagnoses the driver’s four-way seat adjustment switch and associated power and
ground circuits.
Test Description
The numbers following refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks that battery voltage is more than 11.5 volts. The seat motors require more than 11.5 volts to operate
correctly.
2 Checks that circuit breaker F2 located on the passenger compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is not tripped.
Isolates whether circuit breaker F2 is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.
3 Checks that fusible link F105 located on the engine compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is serviceable.
Isolates whether the fusible link is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.
4 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
5 Checks whether there is battery power at connector S50 – X1 pin 7. Isolates whether there is a fault in ci rcuit 540
between connectors S50 – X1 pin 7 and X302 pin 3.
6 Checks whether there is battery power at connector X302 pin 3. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540
between connectors X200 pin 19 and X302 pin 3.
7 Checks whether there is battery voltage at connector X200 pin 19. Isol ates whether the fault is between the battery
and connector X200 pin 19. If the fault in the circui t is between connectors X200 pin 19 and either X308 pin B or
X302 pin B, only one seat will not operate.
8 Checks whether there is battery voltage at circuit breaker F2. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and
circuit breaker F2 or between circuit breaker F2 and connector X200 pin 19.
9 Checks whether there is battery voltage at fusible link F105. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and
fusible link F105 or between fusible link F105 and circuit breaker F2.
10 Checks whether the driver’s four-way seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
11 Checks that all the ground points associated with the system are serviceable and a good ground is provided at
each point.
12 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S50 – X1 pin 6 and X302 pin 1 which supplies the ground
circuit for the driver’s four-way seat adjustment switch. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 650 between the
switch and connector X302 pin 1 or between connector X302 pin 1 and the grounding points.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–116
Page 1A7–116
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Check the battery voltage, refer to Section 12A Battery and
Cables.
Is the battery voltage more than 11.5 V? Go to Step 2.
Refer to Section
12A Battery and
Cables for further
diagnosis.
2 1 Inspect circuit breaker F2, refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays
and Wiring Harness .
Is circuit breaker F2 tripped?
Allow the circuit
breaker to rese t
(refer to Note 3).
If the circuit breaker
trips again, there is
a short to ground in
circuit 540.
Repair or re place
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 3.
3 1 Inspect fusible link F105, refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays
and Wiring Harness .
Is fuse F105 serviceable?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the fusible
link.
If the fusible link
becomes
unserviceable
again, there is a
short to ground in
circuit 342.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 342 (refer to
Note 2).
4 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• S50
• X200
• X302
• Y67
• Y69
Go to Step 5. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
5 1 Back probe connector S50 – X1 pin 7 with a test lamp (refer
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 6.
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
connectors S50 –
X1 pin 7 and
X302 pin 3.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 540 (refer
Note 2).
6 1 Back probe connector X302 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer to Note
1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 7.
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
connectors
X200 pin 19 and
X302 pin 3.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
7 1 Back probe connector X200 pin 19 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 10. Go to Step 8.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–117
Page 1A7–117
Step Action Yes No
8 1 Remove circuit breaker F2 from the passenger compartment
fuse and relay panel assembly.
2 Using a test lamp, probe connector X129 – X45 – 2 (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
circuit breaker F2
and connect or
X200 pin 19.
Repair or replace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 9.
9 1 Remove fusible link F105.
2 Using a test lamp, probe connector X18-105 (refer to Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 342 betw een
fusible link F105
and circuit breaker
F2.
Repair or re place
circuit 342 (refer to
Note 2).
There is a fault in
circuit 1 between
the battery and
fusible link F105.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 1 (refer to
Note 2).
10 1 Remove the driver’s four-way seat adjustment switch from the
seat, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly
2 Test the driver’s four-way seat adjustment switch, refer to
3.4 Four-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the driver’s four-way seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 11.
Replace the
driver’s four-w ay
seat adjust ment
switch.
Refer to 2.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
11 1 Ensure that the following ground points are secure and have
good contact with the vehicle structure:
• X118–GP12 located in the middle of the transmission tunnel.
• X118–GP13 located in the rear compartment on the right-hand
side tail lamp stud.
• X118–GP14 located in the rear compartment on the decklid.
Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for further details of grounding
points.
Are all the ground points secure to the vehicle with a good contact?
There is a fault in
circuit 650.
Repair or re place
circuit 650 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to step 12.
12 1 Back probe connector X302 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer Note
1).
2 Operate the driver’s four-way seat adjustment switch in any of
the available directions.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 650 betw een
connector X302 pin
1 and ground
points X118–GP12,
X118–GP13 and
X118–GP14.
Repair or re place
circuit 650 (refer
Note 2).
There is a fault in
circuit 650 betw een
connectors
S50 – X1 pin 6 and
X302 pin 1.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 650 (refer
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–118
Page 1A7–118
Front/Rear Of The Driver's Seat Does Not Raise And/Or Lower
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the front and/or the rear of the driver's seat not raising and/or
lowering. The test diagnoses the four-way seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.
Test Description
The numbers following refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the driver's four-way seat adjustment switch assembly operates in any of the directions. Is olates
whether there is a battery or ground fault affecting the seat operation.
2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
3 Checks whether the driver's four-way seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether th e seat rear lift motor and circuit of the
seat is the fault.
5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the seat front lift motor and circuit of the
seat is the fault.
6 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 282 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.
7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the
fault is in circuit 283 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As
reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from Step 6
is serviceable.
8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 286 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the front of the seat.
9 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the
fault is in circuit 287 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As
reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from Step 8
is serviceable.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the driver's four-way seat adjustm ent switch operate correctly in
any of the four directions?
Go to Step 2.
Refer to None Of
The Driver’s Four-
way Seat
Adjustment Switch
Functions Operate
in this Section.
2 Are the following connectors secure?
• S50
• Y69
• Y67
Go to Step 3. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–119
Page 1A7–119
Step Action Yes No
3 1 Remove the driver's four-way seat adjustment switch from the
seat, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Test the driver's four-way adjustment switch, refer to 3.4 Four-
way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the driver's four-way seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the driver's
four-way seat
adjustment switch.
Refer to
2.4 Front Seat
Outer Side Cover
Assembly.
4 1 Operate the driver's four-way seat adjustment switch so that the
rear of the seat is raised or lowered.
Does the rear of the seat raise and lower? Go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.
5 1 Operate the driver's four-way seat adjustment switch so that the
front of the seat is raised or lowered.
Does the fron t of the seat raise and lower?
System
serviceable. Go to Step 8.
6 1 Back probe connector Y69 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver's four-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will raise the rear of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 7.
There is a fault in
circuit 282 betw een
connectors S50 –
X1 pin 3 and
Y69 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 282 (refer to
Note 2).
7 1 Back probe connector Y69 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver's four-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will lower the rear of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat rear lift
motor is faulty.
Replace the seat
rear lift motor, refer
to 2.16 Front Seat
Lift Motor
Assemblies.
Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 283 betw een
connectors S50 –
X1 pin 2 and
Y69 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 283 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 5.
8 1 Back probe connector Y67 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver's four-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will raise the front of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 9.
There is a fault in
circuit 286 betw een
connectors S50 –
X1 pin 4 and
Y67 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 286 (refer to
Note 2).
9 1 Back probe connector Y67 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver's four-way seat adjustment switch so that it
lower the front of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat front lift
motor is faulty.
Replace the seat
front lift motor,
refer to
2.16 Front Seat Lift
Motor Assemblies.
There is a fault in
circuit 287 betw een
connectors S50 –
X1 pin 1 and
Y67 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 287 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–120
Page 1A7–120
3.4 Four-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test
The switch is located on the outer side of the seat, attached to the inner side of the front seat outer side cover.
Test
1 Remove the four-way seat adju stment switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Place the switch in the positions as detailed in the
chart in this Section. Place the probes of the
multimeter onto the terminals listed and take the
reading. Compare the reading to the chart.
3 If the switch fails any part of the test, replace the
switch assembly with a serviceable item.
4 Install the four-way seat adjustment switch, refer to
2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
Figure 1A7 – 88
Four-way Seat Adjustment Switch
Switch Position Switch Terminals Indication If Switch Is Serviceable
Position A 3 and 7 Continuity
Position B 2 and 7 Continuity
Position C 4 and 7 Continuity
Position D 1 and 7 Continuity
Switch in the neutral position 6 and either 1, 2, 3 or 4 Continuity
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–121
Page 1A7–121
3.5 Electrical Diagnosis – Eight-way
Passenger Seat
The charts in this Section are used by the technician in the aid of diagnosing faults on eight-way non-memory seat
assemblies. To aid in the use of the diagnosis charts, refer to Wiring Diagram – Eight-way Passenger Seat and
Connector Chart – Eight-way Passenger Seat in this Section.
Wiring Diagram – Eight-way Passenger Seat.
Figure 1A7 – 89
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–122
Page 1A7–122
Connector Chart – Eight-way Passenger Seat
Figure 1A7 – 90
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–123
Page 1A7–123
Neither Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the seat power and ground circuits, if neither seat operates
when either eight-way seat adjustment switch is operated.
Test Description
The numbers following refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks that battery voltage is more than 11.5 volts. The seat motors require more than 11.5 volts to operate
correctly.
2 Checks that circuit breaker F2 located on the passenger compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is not tripped.
Isolates whether circuit breaker F2 is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.
3 Checks that fusible link F105 located on the engine compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is serviceable.
Isolates whether the fusible link is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.
4 Ensures that connector X200 is secure.
5 Checks whether there is battery voltage at connector X200 pin 19. Isol ates whether the fault is between the battery
and connector X200 pin 19. If the fault in the circui t is between connectors X200 pin 19 and either X308 pin B or
X302 pin B, only one seat will not operate.
6 Checks whether there is battery voltage at circuit breaker F2. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and
circuit breaker F2 or circuit breaker F2 and connector X200 pin 19.
7 Checks whether there is battery voltage at fusible link F105. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and
fusible link F105 or fusible link F105 and circuit breaker F2.
8 Checks that all the ground points associated with the system are serviceable and a good ground is provided at
each point.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Check the battery voltage, refer to Section 12A Battery and
Cables.
Is the battery voltage more than 11.5 V? Go to Step 2.
Refer to Section
12A Battery and
Cables for further
diagnosis.
2 1 Inspect circuit breaker F2, refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays
and Wiring Harness es.
Is circuit breaker F2 tripped?
Allow the circuit
breaker to rese t
(refer to Note 3).
If the circuit breaker
trips again, there is
a short to ground in
circuit 540.
Repair or re place
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 3.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–124
Page 1A7–124
Step Action Yes No
3 1 Inspect fusible link F105, refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays
and Wiring Harness es.
Is fuse F105 serviceable?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the fusible
link.
If the fusible link
becomes
unserviceable
again, there is a
short to ground in
circuit 342.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 342 (refer to
Note 2).
4 Is connector X200 secure? Go to Step 5. Ensure that the
connector is
secure.
5 1 Back probe connector X200 pin 19 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 8. Go to Step 6.
6 1 Remove circuit breaker F2 from the passenger compartment
fuse and relay panel assembly.
2 Using a test lamp, probe connector X129 – X45 pin 2 (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
circuit breaker F2
and connect or
X200 pin 19.
Repair or re place
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 7.
7 1 Remove fusible link F105.
2 Using a test lamp, probe connector X18-105 (refer to Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 342 betw een
fusible link F105
and circuit breaker
F2.
Repair or re place
circuit 342 (refer to
Note 2).
There is a fault in
circuit 1 between
the battery and
fusible link F105.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 1 (refer to
Note 2).
8 1 Ensure that the following ground points are secure and have
good contact with the vehicle structure:
• X118–GP12 located in the middle of the transmission tunnel.
• X118–GP13 located in the rear compartment on the right-hand
side tail lamp stud.
• X118–GP14 located in the rear compartment on the decklid.
Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for further details of grounding
points.
Are all the ground points secure to the vehicle with a good contact?
There is a fault in
circuit 650.
Repair or re place
circuit 650 (refer to
Note 2).
Ensure that the
connect ors are
secured to the
vehicle and that
there is a good
contact betw een
the connector and
the vehicle.
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–125
Page 1A7–125
None Of The Passenger’s Eight-w ay Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch when none
of the switch functions operate. The test diagnoses the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch and associated
power and ground circuits.
Test Description
The numbers following refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether all of the passenger seat eight-way functi ons work. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to
the driver’s seat only.
2 Checks whether there is battery power at connector X308 pin B. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540
between connectors X200 pin 19 and X308 pin B.
3 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
4 Checks whether there is battery power at connector S176 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540
between connectors S176 – X1 pin 5 and X308 pin B.
5 Checks whether the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
6 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S176 – X1 pin 1 and X308 pin A which supplies the ground
circuit for the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 650 between
the switch and connec tor X308 pin A or between connector X308 pin A and the grounding points.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Are all of the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch functions
inoperative? Refer to Neither
Seat Adjustment
Switch Functions
Operate in this
Section.
Go to Step 2.
2 1 Back probe connector X308 pin B with a test lamp (refer to Note
1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
connectors
X200 pin 19 and
X308 pin B.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
3 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• S176
• X308
• Y81
• Y84
• Y86
• Y91
Go to Step 4. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–126
Page 1A7–126
Step Action Yes No
4 1 Back probe connector S176 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
connectors S176 –
X1 pin 5 and
X308 pin B.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
5 1 Remove the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch from
the seat, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Test the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test
Is the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 6.
Replace the
passenger’s
eight-way seat
adjustment switch.
Refer to 2.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
6 1 Back probe connector X308 pin A with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch in
any of the available directions.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 650 betw een
connector X308 pin
A and ground
points X118–GP12,
X118–GP13 and
X118–GP14.
Repair or re place
the circuit 650
(refer to Note 2).
There is a fault in
circuit 650 betw een
connectors
S176 – X1 pin 1
and X308 pin A.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 650 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–127
Page 1A7–127
Front/Rear Of The Passenger’s Seat Does Not Raise And/Or Lower
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the front and/or the rear of the passenger’s seat not raising
and/or lowering. The test diagnoses the eight-way seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.
Test Description
The numbers following refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch operates in any of the directions. Isolates
whether the power and ground circuits are at fault.
2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
3 Checks whether the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the rear lift motor and circuit of the seat is
the fault.
5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the front lift motor and circuit of the seat is
the fault.
6 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 282 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.
7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the
fault is in circuit 283 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As
the direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from
Step 6 is serviceable.
8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 286 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the front of the seat.
9 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the
fault is in circuit 287 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As
the direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from
Step 8 is serviceable.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch operate
correctly in any of the eight directions?
Go to Step 2.
Refer to None Of
The Passenger’s
Eight-way Seat
Adjustment Switch
Functions Operate
in this Section.
2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• S176
• Y84
• Y86
Go to Step 3. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–128
Page 1A7–128
Step Action Yes No
3 1 Remove the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch from the
seat, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Test the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test
Is the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the
driver’s eight-way
seat adjust ment
switch.
Refer to
2.4 Front Seat
Outer Side Cover
Assembly.
4 1 Operate the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that the rear of the seat is raised or lowered.
Does the rear of the seat raise and lower? Go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.
5 1 Operate the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that the front of the seat is raised or lowered.
Does the fron t of the seat raise and lower?
System
serviceable. Go to Step 8.
6 1 Back probe connector Y86 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will raise the rear of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 7.
There is a fault in
circuit 282 betw een
connectors S176 –
X1 pin 8 and
Y86 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 282 (refer to
Note 2).
7 1 Back probe connector Y86 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will lower the rear of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat rear lift
motor is faulty.
Replace the seat
rear lift motor, refer
to 2.16 Front Seat
Lift Motor
Assemblies.
Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 283 betw een
connectors S176 –
X1 pin 9 and
Y86 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 283 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 5.
8 1 Back probe connector Y84 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will raise the front of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 9.
There is a fault in
circuit 286 betw een
connectors S176 –
X1 pin 7 and
Y84 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 286 (refer to
Note 2).
9 1 Back probe connector Y84 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will lower the front of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat front lift
motor is faulty.
Replace the seat
front lift motor, refer
to 2.16 Front Seat
Lift Motor
Assemblies.
There is a fault in
circuit 287 betw een
connectors S176 –
X1 pin 7 and
Y84 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 287 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–129
Page 1A7–129
Passenger’s Seat Fore/Aft Function Is Inoperative Or Not Smooth
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the fore/aft function of the passenger’s seat being inoperative
or the action of the seat through the range of movement is not smooth. The test diagnoses the eight-way seat adjustment
switch and the motor circuits.
Test Description
The numbers following refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch operates in any of the directions. Isolates
whether there is battery power to the switch assembly.
2 Checks that there are no items obstructing the guide rails, wh ich may stop or hinder the seat movement.
3 Checks that the guide rails and drive shafts have adequate lubricant applied to provide a smooth operation of the
seat.
4 Checks that the guide rails or drive shafts have not been damaged. Any binding between the moving parts will
result in poor operation of the fore and aft movement.
5 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
6 Checks whether the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y81 – X1 pin 1. Isolates
whether there is a fault in circuit 285 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat forward.
8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y81 – X1 pin 2. Isolates
whether the fault is in circuit 284 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat aft or the motor is faulty.
As reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from
Step 7 is serviceable.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch operate
correctly in any of the eight directions?
Go to Step 2.
Refer to None Of
The Passenger’s
Eight-way Seat
Adjustment Switch
Functions Operate
in this Section.
2 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 3. Remove the
obstruct ing ite m.
3 Are the guide rails and drive shafts adequately lubricated?
Go to Step 4.
Apply a small
amount of grease
type NLGI No. 1
Lithium Grease
(with 9% Zinc
Oxide).
4 Do the guide rails or drive shafts bind at any point of travel during the
fore and aft movement of the seat? Replace the track
and height adjust
assembly.
Refer to
2.13 Track and
Height Adjust
Assembly.
Go to Step 5.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–130
Page 1A7–130
Step Action Yes No
5 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• S176
• Y81
Go to Step 6. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
6 1 Remove the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch from
the seat, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Test the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test
Is the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
passenger’s
eight-way seat
adjustment switch.
Refer to
2.4 Front Seat
Outer Side Cover
Assembly.
7 1 Back probe connector Y81 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will move the seat forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 8.
There is a fault in
circuit 285 betw een
connectors S176 –
X1 pin 6 and
Y81 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 285 (refer to
Note 2).
8 1 Back probe connector Y81 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will move the seat aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat fo re/aft
movement motor is
faulty.
Replace the seat
fore/aft movement
motor, refer to
2.17 Front Seat
Fore/Aft Movement
Motor Assembly.
There is a fault in
circuit 284 betw een
connectors S176 –
X1 pin 3 and
Y81 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 284 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–131
Page 1A7–131
Passenger’s Seat Recline Forward And/ Or Aft Function Is Inoperative
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the reclining function of the pass enger’s seat being
inoperative. The test diagnoses the eight-way seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.
Test Description
The numbers following refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch operates in any of the directions. Isolates
whether there is battery power to the switch assembly.
2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
3 Checks whether the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
4 Checks whether there is battery power to the front seat-back recline motor at connector Y91 – X1 pin 1. Isolates
whether there is a fault in circuit 276 that supplies battery power to the reclining motor to move the seat-back
forward.
5 Checks whether there is battery power to the front seat-back recline motor at connector Y91 – X1 pin 2. Isolates
whether the fault is in circuit 277 that supplies battery power to the reclining motor to move the seat-back aft or
the reclining motor is faulty. As reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step al so confirms
that the ground circuit from Step 4 is serviceable.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch operate
correctly in any of the eight directions?
Go to Step 2.
Refer to None Of
The Passenger’s
Eight-way Seat
Adjustment Switch
Functions Operate
in this Section.
2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• S176
• Y91
Go to Step 3. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
3 1 Remove the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch from
the seat, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Test the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test
Is the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the
passenger’s
eight-way seat
adjustment switch.
Refer to 2.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
4 1 Back probe connector Y91 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will move the seat-back forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 276 betw een
connectors S176 –
X1 pin 2 and
Y91 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 276 (refer to
Note 2).
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–132
Page 1A7–132
Step Action Yes No
5 1 Back probe connector Y91 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will move the seat-back aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The front seat-back
reclining motor is
faulty.
Replace the front
seat-back reclining
motor, refer to
2.18 Front Seat-
back Recline Motor
Assembly.
There is a fault in
circuit 277 betw een
connectors S176 –
X1 pin 4 and Y91 –
X1 pin 2.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 277 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–133
Page 1A7–133
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test
The switch is located on the outer side of the seat, attached to the inner side of the front seat outer side cover.
Test
1 Remove the eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Place the switch in the positions as detailed in the chart in this Section. Place the probes of the multimeter onto the
terminals listed and take the reading. Compare the reading to the chart.
3 If the switch fails any part of the test, replace the switch assembly with a serviceable item.
4 Install the eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly
Figure 1A7 – 91
Legend
Left-hand Switch
Right-hand Switc h
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–134
Page 1A7–134
Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch
Switch Position Switch Terminals Indication If Switch Is Serviceable
Position A 10 and 5 Continuity
Position B 7 and 5 Continuity
Position C 9 and 5 Continuity
Position D 8 and 5 Continuity
Position E 6 and 5 Continuity
Position F 3 and 5 Continuity
Position G 2 and 5 Continuity
Position H 4 and 5 Continuity
Switch in the neutral position 1 and either 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 Continuity
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–135
Page 1A7–135
4 Diagnostics – Front Seat LHD,
Non-memor y (Except Coupe)
This Section provides charts to assist in the diagnosis and repair of front seats. Refer to 2.1 Front Seat Usage Chart for
a full listing of the different types of seats fitted to vehicles. Included in that Section are illustrated parts breakdowns of
the various seats.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–136
Page 1A7–136
4.1 Mechanical Diagnosis – Two-way/Four-
way/Six-way Seat
Lumbar Support Inoperative
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the lumbar support assembly.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks that the lumbar support knob is properly engaging the lumbar support adjuster. Check the knob for cracks
and worn splines.
2 Checks that the lumbar support assembly is not damage d or worn and that the retaining springs are serviceable
and securely attached to the seat back frame assembly.
3 Checks that the lumbar support assembly is serviceable and that the lumber support assembly strap is operating
correctly within the guide rails.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Remove the lumbar support knob, refer to 2.9 Lumbar Support
Knob Assembly.
Is the lumbar support adjust knob serviceable? Go to Step 2.
Replace the knob.
Refer to
2.9 Lumbar Support
Knob Assembly.
2 1 Remove the seat-back cover.
2 Inspect the lumbar support retainers and springs.
Are the lumbar support retaining springs serviceable and securely
attached to the seat-back frame assembly? Go to Step 3.
Replace or reattach
the retaining
springs.
Refer to
2.11 Front Seat-
back Frame
Assembly.
3 1 Visually inspect the lumbar support assembly. Check for broken
or worn parts.
2 Check the strap running across the lumber support assembly is
serviceable and running freely within the guide rails.
NOTE
You may need to attach the lumber support knob to
actuate the strap.
Is the lumbar support assembly serviceable?
System Serviceable.
Replace lumbar
support assembly or
resecure lum bar
support assembly
strap ensuring strap
is not binding with
guide rails.
Refer to
2.11 Front Seat-
back Frame
Assembly
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–137
Page 1A7–137
Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Funct ion is Inoperative
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the recline function of the seat assembly.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks that the recliner knob is properly engaging the recliner shaft. Check the knob for cracks and worn splines.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Remove the recliner knob, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
Is the recliner knob serviceable?
Replace the front
seat-back frame
assembly.
Refer to 2.11 Front
Seat-back Frame
Assembly.
Replace the recliner
knob.
Refer to 2.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Two-way/Four-way Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or i s Not Smooth
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the fore/aft movement function of the seat being inoperative
or the action of the seat through the range of movement is not smooth.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks that there are no items obstructing the guide rails which may stop or hinder the seat movement.
2 Checks that the guide rails have adequate lubricant applied to provide a smooth operation for the seat.
3 Checks that the linkage assembly between the adjustment lever and lock ing tangs is not worn or damaged. The
locking tangs must disengage from the guide rails before the seat will move.
4 Checks that the guide rails have not been damaged. Any binding between the inner and outer guide rails will result
in poor operation of the fore and aft movement.
Step Action Yes No
1 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 2. Remove the
obstruct ing ite m.
2 Are the guide rails adequately lubricated?
Go to Step 3.
Apply a small
amount of grease
type NLGI No. 1
Lithium Grease
(with 9% Zinc
Oxide) to the rails.
3 Do the locking tangs disengage the guide rails when the seat fore and
aft adjustment lever is raised to its full movement?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the track
and height adjust
assembly, refer to
2.13 Track and
Height Adjust
Assembly.
4 Do the guide rails bind at any point of travel during the fore and aft
movements of the seat? Replace the track
and height adjust
assembly, refer to
2.13 Track and
Height Adjust
Assembly.
System servic eabl e.
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–138
Page 1A7–138
4.2 Electrical Diagnosis – Four-way/Six-way
Seat
The charts in this Section are used by the technician in the aid of diagnosing faults on four-way and six-way seat
assemblies. To aid in the use of the diagnosis charts, refer to Wiring Diagram – Four-way/Six-way Seat and Connector
Chart – Four-way/Six-way Seat in this Section.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–139
Page 1A7–139
Wiring Diagram – Four-way/Six-way Seat
Figure 1A7 – 92
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–140
Page 1A7–140
Connector Chart – Four-way/Six-way Seat
Figure 1A7 – 93
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–141
Page 1A7–141
Neither Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the seat power and ground circuits, if neither seat operates
when either seat adjustment switch is operated.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks that battery voltage is more than 11.5 volts. The seat motors require more than 11.5 volts to operate
correctly.
2 Checks that circuit breaker F2 located on the passenger compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is not tripped.
Isolates whether circuit breaker F2 is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.
3 Checks that fusible link F105 located on the engine compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is serviceable.
Isolates whether the fusible link is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.
4 Ensures that connector X200 is secure.
5 Checks whether there is battery voltage at connector X200 pin 19. Isol ates whether the fault is between the battery
and connector X200 pin 19. If the fault in the circuit is between connectors X200 pin 19 and either X302 pin 3 or
X308 pin B, only one seat will not operate.
6 Checks whether there is battery voltage at circuit breaker F2. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and
circuit breaker F2 or between circuit breaker F2 and connector X200 pin 19.
7 Checks whether there is battery voltage at fusible link F105. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and
fusible link F105 or between fusible link F105 and circuit breaker F2.
8 Checks that all the ground points associated with the system are serviceable and a good ground is provided at
each point.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Check the battery voltage, refer to Section 12A Battery and
Cables.
Is the battery voltage more than 11.5 V? Go to Step 2.
Refer to
Section 12A Battery
and Cables for
further diagnosis .
2 1 Inspect circ uit breaker F2, refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays
and Wiring Harness .
Is circuit breaker F2 tripped?
Allow the circuit
breaker to reset
(refer to Note 3).
If the circuit breaker
trips again, there is
a short to ground in
circuit 540.
Repair or replace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 3.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–142
Page 1A7–142
Step Action Yes No
3 1 Inspect fusible link F105, refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays
and Wiring Harness .
Is fuse F105 serviceable?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the fusible
link.
If the fusible link
becomes
unserviceable
again, there is a
short to ground in
circuit 342.
Repair or replace
circuit 342 (refer to
Note 2).
4 Is connector X200 secure (refer to Note 3)? Go to Step 5. Ensure that the
connector is secure.
5 1 Back probe connector X200 pin 19 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 8. Go to Step 6.
6 1 Remove circuit breaker F2 from the passenger compartment
fuse and relay panel assembly.
2 Using a test lamp, probe connector X129 - X45 – 2 (refer to Note
1).
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
circuit breaker F2
and connect or
X200 pin 19.
Repair or replace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 7.
7 1 Remove fusible link F105.
2 Using a test lamp, probe connector X18-105 (refer to Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 342 betw een
fusible link F105
and circuit breaker
F2.
Repair or replace
circuit 342 (refer to
Note 2).
There is a fault in
circuit 1 between
the battery and
fusible link F105.
Repair or replace
circuit 1 (refer to
Note 2).
8 1 Ensure that the following ground points are secure and have
good contact with the vehicle structure:
• X118–GP12 located in the middle of the transmission
tunnel.
• X118–GP13 located in the rear compartment on the right-
hand side tail lamp stud.
• X118–GP14 located on the rear compartment lid.
Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for further details of grounding
points.
Are all the ground points secure to the vehicle with a good contact?
There is a fault in
circuit 650.
Repair or replace
circuit 650 (refer to
Note 2).
Ensure that the
connect ors are
secured to the
vehicle and that
there is a good
contact betw een the
connector and the
vehicle.
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–143
Page 1A7–143
None of the Driver’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functi ons Operate
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the driver’s seat adjustment switch when none of the switch
functions operate. The test diagnoses the driver’s seat adjustment switch and associated power and ground circuits.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether all of the passenger's seat functions work. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to the
driver’s seat only .
2 Checks whether there is battery power at connector X302 pin 3. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540
between connectors X200 pin 19 and X308 pin 3.
3 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
4 Checks whether there is battery power at connector S50 – X1 pin 7. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540
between connectors S50 – X1 pin 7 and X302 pin 3.
5 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
6 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S50 – X1 pin 6 and X302 pin 1 which supplies the ground
circuit for the driver’s seat adjustment switch. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 650 between the switch
and connector X302 pin 1 or between connector X302 pin 1 and the grounding points.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Are all of the passenger’s seat adjus tment switch functions
inoperative? Refer to Neither
Seat Adjustment
Switch Functions
Operate in this
Section.
Go to Step 2.
2 1 Back probe connector X302 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer to Note
1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
connectors
X200 pin 19 and
X302 pin 3.
Repair or replace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
3 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• S50
• X308
• Y64
• Y67
• Y69
Go to Step 4. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–144
Page 1A7–144
Step Action Yes No
4 1 Back probe connector S50 – X1 pin 7 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
connectors
S50 – X1 pin 7 and
X302 pin 3.
Repair or replace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
5 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer
to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 4.3 Six-way
Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 6.
Replace the driver’s
seat adjust ment
switch.
Refer to 2.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
6 1 Back probe connector X302 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch in any of the
available directions.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 650 betw een
connector X302 pin
1 and ground points
X118-GP12, X118–
GP13 and X118–
GP14.
Repair or replace
circuit 650 (refer to
Note 2).
There is a fault in
circuit 650 betw een
connectors
S50 – X1 pin 6 and
X302 pin 1.
Repair or replace
circuit 650 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–145
Page 1A7–145
Front/Rear of the Driver's Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the front and/or the rear of the driver's seat not raising and/or
lowering. The test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the driver's seat adjustment switch assembly operates the seat in any direction. Isolates whether
there is a battery or ground fault affecting the seat operation.
2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
3 Checks whether the driver's seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether th e seat rear lift motor and circuit of the
seat is the fault.
5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the seat front lift motor and circuit of the
seat is the fault.
6 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 282 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.
7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the
fault is in circuit 283 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As
reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from Step 6
is serviceable.
8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 286 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the front of the seat.
9 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the
fault is in circuit 287 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As
reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from Step 8
is serviceable.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the driver's seat adjustment switch operate the seat correctly in
any of the six directions? Go to Step 2.
Refer to None of the
Driver’s Seat
Adjustment Switch
Functions Operate
in this Section.
2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• S50
• Y67
• Y69
Go to Step 3. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
3 1 Remove the driver's seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer
to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Test the driver's adjustment switch, refer to 4.3 Six-way Seat
Adjustment Switch Test
Is the driver's seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the driver's
seat adjust ment
switch.
Refer to 2.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–146
Page 1A7–146
Step Action Yes No
4 1 Operate the driver's seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the
rear of the seat.
Does the rear of the seat raise and lower? Go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.
5 1 Operate the driver's seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the
front of the seat.
Does the fron t of the seat raise and lower? System serviceable. Go to Step 8.
6 1 Back probe connector Y69 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver's seat adjustment switch to raise the rear of
the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 7.
There is a fault in
circuit 282 betw een
connectors S50 –
X1 pin 2 and Y69 –
X1 pin 1.
Repair or replace
circuit 282 (refer to
Note 2).
7 1 Back probe connector Y69 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver's seat adjustment switch to lower the rear of
the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat rear lift
motor is faulty.
Replace the seat
rear lift motor, refer
to 2.16 Front Seat
Lift Motor
Assemblies.
Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 283 betw een
connectors
S50 – X1 pin 3 and
Y69 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or replace
circuit 283 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 5.
8 1 Back probe connector Y67 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver's seat adjustment switch to raise the front of
the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 9.
There is a fault in
circuit 286 betw een
connectors
S50 – X1 pin 1 and
Y67 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or replace
circuit 286 (refer to
Note 2).
9 1 Back probe connector Y67 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver's seat adjustment switch to lower the front of
the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat front lift
motor is faulty.
Replace the seat
front lift motor, refer
to 2.16 Front Seat
Lift Motor
Assemblies.
There is a fault in
circuit 287 betw een
connectors
S50 – X1 pin 4 and
Y67 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or replace
circuit 287 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–147
Page 1A7–147
Driver’s Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or not Smooth
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the fore/aft movement function of the driver’s seat being
inoperative or the action of the seat through the range of movement is not sm ooth. The test diagnoses the seat
adjustment switch and the motor circuits.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates whether there is
battery power to the switch assembly.
2 Checks that there are no items obstructing the guide rails, which may stop or hinder the seat movement.
3 Checks that the guide rails and drive shafts have adequate lubricant applied to provide a smooth operation of the
seat.
4 Checks that the guide rails or drive shafts have not been damaged. Any binding between the moving parts will
result in poor operation of the fore and aft movement.
5 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
6 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 1. Isolates
whether there is a fault in circuit 285 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat forward.
8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 2. Isolates
whether the fault is in circuit 284 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat aft or the motor is faulty.
As reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from
Step 7 is serviceable.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the driver’s seat adjustment switch operate the seat correctly in
any of the six directions? Go to Step 2.
Refer to None of the
Driver’s Seat
Adjustment Switch
Functions Operate
in this Section.
2 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 3. Remove the
obstruct ing ite m.
3 Are the guide rails and drive shafts adequately lubricated?
Go to Step 4.
Apply a small
amount of grease
type NLGI No. 1
Lithium Grease
(with 9% Zinc
Oxide).
4 Do the guide rails or drive shafts bind at any point of travel during the
fore and aft movement of the seat? Replace the track
and height adjust
assembly.
Refer to 2.13 Track
and Height Adjust
Assembly.
Go to Step 5.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–148
Page 1A7–148
Step Action Yes No
5 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• S50
• Y64
Go to Step 6. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
6 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer
to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 4.3 Six-way
Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the driver’s
seat adjust ment
switch.
Refer to 2.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
7 1 Back probe connector Y64 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the seat
forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 8.
There is a fault in
circuit 285 betw een
connectors
S50 – X1 pin 8 and
Y64 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or replace
circuit 285 (refer to
Note 2).
8 1 Back probe connector Y64 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the seat aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat fore/aft
movement motor is
faulty.
Replace the seat
fore/aft movement
motor, refer to 2.17
Front Seat Fore/Aft
Movement Mot or
Assembly.
There is a fault in
circuit 284 betw een
connectors
S50 – X1 pin 5 and
Y64 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or replace
circuit 284 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–149
Page 1A7–149
None of the Passenger's Seat Adjust ment Sw itch Functions Operate
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the passenger's seat adjustment switch when none of the
switch functions operate. The test diagnoses the passenger's seat adjustment switch and associated power and ground
circuits.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether all of the driver's seat functions work. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to the
passenger' s seat only .
2 Checks whether there is battery power at connector X302 pin B. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540
between connectors X200 pin 19 and X308 pin B.
3 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
4 Checks whether there is battery power at connector S175 – X1 pin 7. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540
between connectors S175 – X1 pin 7 and X308 pin B.
5 Checks whether the passenger's seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
6 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S175 – X1 pin 6 and X308 pin A which supplies the ground
circuit for the passenger's seat adjustment switch. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 650 between the switch
and connector X308 pin A or between connector X308 pin A and the grounding points.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Are all of the driver's seat adjustment switch functions inoperative? Refer to Neither
Seat Adjustment
Switch Functions
Operate in this
Section.
Go to Step 2.
2 1 Back probe connector X308 pin B with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
connectors
X200 pin 19 and
X308 pin B.
Repair or replace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
3 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• S175
• X308
• Y84
• Y86
Go to Step 4. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–150
Page 1A7–150
Step Action Yes No
4 1 Back probe connector S175 – X1 pin 7 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
connectors
S175 – X1 pin 7 and
X308 pin B.
Repair or replace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
5 1 Remove the passenger's seat adjustment switch from the seat,
refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Test the passenger's seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.4 Four-
way Seat Adjustment Switch Test
Is the passenger's seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 6.
Replace the
passenger' s seat
adjustment switch.
Refer to 2.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
6 1 Back probe connector X308 pin A with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch in any of the
available directions.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 650 betw een
connector X308 pin
A
and ground points
X118-GP12, X118–
GP13 and X118–
GP14.
Repair or replace
circuit 650 (refer to
Note 2).
There is a fault in
circuit 650 betw een
connectors
S175 – X1 pin 6 and
X308 pin A.
Repair or replace
circuit 650 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–151
Page 1A7–151
Front/Rear of the Passenger's Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the front and/or the rear of the passenger's seat not raising
and/or lowering. The test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the passenger's seat adjustment switch assembly operates the seat in any direction. Isolates
whether there is a battery or ground fault affecting the seat operation.
2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
3 Checks whether the passenger's seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether th e seat rear lift motor and circuit of the
seat is the fault.
5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the seat front lift motor and circuit of the
seat is the fault.
6 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 288 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.
7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the
fault is in circuit 289 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As
reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from Step 6
is serviceable.
8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 297 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the front of the seat.
9 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the
fault is in circuit 298 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As
reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from Step 8
is serviceable.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the pass enger's seat adjustment switch operate the seat
correctly in any of the four directions? Go to Step 2.
Refer to None of the
Passenger's Seat
Adjustment Switch
Functions Operate
in this Section.
2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• S175
• Y84
• Y86
Go to Step 3. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
3 1 Remove the passenger's seat adjustment switch from the seat,
refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Test the pass enger's adjustment switch, refer to 3.4 Four-way
Seat Adjustment Switch Test
Is the passenger's seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the
passenger' s seat
adjustment switch.
Refer to 2.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–152
Page 1A7–152
Step Action Yes No
4 1 Operate the pass enger's seat adjustment switch to raise or
lower the rear of the seat.
Does the rear of the seat raise and lower? Go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.
5 1 Operate the pass enger's seat adjustment switch to raise or
lower the front of the seat.
Does the fron t of the seat raise and lower? System serviceable. Go to Step 8.
6 1 Back probe connector Y86 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch to raise the rear
of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 7.
There is a fault in
circuit 288 betw een
connectors
S175 – X1 pin 3 and
Y86 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or replace
circuit 288 (refer to
Note 2).
7 1 Back probe connector Y86 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch to lower the
rear of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat rear lift
motor is faulty.
Replace the seat
rear lift motor, refer
to 2.16 Front Seat
Lift Motor
Assemblies.
Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 289 betw een
connectors
S175 – X1 pin 2 and
Y86 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or replace
circuit 289 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 5.
8 1 Back probe connector Y84 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch to raise the
front of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 9.
There is a fault in
circuit 297 betw een
connectors
S175 – X1 pin 4 and
Y84 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or replace
circuit 297 (refer to
Note 2).
9 1 Back probe connector Y84 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch to lower the
front of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat front lift
motor is faulty.
Replace the seat
front lift motor, refer
to 2.16 Front Seat
Lift Motor
Assemblies.
There is a fault in
circuit 298 betw een
connectors
S175 – X1 pin 1 and
Y84 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or replace
circuit 298 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–153
Page 1A7–153
4.3 Six-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test
The switch is located on the outer side of the seat, attached to the inner side of the front seat outer side cover.
Test
1 Remove the six-way seat adjustment switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Place the switch in the positions as detailed in the
chart in this Section. Place the probes of the
multimeter onto the terminals listed and take the
reading. Compare the reading to the chart.
3 If the switch fails any part of the test, replace the
switch assembly with a serviceable item.
4 Install the six-way seat adjustment switch, refer to
2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
Figure 1A7 – 94
Six-way Seat Adjustment Switch
Switch Posi tion Switch Terminals Indication if Switch is Serviceable
Position A 2 and 7 Continuity
Position B 3 and 7 Continuity
Position C 1 and 7 Continuity
Position D 4 and 7 Continuity
Position E 8 and 7 Continuity
Position F 5 and 7 Continuity
Switch in the neutral position 6 and either 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 Continuity
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–154
Page 1A7–154
4.4 Mechanical Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat
Lumbar Support Inoperative
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the lumbar support assembly.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks that the lumbar support knob is properly engaging the lumbar support adjuster. Check the knob for cracks
and worn splines.
2 Checks that the lumbar support assembly is not damage d or worn and that the retaining springs are serviceable
and securely attached to the seat back frame assembly.
3 Checks that the lumbar support assembly is serviceable and that the lumber support assembly strap is operating
correctly within the guide rails.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Remove the lumbar support knob, refer to 2.9 Lumbar Support
Knob Assembly.
Is the lumbar support adjust knob serviceable? Go to Step 2.
Replace the knob.
Refer to 2.9
Lumbar Support
Knob Assembly.
2 1 Remove the seat-back cover.
2 Inspect the lumbar support retainers and springs.
Are the lumbar support retaining springs serviceable and securely
attached to the seat-back frame assembly?
Go to Step 3.
Replace or reattach
the retaining
springs.
Refer to 2.11 Front
Seat-back Frame
Assembly.
3 1 Visually inspect the lumbar support assembly. Check for broken
or worn parts.
2 Check the strap running across the lumber support assembly is
serviceable and running freely within the guide rails.
NOTE
You may need to attach the lumber support knob to
actuate the strap.
Is the lumbar support assembly serviceable?
System Serviceable.
Replace lumbar
support assembly or
resecure lum bar
support assembly
strap ensuring strap
is not binding with
guide rails.
Refer to 2.11 Front
Seat-back Frame
Assembly.
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–155
Page 1A7–155
4.5 Electrical Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat
The charts in this Section are used by the technician in the aid of diagnosing faults on eight-way seat assemblies. To aid
in the use of the diagnosis charts, refer to Wiring Diagram – Eight-way Seat and Connector Chart – Eight-way Seat in
this Section.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–156
Page 1A7–156
Wiring Diagram – Eight-way Seat
Figure 1A7 – 95
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–157
Page 1A7–157
Connector Chart – Eight-way Seat
Figure 1A7 – 96
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–158
Page 1A7–158
Neither Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the seat power and ground circuits, if neither seat operates
when either seat adjustment switch is operated.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks that battery voltage is more than 11.5 volts. The seat motors require more than 11.5 volts to operate
correctly.
2 Checks that circuit breaker F2 located on the passenger compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is not tripped.
Isolates whether circuit breaker F2 is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.
3 Checks that fusible link F105 located on the engine compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is serviceable.
Isolates whether the fusible link is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.
4 Ensures that connector X200 is secure.
5 Checks whether there is battery voltage at connector X200 pin 19. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery
and connector X200 pin 19. If the fault in the circuit is between connectors X200 pin 19 and either X308 pin 3 or
X302 pin B, only one seat will not operate.
6 Checks whether there is battery voltage at circuit breaker F2. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and
circuit breaker F2 or circuit breaker F2 and connector X200 pin 19.
7 Checks whether there is battery voltage at fusible link F105. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and
fusible link F105 or fusible link F105 and circuit breaker F2.
8 Checks that all the ground points associated with the system are serviceable and a good ground is provided at
each point.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Check the battery voltage, refer to Section 12A Battery and
Cables.
Is the battery voltage more than 11.5 V? Go to Step 2.
Refer to Section
12A Battery and
Cables for further
diagnosis.
2 1 Inspect circuit brea ker F2, refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays
and Wiring Harness es.
Is circuit breaker F2 tripped?
Allow the circuit
breaker to reset
(refer to Note 3).
If the circuit breaker
trips again, there is
a short to ground in
circuit 540.
Repair or replace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 3.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–159
Page 1A7–159
Step Action Yes No
3 1 Inspect fusible link F105, refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays
and Wiring Harness es.
Is fuse F105 serviceable?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the fusible
link.
If the fusible link
becomes
unserviceable
again, there is a
short to ground in
circuit 342.
Repair or replace
circuit 342 (refer to
Note 2).
4 Is connector X200 secure (refer to Note 3)? Go to Step 5. Ensure that the
connector is secure.
5 1 Back probe connector X200 pin 19 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 8. Go to Step 6.
6 1 Remove circuit breaker F2 from the passenger compartment
fuse and relay panel assembly.
2 Using a test lamp, probe connector
X129 – X4 5 pin – 2 (refer to Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
circuit breaker F2
and connect or
X200 pin 19.
Repair or replace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 7.
7 1 Remove fusible link F105.
2 Using a test lamp, probe connector X18-105 (refer to Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 342 betw een
fusible link F105
and circuit breaker
F2.
Repair or replace
circuit 342 (refer to
Note 2).
There is a fault in
circuit 1 between
the battery and
fusible link F105.
Repair or replace
circuit 1 (refer to
Note 2).
8 1 Ensure that the following ground points are secure and have
good contact with the vehicle structure:
• X118–GP12 located in the middle of the transmission
tunnel.
• X118–GP13 located in the rear compartment on the right-
hand side tail lamp stud.
• X118–GP14 located on the rear compartment lid.
Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for further details of grounding
points.
Are all the ground points secure to the vehicle with a good contact?
There is a fault in
circuit 650.
Repair or replace
circuit 650 (refer to
Note 2).
Ensure that the
connect ors are
secured to the
vehicle and that
there is a good
contact betw een the
connector and the
vehicle.
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–160
Page 1A7–160
None of the Driver’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functi ons Operate
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the driver’s seat adjustment switch when none of the switch
functions operate. The test diagnoses the driver’s seat adjustment switch and associated power and ground circuits.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether all of the passenger seat functions work. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to the
driver’s seat only .
2 Checks whether there is battery power at connector X302 pin 3. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540
between connectors X200 pin 19 and X302 pin 3.
3 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively conn ected.
4 Checks whether there is battery power at connector S51 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether there is a fault in ci rcuit 540
between connectors S51 – X1 pin 5 and X302 pin 3.
5 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
6 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 1 and X302 pin 1 which supplies the ground
circuit for the driver’s seat adjustment switch. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 650 between the switch and
connector X308 pin 1, or between connector X302 pin 1 and the grounding points.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Are all of the passenger’s seat adjus tment switch functions
inoperative? Refer to Neither
Seat Adjustment
Switch Functions
Operate in this
Section.
Go to Step 2.
2 1 Back probe connector X302 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
connectors
X200 pin 19 and
X302 pin 3.
Repair or replace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
3 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• S51
• X302
• Y64
• Y67
• Y69
• Y74
Go to Step 4. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–161
Page 1A7–161
Step Action Yes No
4 1 Back probe connector S51 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
connectors
S51 – X1 pin 5 and
X302 pin 3.
Repair or replace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
5 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer
to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way
Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 6.
Replace the driver’s
seat adjust ment
switch.
Refer to 2.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
6 1 Back probe connector X302 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch in any of the
available directions.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 650 betw een
connector X302 pin
1 and ground points
X118–GP12, X118–
GP13 and X118–
GP14.
Repair or replace
circuit 650 (refer to
Note 2).
There is a fault in
circuit 650 betw een
connectors
S51 – X1 pin 1 and
X302 pin 1.
Repair or replace
circuit 650 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–162
Page 1A7–162
Front/Rear of the Driver’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the front and/or the rear of the driver’s seat not raising and/or
lowering. The test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates whether the power
and ground circuits are at fault.
2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively conn ected.
3 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether th e seat rear lift motor and circuit of the
seat is the fault.
5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the seat front lift motor and ci rcuit of the
seat is the fault.
6 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 282 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.
7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the
fault is in circuit 283 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As
the direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from
Step 6 is serviceable.
8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 286 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the front of the seat.
9 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the
fault is in circuit 287 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As
the direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from
Step 8 is serviceable.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the driver’s seat adjustment switch operate the seat correctly in
any of the eight directions? Go to Step 2.
Refer to None of the
Driver’s Seat
Adjustment Switch
Functions Operate
in this Section.
2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• S51
• Y67
• Y69
Go to Step 3. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
3 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer
to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way
Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the driver’s
seat adjust ment
switch.
Refer to 2.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–163
Page 1A7–163
Step Action Yes No
4 1 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the
rear of the seat.
Does the rear of the seat raise and lower? Go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.
5 1 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the
front of the seat.
Does the fron t of the seat raise and lower? System serviceable. Go to Step 8.
6 1 Back probe connector Y69 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to raise the rear of
the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 7.
There is a fault in
circuit 282 betw een
connectors
S51 – X1 pin 8 and
Y69 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or replace
circuit 282 (refer to
Note 2).
7 1 Back probe connector Y69 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to lower the rear of
the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat rear lift
motor is faulty.
Replace the seat
rear lift motor, refer
to 2.16 Front Seat
Lift Motor
Assemblies.
Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 283 betw een
connectors
S51 – X1 pin 9 and
Y69 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or replace
circuit 283 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 5.
8 1 Back probe connector Y67 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to raise the front of
the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 9.
There is a fault in
circuit 286 betw een
connectors
S51 – X1 pin 7 and
Y67 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or replace
circuit 286 (refer to
Note 2).
9 1 Back probe connector Y67 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to lower the front of
the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat front lift
motor is faulty.
Replace the seat
front lift motor, refer
to 2.16 Front Seat
Lift Motor
Assemblies.
There is a fault in
circuit 287 betw een
connectors
S51 – X1 pin 10 and
Y67 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or replace
circuit 287 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–164
Page 1A7–164
Driver’s Seat Fore/Af t Movement Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the fore/aft movement function of the driver’s seat being
inoperative or the action of the seat through the range of movement is not sm ooth. The test diagnoses the seat
adjustment switch and the motor circuits.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates whether there is
battery power to the switch assembly.
2 Checks that there are no items obstructing the guide rails, wh ich may stop or hinder the seat movement.
3 Checks that the guide rails and drive shafts have adequate lubricant applied to provide a smooth operation of the
seat.
4 Checks that the guide rails or drive shafts have not been damaged. Any binding between the moving parts will
result in poor operation of the fore and aft movement.
5 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
6 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 1. Isolates
whether there is a fault in circuit 285 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat forward.
8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 2. Is olates
whether the fault is in circuit 284 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat aft or the motor is faulty.
As reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from
Step 7 is serviceable.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the driver’s seat adjustment switch operate the seat correctly in
any of the eight directions? Go to Step 2.
Refer to None of the
Driver’s Seat
Adjustment Switch
Functions Operate
in this Section.
2 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 3. Remove the
obstruct ing ite m.
3 Are the guide rails and drive shafts adequately lubricated?
Go to Step 4.
Apply a small
amount of grease
type NLGI No. 1
Lithium Grease
(with 9% Zinc
Oxide).
4 Do the guide rails or drive shafts bind at any point of travel during the
fore and aft movement of the seat? Replace the track
and height adjust
assembly.
Refer to 2.13 Track
and Height Adjust
Assembly.
Go to Step 5.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–165
Page 1A7–165
Step Action Yes No
5 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• S51
• Y64
Go to Step 6. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
6 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer
to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way
Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the driver’s
seat adjust ment
switch.
Refer to 2.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
7 1 Back probe connector Y64 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the seat
forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 8.
There is a fault in
circuit 285 betw een
connectors
S51 – X1 pin 6 and
Y64 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or replace
circuit 285 (refer to
Note 2).
8 1 Back probe connector Y64 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the seat aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat fore/aft
movement motor is
faulty.
Replace the seat
fore/aft movement
motor, refer to 2.17
Front Seat Fore/Aft
Movement Mot or
Assembly.
There is a fault in
circuit 284 betw een
connectors
S51 – X1 pin 3 and
Y64 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or replace
circuit 284 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–166
Page 1A7–166
Driver’s Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the recline function of the driver’s seat being inoperative. The
test diagnoses the seat adjus t ment switch and the motor circ uits.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates whether there is
battery power to the switch assembly.
2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
3 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
4 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat-back recline motor at connector Y74 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 276 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat-back forward.
5 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat-back recline motor at connector Y74 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether
the fault is in circuit 277 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat-back aft or the motor is faulty. As
reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from Step 4
is serviceable.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the driver’s seat adjustment switch operate the seat correctly in
any of the eight directions? Go to Step 2.
Refer to None of the
Driver’s Seat
Adjustment Switch
Functions Operate
in this Section.
2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• S51
• Y74
Go to Step 3. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
3 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer
to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way
Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the driver’s
seat adjust ment
switch.
Refer to 2.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
4 1 Back probe connector Y74 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the seat-
back forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 276 betw een
connectors
S51 – X1 pin 2 and
Y74 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or replace
circuit 276 (refer to
Note 2).
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–167
Page 1A7–167
Step Action Yes No
5 1 Back probe connector Y74 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the
seat-back aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat-back
recline motor is
faulty.
Replace the seat-
back recline motor,
refer to 2.18 Fron t
Seat-back Recline
Motor Assembly.
There is a fault in
circuit 277 betw een
connectors
S51 – X1 pin 4 and
Y74 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or replace
circuit 277 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–168
Page 1A7–168
None of the Passenger’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the passenger’s seat adjustment switch when none of the
switch functions operate. The test diagnoses the passenger’s seat adjustment switch and associated power and ground
circuits.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether all of the driver’s seat functions work. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to the
passenger’s seat only.
2 Checks whether there is battery power at connector X308 pin B. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540
between connectors X200 pin 19 and X308 pin B.
3 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
4 Checks whether there is battery power at connector S176 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540
between connectors S176 – X1 pin 5 and X308 pin B.
5 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adjustment switch is serv iceab le.
6 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S176 – X1 pin 1 and X308 pin A which supplies the ground
circuit for the passenger’s seat adjustment switch. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 650 between the switch
and connector X308 pin A, or between connector X308 pin A and the grounding points.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Are all of the driver’s seat adjustment switch functions inoperative? Refer to Neither
Seat Adjustment
Switch Functions
Operate in this
Section.
Go to Step 2.
2 1 Back probe connector X308 pin B with a test lamp (refer to Note
1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
connectors X200 pin
19 and X308 pin B.
Repair or replace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
3 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• S176
• X308
• Y81
• Y84
• Y86
• Y91
Go to Step 4. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–169
Page 1A7–169
Step Action Yes No
4 1 Back probe connector S176 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
connectors
S176 – X1 pin 5 and
X308 pin B.
Repair or replace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
5 1 Remove the passenger’s seat adjustment switch from the seat,
refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Test the pass enger’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-
way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the passenger’s seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 6.
Replace the
passenger’s seat
adjustment switch.
Refer to 2.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
6 1 Back probe connector X308 pin A with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch in any of the
available directions.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 650 betw een
connector X308 pin
A and ground points
X118–GP12, X118–
GP13 and X118–
GP14.
Repair or replace
circuit 650 (refer to
Note 2).
There is a fault in
circuit 650 betw een
connectors
S176 – X1 pin 1 and
X308 pin A.
Repair or replace
circuit 650 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–170
Page 1A7–170
Front/Rear of the Passenger’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the front and/or the rear of the passenger’s seat not raising
and/or lowering. The test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adj ustment switch operates the sea t in any direct ion. Isolates whether the
power and ground circui ts are at fault.
2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
3 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adjustment switch is serv iceab le.
4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the rear lift motor and circuit of the seat is
the fault.
5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the front lift motor and circuit of the seat is
the fault.
6 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 288 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.
7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the
fault is in circuit 289 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As
the direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from
Step 6 is serviceable.
8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 297 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the front of the seat.
9 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the
fault is in circuit 298 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As
the direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from
Step 8 is serviceable.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the pass enger’s seat adjustment switch operate the seat
correctly in any of the eight directions? Go to Step 2.
Refer to None of the
Passenger’s Seat
Adjustment Switch
Functions Operate
in this Section.
2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• S176
• Y84
• Y86
Go to Step 3. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
3 1 Remove the passenger’s seat adjustment switch from the seat,
refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Test the pass enger’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-
way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the passenger’s seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the
passenger’s seat
adjustment switch.
Refer to 2.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–171
Page 1A7–171
Step Action Yes No
4 1 Operate the pass enger’s seat adjustment switch to raise or
lower the rear of the seat.
Does the rear of the seat raise and lower? Go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.
5 1 Operate the pass enger’s seat adjustment switch to raise or
lower the front of the seat.
Does the fron t of the seat raise and lower? System serviceable. Go to Step 8.
6 1 Back probe connector Y86 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to raise the rear
of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 7.
There is a fault in
circuit 288 betw een
connectors
S176 – X1 pin 9 and
Y86 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or replace
circuit 288 (refer to
Note 2).
7 1 Back probe connector Y86 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to lower the
rear of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat rear lift
motor is faulty.
Replace the seat
rear lift motor, refer
to 2.16 Front Seat
Lift Motor
Assemblies.
Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 289 betw een
connectors
S176 – X1 pin 8 and
Y86 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or replace
circuit 289 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 5.
8 1 Back probe connector Y84 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to raise the
front of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 9.
There is a fault in
circuit 297 betw een
connectors
S176 – X1 pin 10
and
Y84 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or replace
circuit 297 (refer to
Note 2).
9 1 Back probe connector Y84 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to lower the
front of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat front lift
motor is faulty.
Replace the seat
front lift motor, refer
to 2.16 Front Seat
Lift Motor
Assemblies.
There is a fault in
circuit 298 betw een
connectors
S176 – X1 pin 7 and
Y84 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or replace
circuit 298 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–172
Page 1A7–172
Passenger’s Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the fore/aft movement function of the passenger’s seat being
inoperative or the action of the seat through the range of movement is not sm ooth. The test diagnoses the seat
adjustment switch and the motor circuits.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adj ustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates whether there
is battery power to the switch assembly.
2 Checks that there are no items obstructing the guide rails, wh ich may stop or hinder the seat movement.
3 Checks that the guide rails and drive shafts have adequate lubricant applied to provide a smooth operation of the
seat.
4 Checks that the guide rails or drive shafts have not been damaged. Any binding between the moving parts will
result in poor operation of the fore and aft movement.
5 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively conn ected.
6 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adjustment switch is serv iceab le.
7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y81 – X1 pin 2. Isolates
whether there is a fault in circuit 296 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat forward.
8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y81 – X1 pin 1. Is olates
whether the fault is in circuit 290 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat aft or the motor is faulty.
As reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from
Step 7 is serviceable.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the pass enger’s seat adjustment switch operate correctly in any
of the eight directions? Go to Step 2.
Refer to None of the
Passenger’s Seat
Adjustment Switch
Functions Operate
in this Section.
2 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 3. Remove the
obstruct ing ite m.
3 Are the guide rails and drive shafts adequately lubricated?
Go to Step 4.
Apply a small
amount of grease
type NLGI No. 1
Lithium Grease
(with 9% Zinc
Oxide).
4 Do the guide rails or drive shafts bind at any point of travel during the
fore and aft movement of the seat? Replace the track
and height adjust
assembly.
Refer to 2.13 Track
and Height Adjust
Assembly.
Go to Step 5.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–173
Page 1A7–173
Step Action Yes No
5 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• S176
• Y81
Go to Step 6. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
6 1 Remove the passenger’s seat adjustment switch from the seat,
refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Test the pass enger’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-
way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the passenger’s seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
passenger’s seat
adjustment switch.
Refer to 2.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
7 1 Back probe connector Y81 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to move the
seat forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 8.
There is a fault in
circuit 296 betw een
connectors
S176 – X1 pin 6 and
Y81 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or replace
circuit 296 (refer to
Note 2).
8 1 Back probe connector Y81 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to move the
seat aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat fore/aft
movement motor is
faulty.
Replace the seat
fore/aft movement
motor, refer to 2.17
Front Seat Fore/Aft
Movement Mot or
Assembly.
There is a fault in
circuit 290 betw een
connectors
S176 – X1 pin 3 and
Y81 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or replace
circuit 290 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–174
Page 1A7–174
Passenger’s Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Funct i on is Inoperative
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the recline function of the passenger’s seat being inoperative.
The test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adj ustment switch operates the sea t in any direct ion. Isolates whether there
is battery power to the switch assembly.
2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
3 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adjustment switch is serv iceab le.
4 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat-back recline motor at connector Y91 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 76 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat-back forward.
5 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat-back recline motor at connector Y91 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether
the fault is in circuit 77 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat-back aft or the motor is faulty. As
reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from Step 4
is serviceable.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the pass enger’s seat adjustment switch operate the seat
correctly in any of the eight directions? Go to Step 2.
Refer to None of the
Passenger’s Seat
Adjustment Switch
Functions Operate
in this Section.
2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• S176
• Y91
Go to Step 3. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
3 1 Remove the passenger’s seat adjustment switch from the seat,
refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Test the pass enger’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-
way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the passenger’s seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the
passenger’s seat
adjustment switch.
Refer to 2.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
4 1 Back probe connector Y91 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to move the
seat-back forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 76 between
connectors
S176 – X1 pin 2 and
Y91 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or replace
circuit 76 (refer to
Note 2).
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–175
Page 1A7–175
Step Action Yes No
5 1 Back probe connector Y91 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to move the
seat-back aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The front seat-back
recline motor is
faulty.
Replace the front
seat-back recline
motor, refer to 2.18
Front Seat-back
Recline Motor
Assembly.
There is a fault in
circuit 77 between
connectors
S176 – X1 pin 4 and
Y91 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or replace
circuit 77 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–176
Page 1A7–176
5 Diagnostics – Front Seat
Memory and Rear View Mirror
(Except Coupe)
5.1 System Self Diagnosis
The seat memory module can self-diagnose the driver's seat and the external rear-view mirrors. When a fault or failure is
detected, the seat memory module sets a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) that represents the fault or failure. A fault or
failure that sets a DTC may leave the seat and/or external rear-view mirrors partially or totally inoperative. If the seat
memory module detects a fault, the LED located next to the mirror dip / memory store (M) button on the memory position
switch assembly, illuminates constantly during that ignition cycle.
Current DTCs are stored by the seat memory module. When the fault conditions are no longer met, the DTC becomes a
Histo r y DTC.
Current DTCs
When Current DTCs are detected, they are stored by the seat memory module during the current ignition cycle. Current
DTCs are set or cleared based on the condition of the seat memory module during ignition ON or continuous monitoring
of the current ignitio n cycle.
NOTE
A Current DTC is identified on the TECH 2
display by the word 'Current' between the DTC
number and the DTC description. The word
'History' between the DTC number and the DTC
description indicates that the DTC displayed is a
Histo r y DTC.
Current DTCs are reset to History DTCs upon the next diagnostic test sequence that the fault conditions are not met.
Current DTCs can be cleared (changed to history DTC) by removing the fault conditions.
TECH 2 is unable to clear current DTCs if the fault conditions still exist; TECH 2 will display 'Clear DTC Information
Failed'.
DTCs stored in the seat memory module can only be displayed and/or cleared using the TECH 2 diagnostic scan tool.
The TECH 2 communicates with seat memory module serial data using the Serial Data Link Connector (DLC) which is
attached to the instrument panel lower trim retainer, refer to 5.2 TECH 2 Diagnostics.
History DTCs
History DTCs are set upon the clearing of a current DTC fault condition. History DTCs are maintained by the seat
memory module over multiple ignition cycles. The seat memory module can only clear history DTCs from its memory by
a CLEAR DTCS serial data message from TECH 2.
Clearin g DTCs
After any system fault has been rectified, use the TECH 2 CLEAR DTCS selection to erase any fault codes stored in the
seat memory module's memory, refer to 5.3 TECH 2 Test Modes and Displays for Diagnosis.
After DTCs have been cleared, verify proper
system operation and absence of any fault
codes. If TECH 2 displays CLEAR DTC
INFORMATION FAILED after attempting to
clear DTCs, the fault condition still exists .
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–177
Page 1A7–177
5.2 TECH 2 Diagnostics
TECH 2, with the appropriate software, cables and
adapters, when connected to the Serial Data Link Connector
(DLC) can read seat and exterior rear-view mirror serial
data. The DLC is attached to the instrument panel trim
retainer beneath the steering wheel.
1 DLC
2 DLC Adapter
3 DLC Cable
4 TECH 2
For additional general information on connecting and
operating TECH 2, refer to Section 0C TECH 2.
Figure 1A7 – 97
Test Modes
TECH 2 has five test modes for diagnosing the driver's seat
and the external rear-view mirrors.
Mode F0: Diagnostic Trouble Codes
If F0: Diagnostic Trouble Codes is selected, a selection list
is displayed which contains:
1 F0: Read DTC Information – Once this mode is
selected, both current and history Diagnostic Trouble
Codes (DTCs) stored in the seat memory module's
memory may be displayed.
2 F1: Clear DTC Information – Once this mode is
selected, DTCs stored in the seat memory module's
memory may be cleared.
Figure 1A7 – 98
Mode F1: Diagnostic Data Display
If F1: Diagnostic Data Display is selected, a selection list is displayed which contains:
1 F0: Inputs and Outputs − Once this mode is selected, a list of system components and their inputs, outputs and
their status is display ed .
2 F1: Memory − Once this mode is selected, a list of each memory position and the position of each of the seat axes
is displayed.
3 F2: System Identification – Once this is selected, details including serial number of the seat memory module are
displayed.
Mode F2: Snapshot
In this test mode, the TECH 2 captures seat memory module data before and after a forced manual trigger.
Mode F3: Miscellaneous Tests
In this test mode, the TECH 2 displays a list of eight tests that can be utilised to diagnose the driver's seat and the
external rear-view mirrors, refer to 5.3 TECH 2 Test Modes and Displays for Diagnosis for further information.
Mode F4: Additional Functions
In this test mode, TECH 2 allows the technician to reset the seat, thus clearing all memory positions, refer to
5.3 TECH 2 Test Modes and Displays for Diagnosis for further information.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–178
Page 1A7–178
5.3 TECH 2 Test Modes and Displays for
Diagnosis
A prerequisite to this diagnostic Section is for the us er to be familiar with the proper use of TECH 2. The following pages
illustrate only the major TECH 2 screen displays and provide a brief explanation of their function for diagnosing the
driver's seat and the external rear-view mirrors. If additional information is required on the operation of TECH 2,
reference should be made to either Section 0C TECH 2 or the TECH 2 User's Guide.
System Select Menu
With the TECH 2 connected to the DLC, and
F0: DIAGNOSTICS selected from the Main Menu, the
correct Model Year and Vehicle Type must be selected for
access to the System Select Menu.
Select F3: BODY.
This mode contains all functions to test, diagnose, monitor
and program the vehicle's body systems including the
driver's seat and the external rear-view mirrors.
Figure 1A7 – 99
Body Application Menu
Once F3: BODY has been selected from the System Select
Menu, Seat and Exterior Mirror Memory Module can be
selected.
Select SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR MEMORY
MODULE.
When SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR MEMORY
MODULE is selected, the following two SYSTEM
IDENTIFICATION screens will appear, which require ac tion.
Figure 1A7 – 100
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–179
Page 1A7–179
System Identification
Turn the ignition to the ON position with the engine not
running (as requested) and press the CONFIRM soft key to
continue.
Figure 1A7 – 101
The System Identification Screen will then display
information pertaining to the type of seat memory module
fitted, serial number, date of manufacture and other ancillary
information. Press the CONFIRM soft key to continue to the
Application men u.
Always refer to the latest General Motors spare parts
information for the correct part number.
Figure 1A7 – 102
A pplication Menu
The following functions will now be available:
• F0: DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
• F1: DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY
• F2: SNAPSHOT
• F3: MISCELLANEOUS TESTS
• F4: ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS
Figure 1A7 – 103
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–180
Page 1A7–180
F0: Diagnostic Trouble Codes
If F0: DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES is selected from the
Application menu, a selection list is displayed which
contains:
F0: Read DTC Information
If this mode is selected, a listing of all (if any) DTCs that
have been set by the seat memory module will be displayed.
Information displayed with the DTC number/s that have
been set, is a short description of what the DTC is, and
whether it is a current (fault present) or hi story (stored, but
not necessarily on this ignition cycle) DTC. Refer to
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for the full listing of
driver's seat and the external rear-view mirrors DTCs with
the fault identified.
NOTE
If any DTCs are set, reference should be made
to the relevant diagnostic charts in this Section.
Figure 1A7 – 104
F1: Clear DTC Information
DTCs can be cleared in this mode by selecting F1: CLEAR
DTC INFORMATION, pressing the ENTER button on
TECH 2 and confirming the action as instructed by TECH 2.
If DTC condition is present, TECH 2 will be unable to clear
the DTC and will display CLEAR DTC INFORMATION
FAILED.
Figure 1A7 – 105
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
The following table sets out all the possible diagnostic trouble codes as indicated by TECH 2.
DTC Code Location Fault
1 Eight-w ay seat adjust ment sw itch Front vertical up switch stu ck
2 Eight-way seat adjus tment switch Front vertical down switch stuck
3 Eight-way seat adjus tment switch Rear vertical up switch stuck
4 Eight-way seat adjus tment switch Rear vertical down switch stuck
5 Eight-w ay seat adjust ment sw itch Horizontal forw ard switch stu c k
6 Eight-w ay seat adjust ment sw itch Horizontal ba ck sw itch stuc k
7 Eight-way seat adjus tment switch Recline up switch stuck
8 Eight-way seat adjustment switch Recline down switch stuck
9 Memory position switch assembly Memory button 1 stuck
10 Memory position switch assembly Memory button 2 stuck
11 Memory position switch assembly Memory button 3 stuck
12 Memory position switch assembly Mirror dip button stuck
13 Seat memory module No serial data
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–181
Page 1A7–181
DTC Code Location Fault
14 Exterior rear-view mirror circuit No exterior mirror communication
15 Seat front lift motor potentiometer Front vertical position sensor fault
16 Seat rear lift motor potentiometer Rear vertical position sensor fault
17 Seat fore/aft movement motor potentiometer Horizontal position sensor fault
18 Seat-back recline motor potentiometer Recline position sensor fault
19 Seat memory module ECU malfunction
F1: Diagnostic Data Display
When F1: DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY is selected, three sub-headings are displayed by TECH 2.
F0: Inputs and Outputs
F0: INPUTS AND OUTPUTS displays a list of data streams for various driver's seat and external rear-view mirror
components and their current status. The table in this Section lists all the data streams with a description.
Data Stream /
Screen Display Description
Memory 1 Button Displays the state of button 1 on the memory position switch.
If button 1 on the memory position switch assembly is stuck in the depressed position for
more than 8 seconds, DTC 9 will be set.
• inactive / active
Memory 2 Button Displays the state of button 2 on the memory position switch.
If button 2 on the memory position switch assembly is stuck in the depressed position for
more than 8 seconds, DTC 10 will set.
• inactive / active
Memory 3 Button Displays the state of button 3 on the memory position switch.
If button 3 on the memory position switch assembly is stuck in the depressed position for
more than 8 seconds, DTC 11 will set.
• inactive / active
Mirror DIP Button Displays the state of the mirror dip / memory store (M) button on the memory position
switch.
If the mirror DIP / memory store (M) button on the memory position switch assembly is
stuck in the depressed position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 12 will set.
• inactive / active
Front Vertical Switch Displays the state of the front lift switch on the seat adjustment switch.
If the front vertical switch is stuck in the UP position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 1 will
set.
If the front vertical switch is stuck in the DOWN position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 2
will set.
• inactive / up / down
Rear Vertical Switch Displays the state of the rear lift switch on the seat adjustment switch.
If the rear vertical switch is stuck in the UP position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 3 will set.
If the front vertical switch is stuck in the DOWN position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 4
will set.
• inactive / up / down
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–182
Page 1A7–182
Data Stream /
Screen Display Description
Horizontal Switch Displays the state of the horizontal switch on the seat adjustment switch.
If the horizontal switch is stuck in the FORWARD position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 5
will set.
If the horizontal switch is stuck in the AFT position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 6 will set.
• inactive / forward / backward
Recline Switch Displays the state of the recline switch on the seat adjustment switch.
If the recline switch is stuck in the FORWARD position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 7 will
set.
If the recline switch is stuck in the AFT position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 8 will set.
• inactive / forward / backward
Front Vertical Position
Sensor Displays whether the seat front lift motor is connected.
• connect ed / not connec ted
Front Vertical Position
Sensor Signal Displays the voltage across the seat front lift motor potentiom eter. The voltage will range
from 1.5 v to 4.2 v depending on the vertical position of the front of the seat.
• 1.5 – 4.2 volts
Front Vertical Position
Sensor Displays the current position of the seat front lift motor potentiometer as a value in Steps.
The Steps will range from 0 to 255 and are calculated by taking the voltage across the
potentiometer and putting that value through a mathematical algorithm.
• 0 – 255
Front Vertical Position
Maximum Limit Displays the maximum limit of travel up in Steps. This value depends on the calibration of
the seat.
This value should be high but never reach 255 Steps. If the value displayed is 255, the seat
has not been calibrated. Refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.
• 0 – 255
Front Vertical Position
Minimum Limit Displays the minimum limit of travel down in Steps. This value depends on the calibration of
the seat.
This value should be low but never reach 0 Steps. If the value displayed is 0, the seat has
not been calibrated. Refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.
• 0 – 255
Rear Vertical Posi tion
Sensor Displays whether the seat rear lift motor potentiometer is connected.
• connect ed / not connec ted
Rear Vertical Posi tion
Sensor Signal Displays the voltage across the seat rear lift motor potentiometer. The voltage will range
from 1.5 v to 4.2 v depending on the vertical position of the rear of the seat.
• 1.5 – 4.2 volts
Rear Vertical Posi tion
Sensor Displays the current position of the seat rear lift motor potentiometer as a value in Steps.
The Steps will range from 0 to 255 and are calculated by taking the voltage across the
potentiometer and putting that value through a mathematical algorithm.
• 0 – 255
Rear Vertical Posi tion
Maximum Limit Displays the maximum limit of travel up in Steps. This value depends on the calibration of
the seat.
This value should be high but never reach 255 Steps. If the value displayed is 255, the seat
has not been calibrated. Refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.
• 0 – 255
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–183
Page 1A7–183
Data Stream /
Screen Display Description
Rear Vertical Posi tion
Minimum Limit Displays the minimum limit of travel down in Steps. This value depends on the calibration of
the seat.
This value should be low but never reach 0 Steps. If the value displayed is 0, the seat has
not been calibrated. Refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.
• 0 – 255
Horizontal Position Sensor Displays whether the seat fore/aft movement motor potentiometer is connected.
• connect ed / not connec ted
Horizontal Position Sensor
Signal Displays the voltage across the seat fore/aft movement motor potentiometer. The voltage
will range from 1.5 v to 4.2 v depending on the horizontal position of the seat.
• 1.5 – 4.2 volts
Horizontal Position Sensor Displays the current position of the seat fore/aft movement motor potentiometer as a va lue
in Steps. The Steps will range from 0 to 255 and are calculated by taking the voltage across
the potentiometer and putting that value through a mathematical algorithm.
• 0 – 255
Horizontal Position
Maximum Limit Displays the maximum limit of travel forward in Steps. This value depends on the calibration
of the seat.
This value should be high but never reach 255 Steps. If the value displayed is 255, the seat
has not been calibrated. Refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.
• 0 – 255
Horizontal Position
Minimum Limit Displays the minimum limit of travel aft in Steps. This value depends on the calibration of
the seat.
This value should be low but never reach 0 Steps. If the value displayed is 0, the seat has
not been calibrated. Refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.
• 0 – 255
Recline Position Sensor Displays whether the seat-back recline motor potentiometer is connec ted.
• connect ed / not connec ted
Recline Position Sensor
Signal Displays the voltage across the seat-back recline motor potentiometer. The voltage will
range from 1.5 v to 4.2 v depending on the recline position of the seat.
• 1.5 – 4.2 volts
Recline Position Sensor Displays the current position of the seat-back recline motor potentiometer as a value in
Steps. The Steps will range from 0 to 255 and are calculated by taking the voltage across
the potentiometer and putting that value through a mathematical algorithm.
• 0 – 255
Recline Position Maximum
Limit Displays the maximum limit of travel forward in Steps. This value depends on the calibration
of the seat.
This value should be high but never reach 255 Steps. If the value displayed is 255, the seat
has not been calibrated. Refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.
• 0 – 255
Recline Position Minimum
Limit Displays the minimum limit of travel aft in Steps. This value depends on the calibration of
the seat.
This value should be low but never reach 0 Steps. If the value displayed is 0, the seat has
not been calibrated. Refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.
• 0 – 255
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–184
Page 1A7–184
Data Stream /
Screen Display Description
Button Pack
Communication Displays whether there is serial data communication with the mirror control switch, right-
hand or left-hand rear-view mirrors. If there is comm unication with at least one of these
components, TECH 2 will display OKAY. If there is no communications with all of the
components, TECH 2 will display NOT OKAY.
If there are no serial data communications, a DTC 14 will set.
• ok / not ok
Right Exterior Mirror
Communication Displays whether TECH 2 can communicate with the right-hand exterior rear-view mirror.
If there is not serial data communications with the right-hand exterior rear-view mirror, a
DTC 14 will set.
• ok / not ok
Left Exterior Mirror
Communication Displays whether TECH 2 can communicate with the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror.
If there is not serial data communications with the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror, a DTC
14 will set.
• ok / not ok
Right Exterior Mirror Switch Displays the status of the mirror control switch, when the rocker switch is selected to
RIGHT.
• up / down / left / right / inactive
Left Exterior Mirror Switch Displays the status of the mirror control switch, when the rock er switch is selected to LEFT.
• up / down / left / right / inactive
Memory Recall Position In
Use Displays the status of the current memory recall of the seat asse mbly.
• memory button 1 / memory button 2 / memory button 3 / priority 1 / priority 2 / no
active me mory
Current Priority Displays what is the current priority that has been set when the vehicle is unlocked with
either priority key 1 or 2.
• priority 1 / priority 2 / no active memory
Able To Recall Displays whether the seat assembly has the ability to recall a memory position.
• yes / no
Start Wait Active Only when there has been a cold-start reset will TECH 2 display NO. A cold-start reset will
occur when module detects too much electromagnetic interference (EMI) in the system. If
the START WAIT ACTIVE displays NO, the system will still be operational.
• yes / no
Able To Move When the seat is requested to move, the seat memory module monitors the amount of
Steps that a potentiometer has taken during that movement. If the potentiometer does not
move more than 3 Steps in 1 second, ABLE TO MOVE will be NO. This inability to move at
all or quickly enough may be due to a physical restriction in that movement, or the battery
not having enough charge to power the particular motor adequately.
• yes / no
Ignition Switch Displays the status of the ignition switch.
• on / off / accessory
Demist Request Displays the status of the rear demist system. This will be YES when the rear demist button
is pressed.
• yes / no
Reverse Gear Displays whether the vehicle is in reverse gear.
• inactive / active
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–185
Page 1A7–185
Data Stream /
Screen Display Description
PRNDL Position Di splays the position of the transmission selector.
• P / R / N / D / 3 / 2 / 1
F1: Memory
F1: MEMORY displays all the five memory settings available. Within each of the memory settings the position of the seat
is displayed (in Steps) and whether the mirror dip function is enable d.
Data Stream /
Screen Display Description
Memory 1 Mirror Dip Status Displays whether the mirror dip function is enabled for Memory 1.
• enabled / disabled
Memory 1 Front Vertic al
Position Displays the seat front vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 1.
• 0 – 255
Memory 1 Rear Vertical
Position Displays the seat rear vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 1.
• 0 – 255
Memory 1 Horizontal
Position Displays the seat horizontal position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 1.
• 0 – 255
Memory 1 Recline Position Displays the seat-back recline position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 1.
• 0 – 255
Memory 2 Mirror Dip Status Displays whether the mirror dip function is enabled for Memory 2.
• enabled / disabled
Memory 2 Front Vertic al
Position Displays the seat front vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 2.
• 0 – 255
Memory 2 Rear Vertical
Position Displays the seat rear vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 2.
• 0 – 255
Memory 2 Horizontal
Position Displays th e seat horizontal position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 2.
• 0 – 255
Memory 2 Recline Position Displays the seat-back recline position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 2.
• 0 – 255
Memory 3 Mirror Dip Status Displays whether the mirror dip function is enabled for Memory 3.
• enabled / disabled
Memory 3 Front Vertic al
Position Displays the seat front vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 3.
• 0 – 255
Memory 3 Rear Vertical
Position Displays the seat rear vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 3.
• 0 – 255
Memory 3 Horizontal
Position Displays the seat horizontal position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 3.
• 0 – 255
Memory 3 Recline Position Displays the seat-back recline position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 3.
• 0 – 255
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–186
Page 1A7–186
Data Stream /
Screen Display Description
Priority 1 Mirror Dip Status Displays whether the mirror dip function is enabled for Priority 1.
• enabled / disabled
Priority 1 Front Vertical
Position Displays the seat front vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Priority 1.
• 0 – 255
Priority 1 Rear Vertical
Position Displays the seat rear vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Priority 1.
• 0 – 255
Priority 1 Horizontal
Position Displays the seat horizontal position (in Steps) that has been stored in Priority 1.
• 0 – 255
Priority 1 Recline Position Displays the seat-back recline position (in Steps) that has been stored in Priority 1.
• 0 – 255
Priority 2 Mirror Dip Status Displays whether the mirror dip function is enabled for Priority 2.
• enabled / disabled
Priority 2 Front Vertical
Position Displays the seat front vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Priority 2.
• 0 – 255
Priority 2 Rear Vertical
Position Displays the seat rear vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Priority 2.
• 0 – 255
Priority 2 Horizontal
Position Displays th e seat hori zontal position (in S teps ) that has been st ored in Priorit y 2.
• 0 – 255
Priority 2 Recline Position Displays the seat-back recline position (in Steps) that has been stored in Priority 2.
• 0 – 255
F2: System Identification
F2: SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION displays the specifications of the seat memory module, refer to System Identification
within this Section.
F2: Snapshot
In this mode, TECH 2 captures seat memory module data before and after a forced manual trigger.
F3: Miscellaneous Tests
In this mode, a list of tests are displayed that can be used to control certain functions of the driver's seat and the exterior
rear-view mirrors.
F0: Chime
When this test is selected, menu keys are available. To activate the chime function of the seat memory module, press
the ON key. The chime will then sound continuously. To turn off the chime, press the OFF key. To return to
F3: MISCELLANEOUS TESTS menu, press the QUIT key.
In this test, the input and output data is also displayed, refer to F0: Inputs and Outputs in this Section.
F1: LED
When this test is selected, menu keys are available. To activate the LED functi on of the seat memory module, press the
FLASH key. The LED will flash. To return to F3: MISCELLANEOUS TESTS menu, press the QUIT key.
In this test, the input and output data is also displayed, refer to F0: Inputs and Outputs in this Section.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–187
Page 1A7–187
F2: Right Exterior Mirror
When this test is selected, the arrow keys on TECH 2 can be used to drive the right-hand exterior mirror in all four
directions. During this test the data stream for the right-hand exterior mirror will be displayed. The data stream will
change from OFF to the direction pressed.
F3: Left Exterior Mirror
When this test is selected, the arrow keys on TECH 2 can be used to drive the left-hand exterior mirror in all four
directions. During this test the data stream for the left-hand exterior mirror will be displayed. The data stream will change
from OFF to the direction pressed.
F4: Front Vertical Motor
When this test is selected, menu keys are available. To drive the front lift motor up, press the UP key and alternatively to
move the front lift motor down, press the DOWN key.
F5: Rear vertical Mirror
When this test is selected, menu keys are available. To drive the rear lift motor up, press the UP key and alternatively to
move the rear lift motor down, press the DOWN key.
F6: Horizontal Motor
When this test is selected, menu keys are available. To drive the seat fore/aft movement motor forward, press the
FORWARD key and alternatively to move the seat fore/aft movement motor aft, press the BACK key.
F7: Recline Motor
When this test is selected, menu keys are available. To drive the seat-back recline motor forward, press the FORWARD
key and alternatively to move the seat-back recline motor aft, press the BACK key.
F4: Addi ti onal Functions
F0: Module Reset
This function clears all the preset memories including any priority key that the seat memory module has stored.
When this function is selected, menu keys are available. TECH 2 will prompt with the message 'Do you Really Want To
Reset'. To reset the module, press the YES key. If the technician does not want to reset the module, press the NO key
and to return the F4: ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS menu.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–188
Page 1A7–188
5.4 Preliminary System Diagnosis
Prior to starting any diagnosis, the technician should be familiar with the driver's seat and the external rear-view mirror
components and operation. For a description of the components and the system operation, refer to 1 General
Information.
When investigating any complaint of a problem or malfunction, always begin diagnosis with a circuit check, refer to
5.7 Electrical Diagnosis – Memory Seat, Initial Check for a seat fault, or 5.9 Electrical Diagnosis – Rear-view Mirrors,
Initial Check for an exterior rear-view mirror fault.
The diagnostic circuit check ensures that the driver's seat and the external rear-view mirrors are communicating on the
serial data line as well as assisting to identify the problem and to ascertain the appropriate diagnostic chart in this
Section.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–189
Page 1A7–189
5.5 Diagnostic Charts
Introduction
The followi ng diagnostic charts are designed to provide fast and efficient fault location and remedy. The diagnostic charts
include a chart, pertinen t information, circuit diagra ms, and where necessary , the steps are ex plained by the
corresponding numbered paragraphs.
When performing wiring checks as directed to by the diagnostic charts, rather than probe pins and connectors with
incorrect sized multimeter connections, use the adapters contained in connector test adapter kit Tool No. KM-609 and
test lead set Tool No. KM609-20. This will prevent any possibility of spreading or damaging wiring harness pins and later
on causing a system intermittent failure.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–190
Page 1A7–190
5.6 Mechanical Diagnosis
Lumbar Support Inoperative
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the lumbar support assembly.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks that the lumbar support knob is properly engaging the lumbar support adjuster. Check the knob for cracks
and worn splines.
2 Checks that the lumbar support assembly is not damage d or worn and that the retaining springs are serviceable
and securely attached to the seat back frame assembly.
3 Checks that the lumbar support assembly is serviceable and that the lumber support assembly strap is operating
correctly within the guide rails.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Remove the lumbar support knob, refer to 2.9 Lumbar Support
Knob Assembly.
Is the lumbar support adjust knob serviceable? Go to Step 2.
Replace the knob.
Refer to 2.9
Lumbar Support
Knob Assembly.
2 1 Remove the seat-back cover.
2 Inspect the lumbar support retainers and springs.
Are the lumbar support retaining springs serviceable and securely
attached to the seat-back frame assembly?
Go to Step 3.
Replace or reattach
the retaining
springs.
Refer to 2.11 Front
Seat-back Frame
Assembly.
3 1 Visually inspect the lumbar support assembly. Check for broken
or worn parts.
2 Check the strap running across the lumber support assembly is
serviceable and running freely within the guide rails.
NOTE
You may need to attach the lumber support knob to
actuate the strap.
Is the lumbar support assembly serviceable?
Replace the lumbar
support assembly.
Refer to 2.11 Front
Seat-back Frame
Assembly.
Replace lumbar
support assembly or
resecure lum bar
support assembly
strap ensuring strap
is not binding with
guide rails.
Refer to 2.11 Front
Seat-back Frame
Assembly.
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–191
Page 1A7–191
5.7 Electrical Diagnosis – Memory Seat
Wiring Diagram
Figure 1A7 – 106
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–192
Page 1A7–192
Figure 1A7 – 107
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–193
Page 1A7–193
Connector Chart
Figure 1A7 – 108
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–194
Page 1A7–194
Initial Check
Circuit Description
The driver's seat and exterior rear-view mirrors can be diagnosed through TECH 2. This chart tests each function of the
seat for correct operation.
Test Description
1 Checks whether the fault is isolated to the driver’s seat.
2 If TECH 2 cannot access the System Identification menu there is a problem with the power, serial data
communications and ground circuits to the memory module.
3 Checks if there are any current DTCs.
4-11 Checks that the seat adjustment switch is serviceable. Also checks that the associated motor circuits are
serviceable.
12 Using TECH 2, checks that the memory position switch assembly is operational.
13 Checks that the seat front lift motor potentiometer is connected.
14 Checks that the seat front lift motor potentiometer's voltage is within the acceptable range.
15 Checks that the seat front lift motor potentiometer (in Steps) has an acceptable maximum, minimum value and
current seat position is within that range.
16 Checks that the seat rear lift motor potentiometer is connected.
17 Checks that the seat rear lift motor potentiometer's voltage is within the acceptable range.
18 Checks that the seat rear lift motor potentiometer (in Steps) has an acceptable maximum, minimum value and
current seat position is within that range.
19 Checks that the horizontal motor potentiometer is connected.
20 Checks that the horizontal motor potentiometer's voltage is within the acceptable range.
21 Checks that the horizontal motor potentiometer (in Steps) has an acceptable maximum, minimum value and current
seat position is within that range.
22 Checks that the recline motor potentiometer is connected.
23 Checks that the recline motor potentiometer's voltage is within the acceptable range.
24 Checks that the recline motor potentiometer (in Steps) has an acceptable maximum, minimum value and current
seat position is within that range.
25 Checks that the seat memory module stores a different seat position in each of the three memory buttons. Checks
that when each of the memory buttons are pressed, the seat moves to the stored position and TECH 2 displays the
correct information.
26 Checks that the seat recalls a priority key memory position.
Step Action Yes No
1 Are all of the passenger’s seat adjustment switch functions
inoperative? Refer to Neithe r
Seat Adjustment
Switch Functions
Operate.
Go to Step 2.
2 1 Connect TECH 2 to the DLC.
2 Select BODY / SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR MEMORY
MODULE.
3 Turn the ignition on when prompted.
Is the Seat and Exterior Mirror Module System Identification
sp ecif ications displayed?
Go to Step 3.
Refer to
No Serial Data
Communications to
the Seat Memory
Module.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–195
Page 1A7–195
Step Action Yes No
3 1 Select BODY / SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR MEMOR Y
MODULE / DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES / READ DTC
INFORMATION.
Are there any DTCs set?
Refer to the relevant
DTC diagnostic
chart in this Section. Go to Step 4.
4 1 With TECH 2 connected to the DLC, select BODY / SEAT AND
EXTERIOR MIRROR MEMORY MODULE / DIAGNOSTIC
DATA DISPLAY / INPUTS AND OUTPUTS.
2 Scroll to FRONT VERTICAL SWITCH.
3 While monitoring TECH 2, move the seat adjustment switch so
that the front of the seat will raise and lower.
Does TECH 2 display:
• INACTIVE when the switch is in the neutral posi tion.
• UP when the switch is in the UP position.
• DOWN when the switch is in the DOWN position.
Go to Step 5.
Refer to Seat
Adjustment Switch
Assembly
Inoperative.
5 During the test in Step 4, does the front of the seat move in the
following dire cti ons ?
• When the switch is in the neutral position, the front of the seat
does not move
• When the switch is in the UP position, the front of the seat
moves up.
• When the switch is in the DOWN position, the front of the seat
moves dow n.
NOTE
Ensure that the seat is not at its maximum limit of travel
before performing this test.
Go to Step 6. Refer to Seat Front
Lift Motor
Inoperative.
6 1 Sc roll to REAR SEAT VERTICAL SWITCH.
2 While monitoring TECH 2, move the seat adjustment switch so
that the rear of the seat will move up and down.
Does TECH 2 display:
• INACTIVE when the switch is in the neutral posi tion.
• UP when the switch is in the UP position.
• DOWN when the switch is in the DOWN position.
Go to Step 7.
Refer to Seat
Adjustment Switch
Assembly
Inoperative for right-
hand drive vehicle s.
7 During the test in Step 6, does the rear of the seat move in the
following dire cti ons ?
• When the switch is in the neutral position, the rear of the seat
does not move
• When the switch is in the UP position, the rear of the seat moves
up.
• When the switch is in the DOWN position, the rear of the seat
moves dow n.
NOTE
Ensure that the seat is not at its maximum limit of travel
before performing this test.
Go to Step 8. Refer to Seat Rear
Lift Motor
Inoperative.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–196
Page 1A7–196
Step Action Yes No
8 1 Scroll to HORIZONTAL SWITCH.
2 While monitoring TECH 2, move the seat adjustment switch so
that the base of the seat will move forward and aft.
Does TECH 2 display:
• INACTIVE when the switch is in the neutral posi tion.
• FORWARD when the switch is in the FORWARD position.
• BACK when the switch is in the AFT position.
Go to Step 9.
Refer to Seat
Adjustment Switch
Assembly
Inoperative for right-
hand drive vehicle s.
9 During the test in Step 8, does the rear of the seat move in the
following dire cti ons ?
• When the switch is in the neutral position, the base of the seat
does not move
• When the switch is in the FORWARD position, the base of the
seat moves forward.
• When the switch is in the BACK position, the rear of the seat
moves aft.
NOTE
Ensure that the seat is not at its maximum limit of travel
before performing this test.
Go to Step 10. Refer to Seat Fore /
A
ft Movement Motor
Inoperative.
10 1 Scroll to RECLINE SWITCH.
2 While monitoring TECH 2, move the seat adjustment switch so
that the seat-back will move forward and aft.
Does TECH 2 display:
• INACTIVE when the switch is in the neutral posi tion
• FORWARD when the switch is in the FORWARD position
• BACK when the switch is in the AFT position
Go to Step 11.
Refer to Seat
Adjustment Switch
Assembly
Inoperative..
11 During the test in Step 10, does the seat-back move in the following
directions?
• When the switch is in the neutral position, the seat-back does
not move.
• When the switch is in the FORWARD position, the seat-back
moves forward.
• When the switch is in the BACK position, the seat-back moves
aft.
NOTE
Ensure that the seat is not at its maximum limit of travel
before performing this test.
Go to Step 12. Refer to Seat Fore /
A
ft Movement Motor
Inoperative.
12 1 Scroll to the Memory Button 1.
2 While monitoring TECH 2, press the following buttons
• Memory Button 1
• Memory button 2
• Memory Button 3
• Mirror dip / memory button
Does TECH 2 display ACTIVE next to the corresponding button?
Go to Step 13. Refer to Memory
Position Switch
Inoperative.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–197
Page 1A7–197
Step Action Yes No
13 1 Sc roll to FRONT VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR.
Does TECH 2 show that the potentiometer is CONNECTED? Go to Step 14.
Refer to Seat Front
Lift Motor
Potentiometer
Check.
14 1 Sc roll to FRONT VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL.
Does TECH 2 display a value of between 1.5 V and 4.2 V? Go to Step 15.
Refer to Seat Front
Lift Motor
Potentiometer
Check.
15 1 Scroll to F RONT VE RTICAL POSITI ON MAXIMUM LIMIT.
2 Check the following values from TECH 2:
• FRONT VERTICAL MAXI MUM POSITION LIMI T. Th is
should be less than 255 Steps.
• FRONT VERTICAL MINIMUM POSI TION LIMI T. Thi s
should be more than 0 Steps.
• FRONT VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR. This value
should be between the minimum and maximum values.
Go to Step 16.
Disconnect battery
power from the seat.
Perform the
calibration
procedure, refer to
2.3 Front Seat
Assembly.
16 1 Sc roll to REAR VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR.
Does TECH 2 show that the potentiometer is CONNECTED? Go to Step 17.
Refer to Seat Rear
Lift Motor
Potentiometer
Check
17 1 Sc roll to REAR VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL.
Does TECH 2 display a value of between 1.5 V and 4.2 V? Go to Step 18.
Refer to Seat Rear
Lift Motor
Potentiometer
Check
18 1 Sc roll to REAR VERTICAL POSITION MAXIMUM LIMIT.
2 Check the following values from TECH 2:
• REAR VERTICAL MAXIMUM POSITION LIMIT. This
should be less than 255 Steps.
• REAR VERTICAL MINIMUM POSITION LIMIT. This
should be more than 0 Steps.
• REAR VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR. This value should
be between the minimum and maximum values.
Go to Step 19.
Disconnect battery
power from the seat.
Perform the
calibration
procedure, refer to
2.3 Front Seat
Assembly.
19 1 Sc roll to HORIZONTAL POSITION SENSOR.
Does TECH 2 show that the potentiometer is CONNECTED? Go to Step 20.
Refer to Seat
Fore/Aft Movement
Motor Potentiometer
Check.
20 1 Sc roll to HORIZONTAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL.
Does TECH 2 display a value of between 1.5 V and 4.2 V? Go to Step 21.
Refer to Seat
Fore/Aft Movement
Motor Potentiometer
Check.
21 1 Sc roll to HORIZONTAL POSITION MAXIMUM LIMIT.
2 Check the following values from TECH 2:
• HORIZONTAL MAXIMUM POSITION LIMIT. This should
be less than 255 Steps.
• HORIZONTAL MINIMUM POSITION LIMIT. This should
be more than 0 Steps.
• HORIZONTAL POSITION SENSOR. This value should be
between the minim um and ma ximum values.
Go to Step 22.
Disconnect battery
power from the seat.
Perform the
calibration
procedure, refer to
2.3 Front Seat
Assembly.
22 1 Sc roll to RECLINE POSITION SENSOR.
Does TECH 2 show that the potentiometer is CONNECTED? Go to Step 23. Refer to Front Seat-
back Recline Motor
Inoperative.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–198
Page 1A7–198
Step Action Yes No
23 1 Sc roll to RECLINE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL.
Does TECH 2 display a value of between 1.5 V and 4.2 V? Go to Step 24. Refer to Front Seat-
back Recline Motor
Inoperative.
24 1 Sc roll to RECLINE POSITION MAXIMUM LIMIT.
2 Check the following values from TECH 2:
• RECLINE MAXIMUM POSITION LIMIT. This should be
less than 255 Steps.
• RECLINE MINIMUM POSITION LIMIT. This sh ould be
more 0 Steps.
• RECLINE POSITION SENSOR. This value should be
between the minim um and ma ximum values.
Go to Step 25.
Disconnect battery
power from the seat.
Perform the
calibration
procedure, refer to
2.3 Front Seat
Assembly.
25 1 Store a new memory position in each of the available positions
(Memory Button 1, 2 and 3), refer to 1 General Information for
instructions (or the Owner Manual).
NOTE
When a seat position is stored into the relevant memory
position, the seat will chime. For each of the memory
position s, con firm the chime .
2
A
fter the last position has been stored in memory, move the seat
out of that position.
3 Scroll to MEMORY RECALL POSITION. TECH 2 should display
NO ACTIVE MEMORY.
4 While monitoring TECH 2, press memory button 1. The seat will
move to the stored position and TECH 2 will display MEMORY
BUTTON 1 while the button is pressed. When the seat comes to
a stop and the button is released, does TECH 2 display
MEMORY BUTTON 1.
5 While monitoring TECH 2, press memory button 2. The seat will
move to the stored position and TECH 2 will display MEMORY
BUTTON 2. When the seat comes to a stop and the button is
released, does TECH 2 display MEMORY BUTTON 2.
6 While monitoring TECH 2, press memory button 3. The seat will
move to the stored position and TECH 2 will display MEMORY
BUTTON 3. When the seat comes to a stop, does TECH 2
display MEMORY BUTTON 3.
Does TECH 2 display the relevant memory positions as described in
this test?
Go to Step 26.
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–199
Page 1A7–199
Step Action Yes No
26 NOTE
To perform this test, both keys supplied with the vehicle
are needed.
1 Scroll to CURRENT PRIORITY and ensure that NO ACTIVE
MEMORY is displayed.
2 Disconnect TECH 2 from the vehicle.
3 Move the seat, using the seat adjustment switch assembly, to a
new position and lock the car with the ‘remote control’ from key
one.
4 Unlock the vehicle with the ‘remote control’ from key one.
5 Connect TECH 2 and select BODY / SEAT AND EXTERIOR
MIRROR MEMORY MODULE / DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY /
INPUTS AND OUTPUTS and scroll to CURRENT PRIORITY.
Does TECH 2 display either PRIORITY 1 or PRIORITY 2?
System serv ic eabl e.
The fault maybe
intermittent (refer to
Note 4).
Refer to Priority Key
Feature Inoperative.
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–200
Page 1A7–200
No Serial Data Communications to the Seat Memory Modul e
Circuit Description
For TECH 2 to communicate with the seat memory module following must be satisfied:
• There must be no faults in the serial data bus. If there is a fault, it can be caused at anywhere on the bus and
consist of a short to ground or battery, or an open circuit.
• There must be power and ground circuit to the seat memory module.
If either of these problems exist, TECH 2 will not communicate with either the seat memory module or the entire serial
data bus, depending on where the fault is.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart:
1 Checks if the TECH 2 is able to communicate with other modules in the vehicle. Isolates whether the problem is
with the seat memory module and its circuits, or with the serial data bus.
2 Checks that the circuit breaker F2 is serviceable.
3 Checks if there is battery supply to the seat memory module at connector A21 – X1.
4 Circuit 650 provides a ground circuit for the seat memory module. Checks if there is an open-circuit in circuit 650.
5 Circuit 151 provides a ground circuit for the seat memory module. Checks if there is an open-circuit in circuit 151.
6 Checks if there is continuity in the serial data line between the seat memory module.
7 Checks whether fusible link F105 is serviceable.
8 Checks for battery voltage at connector X200 pin 19. Isolates is there is a fault in circuit 540 between connector
X200 and A21–X2, or X200 and circuit breaker F2.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Connect TECH 2 to the DLC.
2 Turn the ignition to the ON position with the engine not running.
3 Select BODY / DTC CHECK / DTC CHECK and press the
CONFIRM soft key when instructed. If NO DATA is displayed
next to a control module, there is no communication between
TECH 2 and that particular control module.
Can TECH 2 communicate with the BCM and the PCM of the vehicle?
Go to Step 2. Refer to Section 12J
Body Control
Module.
2 1 Disconnect TECH 2 from the DLC.
2 Check the circuit breaker F2, located on the passenger
compartment fuse and relay panel, for serviceability.
Is the circui t breaker serviceable? Go to Step 3.
Allow the circuit
breaker to reset
(refer to Note 3).
If the circuit breaker
trips again, there is
a short to ground in
circuit 540.
Repair or replace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–201
Page 1A7–201
Step Action Yes No
3 1 Backprobe between connector A21 – X2 pin 5 and a known
ground with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 4. Go to Step 7.
4 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X2 from the seat memory
module.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe harness
connector A21 – X2 pin 11 and a known ground and check for
continuity (refer to Note 1).
Is there continuity?
Go to Step 5.
There is an open-
circuit in circuit 650.
Repair or replace
circuit 650 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
5 1 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe harness
connector A21 – X2 pin 10 and a known ground and check for
continuity (refer to Note 1).
Is there continuity? Go to Step 6.
There is an open-
circuit in circuit 151.
Repair or replace
circuit 151 as
required (refer to
Note 2)
6 1 Disconnect harness connectors A21 – X1 and A15 – X2.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity
between harness connectors A21 – X1 pin 2 and A15 – X2 pin 9
(refer to Note 1).
Is there continuity?
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
There is an open-
circuit in circ uit
1061.
Repair or replace
circuit 1061 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
7 1 Check that the fusible link F105, located on the engine
compartment fuse and relay panel assembly.
Is the fusible link F105 serviceable? Go to Step 8.
Replace the fusible
link F105.
If the fusible link
blows again, check
for a short to ground
in circuits 1, 342
and 540 (refer to
Note 1).
8 1 Backprobe between connector X200 pin 19 and a known ground
with a test lamp.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is an open-
circuit in circuit 540
between connector
X200 and A21.
Repair or re place
circuit 540 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
There is an open-
circuit in circuit 540
between the circuit
breaker F2 and
connector X200.
Repair or replace
circuit 540 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–202
Page 1A7–202
Seat Ad justment Switch Assembl y Inoperative
Circuit Description
The seat adjustment switch provides manual control for the driver's seat. It is connected by a harness to the seat
memory module.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
2 Checks if there is battery power at connector A21 – X3 pin 14. Isolates whether the seat memory module is at fault.
3 Checks if there is battery power to the seat adjustment switch assembly. Is olates whether circuit 1985 is at fault.
4 Checks the seat adjustment switch assembly for serviceability. Isolates whether the switch assembly is at fault.
5 Checks the harness connecting the seat adjustment switch assembly to the seat memory module for a short to
ground.
6 Checks the harness connecting the seat adjustment switch assembly to the seat memory module for an open-
circuit. Isolates whether the harness or the seat memory module is at fault
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the Initial
Check in this
Section.
2 1 Backprobe between connector A21 – X3 pin 14 and a known
ground with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
3 1 Backprobe between connector S51 – X1 pin 5 and a known
ground with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 4.
There is a short to
ground or an open-
circuit in circ uit
1985.
Repair or replace
circuit 1985 as
required (refer to
Note 2)
4 1 Test the front seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test
Is the front seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 5.
Replace the front
seat adjust ment
switch, refer to 2.4
Front Seat Outer
Side Cover
Assembly.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–203
Page 1A7–203
Step Action Yes No
5 1 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the
following harness connectors and a known ground, and check
for continuity (refer to Note 1):
• S51 – X1 pin 10
• S51 – X1 pin 7
• S51 – X1 pin 9
• S51 – X1 pin 8
• S51 – X1 pin 2
• S51 – X1 pin 4
• S51 – X1 pin 6
• S51 – X1 pin 3
Is continuity present in any of the above tests?
There is a short to
ground in the tested
circuit that displ ays
continuity on the
multimeter.
Repair or repl ace
the relevant circuit
(refer to Note 2).
Go to Step 6.
6 1 Disconnect the harness connector A21 – X1.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity
between the following connectors (refer to Note 1):
• S51 – X1 pin 10 and A21 – X1 pin 9
• S51 – X1 pin 7 and A21 – X1 pin 10
• S51 – X1 pin 9 and A21 – X1 pin 12
• S51 – X1 pin 8 and A21 – X1 pin 13
• S51 – X1 pin 2 and A21 – X1 pin 16
• S51 – X1 pin 4 and A21 – X1 pin 17
• S51 – X1 pin 6 and A21 – X1 pin 14
• S51 – X1 pin 3 and A21 – X1 pin 15
Is continuity present in any of the above tests?
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
There is an open-
circuit in the tested
circuit that does not
display continuity on
the multimeter.
Repair or replace
the relevant circuit
(refer to Note 2).
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–204
Page 1A7–204
Seat Front Lift Motor Inoperative
Circuit Description
The seat front lift motor is controlled by the seat memory module which provides power and ground for the motor. The
polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
2 Checks if there is battery power from the seat memory module to raise the front of the seat. Isolates whether the
seat memory module is faulty.
3 Check if there is battery power to the motor to raise the front of the seat. Isolates whether circuit 287 is faulty.
4 Checks if there is battery power from the seat memory module to lower the front of the seat. Isolates whether the
seat memory module is faulty.
5 Checks that there is battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat. Isolates whether circuit 286 or the
seat motor is faulty.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the initial
check in this
Section.
2 1 Backprobe between connector A21 – X2 pin 2 and a known
ground with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to raise the front of the
seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 3.
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
3 1 Backprobe between connector Y67 – X1 pin 1 and a known
ground with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to raise the front of the
seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 4.
There is a fault in
circuit 287.
Repair or replace
circuit 287 (refer to
Note 2).
4 1 Backprobe between connector A21 – X2 pin 7 and a known
ground with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to lower the front of
the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
5 1 Backprobe between connector Y67 – X1 pin 2 and a known
ground with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to lower the front of
the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat front lift
motor is faulty.
Replace the seat
front lift motor, refer
to 2.16 Front Seat
Lift Motor
Assemblies.
There is a fault in
circuit 286.
Repair or replace
circuit 286 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–205
Page 1A7–205
Seat Rear Lift Motor Inoperative
Circuit Description
The seat rear lift motor is controlled by the seat memory module which provides power and ground for the motor. The
polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
2 Checks if there is battery power from the seat memory module to raise the rear of the seat. Isolates whether the
seat memory module is faulty.
3 Check if there is battery power to the motor to raise the rear of the seat. Isolates whether circuit 283 is faulty.
4 Checks if there is battery power from the seat memory module to lower the rear of the seat. Isolates whether the
seat memory module is faulty.
5 Checks that there is battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat. Isolates whether circuit 282 or the seat
motor is faulty.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the initial
check in this
Section.
2 1 Backprobe between connector A21 – X2 pin 4 and a known
ground with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to raise the rear of the
seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 3.
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
3 1 Backprobe between connector Y69 – X1 pin 1 and a known
ground with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to raise the rear of the
seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 4.
There is a fault in
circuit 283.
Repair or replace
circuit 283 (refer to
Note 2).
4 1 Backprobe between connector A21 – X2 pin 3 and a known
ground with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to lower the front of
the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
5 1 Backprobe between connector Y69 – X1 pin 2 and a known
ground with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to lower the rear of the
seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat front lift
motor is faulty.
Replace the seat
front lift motor, refer
to 2.16 Front Seat
Lift Motor
Assemblies.
There is a fault in
circuit 282.
Repair or replace
circuit 282 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–206
Page 1A7–206
Seat Fore / Aft Movement Motor Inoperative
Circuit Description
The seat fore/aft move ment motor is controlled by the seat memory module which provides power and ground for the
motor. The polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
2 Checks if there is battery power from the seat memory module to move the seat forward. Isolates whether the seat
memory module is fau lty .
3 Check if there is battery power to the motor to move the seat forward. Isolates whether circuit 284 is faulty.
4 Checks if there is battery power from the seat memory module to move the seat aft. Isolates whether the seat
memory module is fau lty .
5 Checks that there is battery power to the motor to move the seat aft. Isolates whether circuit 285 or the seat motor
is faulty.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the initial
check in this
Section.
2 1 Backprobe between connector A21 – X2 pin 1 and a known
ground with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to move the seat
forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 3.
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
3 1 Backprobe between connector Y64 – X1 pin 1 and a known
ground with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to move the seat
forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 4.
There is a fault in
circuit 284.
Repair or replace
circuit 284 (refer to
Note 2).
4 1 Backprobe between connector A21 – X2 pin 9 and a known
ground with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to move the seat aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
5 1 Backprobe between connector Y64 – X1 pin 2 and a known
ground with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to move the seat aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat fore/aft
movement motor is
faulty.
Replace the seat
fore/aft movement
motor, refer to 2.17
Front Seat Fore/Aft
Movement Mot or
Assembly.
There is a fault in
circuit 285.
Repair or replace
circuit 285 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–207
Page 1A7–207
Front Seat-back Recline Motor Inoperative
Circuit Description
The seat back recline motor is controlled by the seat memory module which provides power and ground for the motor.
The polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
2 Checks if there is battery power from the seat memory module to move the seat-back forward. Isolates whether the
seat memory module is faulty.
3 Check if there is battery power to the motor to move the seat-back forward. Isolates whether circuit 276 is faulty.
4 Checks if there is battery power from the seat memory module to move the seat-back aft. Isolates whether the seat
memory module id faulty.
5 Checks that there is battery power to the motor to move the seat-back aft. Isolates whether circuit 277 or the seat
motor is faulty.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the initial
check in this
Section.
2 1 Backprobe between connector A21 – X4 pin 6 and a known
ground with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to move the seat-back
forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 3.
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
3 1 Backprobe between connector Y74 – X1 pin 1 and a known
ground with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to move the seat-back
forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 4.
There is a fault in
circuit 276.
Repair or replace
circuit 276 (refer to
Note 2).
4 1 Backprobe between connector A21 – X4 pin 11 and a known
ground with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to move the seat-back
aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–208
Page 1A7–208
Step Action Yes No
5 1 Backprobe between connector Y74 – X1 pin 2 and a known
ground with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to move the seat-back
aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat fore/aft
movement motor is
faulty.
Replace the seat
fore/aft movement
motor, refer to 2.17
Front Seat Fore/Aft
Movement Mot or
Assembly.
There is a fault in
circuit 277.
Repair or replace
circuit 277 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–209
Page 1A7–209
Memory Position Swit ch Inoperative
Circuit Description
The memory position switch is connected to the seat memory module by a harness.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
2 Checks the memory position switch for serviceability. Isolates whether the switch is at fault.
3 Checks the harness connecting the memory position switch to the seat memory module for a short to ground.
4 Checks the harness connecting the memory position switch to the seat memory module for an open-circuit. Isolates
whether the harness or the seat memory module is at fault.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the initial
check in this
Section.
2 1 Remove the memory position switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat
Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Test the memory position switch, refer to 5.8 Memory Position
Switch Test.
Is the memory position switch serviceable?
Go to Step 3.
Replace the
memory position
switch, refer to 2.4
Front Seat Outer
Side Cover
Assembly.
3 1 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the
following harness connectors and a known ground, and check
for continuity (refer to Note 1):
• A21 – X1 pin 3
• A21 – X1 pin 4
• A21 – X1 pin 5
• A21 – X1 pin 6
• A21 – X1 pin 7
• A21 – X3 pin 15
Is there continuity present in any of the above tests?
There is a short to
ground in the tested
circuit that displ ays
continuity on the
multimeter
Repair or repl ace
the relevant circuit
(refer to Note 2).
Go to Step 4.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–210
Page 1A7–210
Step Action Yes No
4 1 Disconnect harness connector S52 – X1 from the memory
position switch.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity
between the following connectors:
• A21 – X1 pin 3 and S52 – X1 pin 5
• A21 – X1 pin 4 and S52 – X1 pin 1
• A21 – X1 pin 5 and S52 – X1 pin 2
• A21 – X1 pin 6 and S52 – X1 pin 3
• A21 – X1 pin 7 and S52 – X1 pin 4
• A21 – X3 pin 15 and S52 – X1 pin 6
Is continuity present in any of the above tests?
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
There is an open
circuit in the tested
circuit that does not
display continuity on
the multimeter.
Repair or replace
the relevant circuit
(refer to Note 2).
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–211
Page 1A7–211
Seat Front Lift Motor Potentiometer Check
Circuit Description
The seat front lift motor potentiometer provides a signal (voltage) to the seat memory module. This signal is the vertical
position of the front of the seat to the seat memory module.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
2 Checks that the potentiometer connector is secure and if this was the fault affecting the system.
3 Using TECH 2, checks that the voltage reading across the potentiometer is within the specified range.
4 Checks that the resistance range of the potentiometer is within its parameters. Isolates whether the potentiometer
is faulty.
5-6 Checks if there is continuity between harness connectors B137 – X1 and A21 – X3. Isolates whether there is a fault
in the harness or the seat memory module.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the initial
check in this
Section.
2 1 Check that the connector B137 – X1 is secure.
2 Connect TECH 2 to the DLC.
3 Select BODY / SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR MODULE /
DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY / IMPUTS AND OUTPUTS
4 Scroll to FRONT VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR
Does TECH 2 show the potentiometer as CONNECTED?
Go to Step 3. Go to Step 4.
3 1 Sc roll to FRONT VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL.
Does TECH 2 display a value of between 1.5 and 4.2 volts? System serviceable. Go to Step 4.
4 1 Disconnect harness connector B137 – X1 from the
potentiometer.
2 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609-20, measure the
resistance across B137 – X1 pins 1 and 2.
3 While monitoring the multim eter, use the seat adjustment switch
to raise and lower the front of the seat.
4 The resistance value displayed on the multimeter should read
between 0 and 10 kΩ.
Is the resistance value of the potentiometer within the specified
range?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the position
sensor
potentiometer, refer
to 2.19 Drive Motor
Potentiometers.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–212
Page 1A7–212
Step Action Yes No
5 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X3 from the seat memory
module.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity
between harness connectors A21 – X3 pin 10 and B137 –
X1 pin 2 (refer to Note 1).
Is the continuity?
Go to Step 6.
There is an open-
circuit in circ uit
2940.
Repair or replace
circuit 2940 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
6 1 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity
between harness connectors A21 – X3 pin 8 and B137 –
X1 pin 1 (refer to Note 1).
Is there continuity?
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
There is an open-
circuit in circuit 557.
Repair or replace
circuit 557 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–213
Page 1A7–213
Seat Rear Lift Motor Potentiometer Check
Circuit Description
The seat rear lift motor potentiometer provides a signal (voltage) to the seat memory module. This signal is the vertical
position of the rear of the seat to the seat memory module.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
2 Checks that the potentiometer connector is secure and if this was the fault affecting the system.
3 Using TECH 2, checks that the voltage reading across the potentiometer is within the specified range.
4 Checks that the resistance range of the potentiometer is within its parameters. Isolates whether the potentiometer
is faulty.
5-6 Checks if there is continuity between harness connectors B140 – X1 and A21 – X3. Isolates whether there is a fault
in the harness or the seat memory module.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the initial
check in this
Section.
2 1 Check that the connector B140 – X1 is secure.
2 Connect TECH 2 to the DLC.
3 Select BODY / SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR MODULE /
DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY / IMPUTS AND OUTPUTS
4 Scroll to REAR VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR
Does TECH 2 show the potentiometer as CONNECTED?
Go to Step 3. Go to Step 4.
3 1 Sc roll to REAR VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL.
Does TECH 2 display a value of between 1.5 and 4.2 volts? System serviceable. Go to Step 4.
4 1 Disconnect harness connector B140 – X1 from the
potentiometer.
2 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609-20, measure the
resistance across B140 – X1 pins 2 and 3.
3 While monitoring the multim eter, use the seat adjustment switch
to raise and lower the rear of the seat.
4 The resistance value displayed on the multimeter should read
between 0 and 10 kΩ.
Is the resistance value of the potentiometer within the specified
range?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the position
sensor
potentiometer, refer
to 2.19 Drive Motor
Potentiometers.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–214
Page 1A7–214
Step Action Yes No
5 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X3 from the seat memory
module.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity
between harness connectors A21 – X3 pin 9 and B140 –
X1 pin 3 (refer to Note 1).
Is the continuity?
Go to Step 6.
There is an open-
circuit in circ uit
3040.
Repair or replace
circuit 3040 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
6 1 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity
between harness connectors A21 – X3 pin 7 and B140 –
X1 pin 2 (refer to Note 1).
Is there continuity?
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
There is an open-
circuit in circuit 568.
Repair or replace
circuit 568 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–215
Page 1A7–215
Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Potentiometer Check
Circuit Description
The horizontal motor potentiometer provides a signal (voltage) to the seat memory module. This signal is the horizontal
position of the seat to the seat memory module.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
2 Checks that the potentiometer connector is secure and if this was the fault affecting the system.
3 Using TECH 2, checks that the voltage reading across the potentiometer is within the specified range.
4 Checks that the resistance range of the potentiometer is within its parameters. Isolates whether the potentiometer
is faulty.
5-6 Checks if there is continuity between harness connectors B138 – X1 and A21 – X3. Isolates whether there is a fault
in the harness or the seat memory module.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the initial
check in this
Section.
2 1 Check that the connector B138 – X1 is secure.
2 Connect TECH 2 to the DLC.
3 Select BODY / SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR MODULE /
DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY / IMPUTS AND OUTPUTS
4 Scroll to HORIZONTAL POSITION SENSOR
Does TECH 2 show the potentiometer as CONNECTED?
Go to Step 3. Go to Step 4.
3 1 Sc roll to HORIZONTAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL.
Does TECH 2 display a value of between 1.5 and 4.2 volts? System serviceable. Go to Step 4.
4 1 Disconnect harness connector B138 – X1 from the
potentiometer.
2 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609-20, measure the
resistance across B138 – X1 pins 1 and 2.
3 While monitoring the multim eter, use the seat adjustment switch
to move the seat fore and aft.
4 The resistance value displayed on the multimeter should read
between 0 and 10 kΩ.
Is the resistance value of the potentiometer within the specified
range?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the position
sensor
potentiometer, refer
to 2.19 Drive Motor
Potentiometers.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–216
Page 1A7–216
Step Action Yes No
5 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X3 from the seat memory
module.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity
between harness connectors A21 – X3 pin 5 and B138 –
X1 pin 2 (refer to Note 1).
Is the continuity?
Go to Step 6.
There is an open-
circuit in circ uit
3140.
Repair or replace
circuit 3140 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
6 1 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity
between harness connectors A21 – X3 pin 6 and B138 –
X1 pin 1 (refer to Note 1).
Is there continuity?
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
There is an open-
circuit in circuit 569.
Repair or replace
circuit 569 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–217
Page 1A7–217
Seat-back Recline Motor Potentiometer Check
Circuit Description
The seat-back recline motor potentiometer provides a signal (voltage) to the seat memory module. This signal is the
recline position of the seat to the seat memory module.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
2 Checks that the potentiometer connector is secure and if this was the fault affecting the system.
3 Using TECH 2, checks that the voltage reading across the potentiometer is within the specified range.
4 Checks that the resistance range of the potentiometer is within its parameters. Isolates whether the potentiometer
is faulty.
5-6 Checks if there is continuity between harness connectors B139 – X1 and A21 – X4. Isolates whether there is a fault
in the harness or the seat memory module.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the initial
check in this
Section.
2 1 Check that the connector B139 – X1 is secure.
2 Connect TECH 2 to the DLC.
3 Select BODY / SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR MODULE /
DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY / INPUTS AND OUTPUTS
4 Scroll to RECLINE POSITION SENSOR
Does TECH 2 show the potentiometer as CONNECTED?
Go to Step 3. Go to Step 4.
3 1 Sc roll to RECLINE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL.
Does TECH 2 display a value of between 1.5 and 4.2 volts? System serviceable. Go to Step 4.
4 1 Disconnect harness connector B139 – X1 from the
potentiometer.
2 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609-20, measure the
resistance across B139 – X1 pins 2 and 3.
3 While monitoring the multim eter, use the seat adjustment switch
to move the seat fore and aft.
4 The resistance value displayed on the multimeter should read
between 0 and 10 kΩ.
Is the resistance value of the potentiometer within the specified
range?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the position
sensor
potentiometer, refer
to 2.19 Drive Motor
Potentiometers.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–218
Page 1A7–218
Step Action Yes No
5 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X4 from the seat memory
module.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity
between harness connectors A21 – X4 pin 3 and B139 –
X1 pin 2.
Is the continuity?
Go to Step 6.
There is an open-
circuit in circ uit
3240.
Repair or replace
circuit 3240 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
6 1 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity
between harness connectors A21 – X4 pin 1 and B139 –
X1 pin 3.
Is there continuity?
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
There is an open-
circuit in circuit 570.
Repair or replace
circuit 570 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–219
Page 1A7–219
Priority Key Feature Inoperative
Circuit Description
The priority key function interfaces with numerous systems on the vehicle. When the vehicle is unlocked using the
remote control, the seat memory module is activated by the interior illumination relay. Depending upon which key is used
(priority key 1 or priority key 2), the driver's seat moves to the position in which it was set when the vehicle was locked
using the remote control of th at priority key.
NOTE
The priority key function also affects the exterior
rear-view mirror position.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
1 Checks that there is battery power supplied to the seat memory module from the interior illumination relay.
2 Checks that the interior illumination circuit, which is part of the circuit that supplies power to the seat memory
module, operates. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 149 or there is a problem with the interior illumination
circuit and the BCM.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 With the vehicles door open, backprobe between connector
A21 – X1 pin 20 and a known ground with a test lamp
(refer to Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
Go to Step 2.
2 When the vehicle's doors are opened, does the interior light
illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 149 betw een
connector A21 –
X1 pin 20 and the
interior illumination
relay on the
passenger
compartment fus e
and relay panel
assembly.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 149 as
requires (refer to
Note 2)
Check the interior
illumination relay for
serviceability.
Refer to Section 12J
Body Control
Module, for priority
key diagnosis.
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–220
Page 1A7–220
DTC 1 — Front Vertical Up Swit ch Stuck
Circuit Description
When a DTC 1 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the front seat up function of
the seat adjustment switch assembly has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
2 Checks if the circuit 1518 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 1518 or the seat memory module is at fault.
Notes on Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Test the front seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the front seat adjustment switch serviceabl e? Go to Step 2.
Replace the front
seat adjust ment
switch, refer to 2.4
Front Seat Outer
Side Cover
Assembly.
2 1 Disconnect the harness connector S51 – X1 from the front seat
adjustment switch assembly.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the
harness connector S51 – X1 pin 10 and a known ground, and
check for battery voltage (refer to Note 1).
Is battery vo ltage present?
There is a short to
battery in circuit
1518.
Repair or replace
circuit 1518 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–221
Page 1A7–221
DTC 2 — Front Vertical Down Swit ch Stuck
Circuit Description
When a DTC 2 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the front seat down function
of the seat adjustment switch assembly has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
2 Checks if the circuit 1520 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 1520 or the seat memory module is at fault.
Notes on Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Test the front seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the front seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 2.
Replace the front
seat adjust ment
switch, refer to 2.4
Front Seat Outer
Side Cover
Assembly.
2 1 Disconnect the harness connector S51 – X1 from the front seat
adjustment switch assembly.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the
harness connector S51 – X1 pin 7 and a known ground, and
check for battery voltage (refer to Note 1).
Is battery vo ltage present?
There is a short to
battery in circuit
1520.
Repair or replace
circuit 1520 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–222
Page 1A7–222
DTC 3 — Rear Vertical Up Switch Stuck
Circuit Description
When a DTC 3 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the rear seat up function of
the seat adjustment switch assembly has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
2 Checks if the circuit 1519 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 1519 or the seat memory module is at fault.
Notes on Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Test the front seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the front seat adjustment switch serviceabl e? Go to Step 2.
Replace the front
seat adjust ment
switch, refer to 2.4
Front Seat Outer
Side Cover
Assembly.
2 1 Disconnect the harness connector S51 – X1 from the front seat
adjustment switch assembly.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the
harness connector S51 – X1 pin 9 and a known ground, and
check for battery voltage (refer to Note 1).
Is battery vo ltage present?
There is a short to
battery in circuit
1519.
Repair or replace
circuit 1519 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–223
Page 1A7–223
DTC 4 — Rear Vertical Down Switch Stuck
Circuit Description
When a DTC 4 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the rear seat down function
of the seat adjustment switch assembly has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
2 Checks if the circuit 1521 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 1521 or the seat memory module is at fault.
Notes on Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Test the front seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test
Is the front seat adjustment switch serviceabl e? Go to Step 2.
Replace the front
seat adjust ment
switch, refer to 2.4
Front Seat Outer
Side Cover
Assembly.
2 1 Disconnect the harness connector S51 – X1 from the front seat
adjustment switch assembly.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the
harness connector S51 – X1 pin 8 and a known ground, and
check for battery voltage (refer to Note 1).
Is battery vo ltage present?
There is a short to
battery in circuit
1521.
Repair or replace
circuit 1521 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–224
Page 1A7–224
DTC 5 — Horizontal Forward Switch Stuck
Circuit Description
When a DTC 5 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the seat forward function of
the seat adjustment switch assembly has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
2 Checks if the circuit 1523 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 1523 or the seat memory module is at fault.
Notes on Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, re fer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Test the front seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the front seat adjustment switch serviceabl e? Go to Step 2.
Replace the front
seat adjust ment
switch, refer to 2.4
Front Seat Outer
Side Cover
Assembly.
2 1 Disconnect the harness connector S51 – X1 from the front seat
adjustment switch assembly.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the
harness connector S51 – X1 pin 6 and a known ground, and
check for battery voltage (refer to Note 1).
Is battery vo ltage present?
There is a short to
battery in circuit
1523.
Repair or replace
circuit 1523 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–225
Page 1A7–225
DTC 6 — Horizontal Back Switch Stuck
Circuit Description
When a DTC 6 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the seat aft function of the
seat adjustment switch assembly has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
2 Checks if the circuit 1522 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 1522 or the seat memory module is at fault.
Notes on Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Test the front seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the front seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 2.
Replace the front
seat adjust ment
switch, refer to 2.4
Front Seat Outer
Side Cover
Assembly.
2 1 Disconnect the harness connector S51 – X1 from the front seat
adjustment switch assembly.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the
harness connector S51 – X1 pin 3 and a known ground, and
check for battery voltage (refer to Note 1).
Is battery vo ltage present?
There is a short to
battery in circuit
1522.
Repair or replace
circuit 1522 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–226
Page 1A7–226
DTC 7 — Recline Up Switch Stuck
Circuit Description
When a DTC 7 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the seat-back forward
function of the seat adjustment switch assembly has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
2 Checks if the circuit 1269 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 1269 or the seat memory module is at fault.
Notes on Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12 P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Test the front seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the front seat adjustment switch serviceabl e? Go to Step 2.
Replace the front
seat adjust ment
switch, refer to 2.4
Front Seat Outer
Side Cover
Assembly.
2 1 Disconnect the harness connector S51 – X1 from the front seat
adjustment switch assembly.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the
harness connector S51 – X1 pin 2 and a known ground, and
check for battery voltage (refer to Note 1).
Is battery vo ltage present?
There is a short to
battery in circuit
1269.
Repair or replace
circuit 1269 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–227
Page 1A7–227
DTC 8 — Recline Down Switch Stuck
Circuit Description
When a DTC 8 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the seat-back aft function of
the seat adjustment switch assembly has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
2 Checks if the circuit 1270 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 1270 or the seat memory module is at fault.
Notes on Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Test the front seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the front seat adjustment switch serviceabl e? Go to Step 2.
Replace the front
seat adjust ment
switch, refer to 2.4
Front Seat Outer
Side Cover
Assembly.
2 1 Disconnect the harness connector S51 – X1 from the front seat
adjustment switch assembly.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the
harness connector S51 – X1 pin 4 and a known ground, and
check for battery voltage (refer to Note 1).
Is battery vo ltage present?
There is a short to
battery in circuit
1270.
Repair or replace
circuit 1270 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–228
Page 1A7–228
DTC 9 — Memory Button 1 Stuck
Circuit Description
When a DTC 9 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the memory button 1 of the
memory position switch has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
1 Checks if the memory position switch is serviceable.
2 Checks if the circuit 615 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 615 or the seat memory module is at fault.
Notes on Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Remove the memory position switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat
Outer Side Cover Assembly
2 Test the memory position switch, refer to 5.8 Memory Position
Switch Test.
Is the memory position switch serviceable?
Go to Step 2.
Replace the
memory position
switch, refer to 2.4
Front Seat Outer
Side Cover
Assembly.
2 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X1 from the seat memory
module.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between
harness connector A21 – X1 pin 4 and a known ground, and
check for battery voltage (refer to Note 1).
Is there battery voltage present?
There is a short to
battery in circuit
615.
Repair or replace
circuit 615 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–229
Page 1A7–229
DTC 10 — Memory Button 2 Stuck
Circuit Description
When a DTC 10 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the memory button 2 of the
memory position switch has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
1 Checks if the memory position switch is serviceable.
2 Checks if the circuit 616 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 616 or the seat memory module is at fault.
Notes on Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Remove the memory position switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat
Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Test the memory position switch, refer to 5.8 Memory Position
Switch Test.
Is the memory position switch serviceable?
Go to Step 2.
Replace the
memory position
switch, refer to 2.4
Front Seat Outer
Side Cover
Assembly.
2 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X1 from the seat memory
module.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between
harness connector A21 – X1 pin 5 and a known ground, and
check for battery voltage (refer to Note 1).
Is there battery voltage present?
There is a short to
battery in circuit
616.
Repair or replace
circuit 616 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–230
Page 1A7–230
DTC 11 — Memory Button 3 Stuck
Circuit Description
When a DTC 11 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the memory button 3 of the
memory position switch has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
1 Checks if the memory position switch is serviceable.
2 Checks if the circuit 614 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 614 or the seat memory module is at fault.
Notes on Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Remove the memory position switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat
Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Test the memory position switch, refer to 5.8 Memory Position
Switch Test.
Is the memory position switch serviceable?
Go to Step 2.
Replace the
memory position
switch, refer to 2.4
Front Seat Outer
Side Cover
Assembly.
2 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X1 from the seat memory
module.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between
harness connector A21 – X1 pin 6 and a known ground, and
check for battery voltage (refer to Note 1).
Is there battery voltage present?
There is a short to
battery in circuit
614.
Repair or replace
circuit 614 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–231
Page 1A7–231
DTC 12 — Mi rror DIP Button Stuck
Circuit Description
When a DTC 12 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the mirror dip / memory
store (M) button of the memory position switch has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated
components.
Test Description
1 Checks if the memory position switch is serviceable.
2 Checks if the circuit 2293 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 2293 or the seat memory module is at fault.
Notes on Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Remove the memory position switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat
Outer Side Cover Assembly
2 Test the memory position switch, refer to 5.8 Memory Position
Switch Test.
Is the memory position switch serviceable?
Go to Step 2.
Replace the
memory position
switch, refer to 2.4
Front Seat Outer
Side Cover
Assembly.
2 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X1 from the seat memory
module.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between
harness connector A21 – X1 pin 7 and a known ground, and
check for battery voltage (refer to Note 1).
Is there battery voltage present?
There is a short to
battery in circuit
2293.
Repair or replace
circuit 2293 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–232
Page 1A7–232
DTC 13 — No Serial Data
If DTC 13 is displayed by TEC H 2, refer to No Serial Data Communications to the Seat Memory Module in this Section.
DTC 14 — No Exterior Mirror Communications
If DTC 14 is displayed by TEC H 2, refer to 5.9 Electrical Diagnosis – Rear-view Mirrors, Initial Check
DTC 15 — Front Vertical Position Sensor Fault
If DTC 15 is displayed by TEC H 2, refer to Seat Front Lift Motor Potentiometer Check in this Section noting the following:
1 The initial check does not have to be performed, therefore start the diagnostic procedure at Step 2.
DTC 16 — Rear Vertical Position Sensor Fault
If DTC 16 is displayed by TEC H 2, refer to Seat Rear Lift Motor Potentiometer Check in this Section noting the following:
1 The initial check does not have to be performed, therefore start the diagnostic procedure at Step 2.
DTC 17 — Horizontal Position Sensor Fault
If DTC 17 is displayed by TEC H 2, refer to Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Potentiometer Check in this Section noting the
following:
1 The initial check does not have to be performed, therefore start the diagnostic procedure at Step 2.
DTC 18 — Recline Position Sensor Fault
If DTC 18 is displayed by TEC H 2, refer to Seat-back Recline Motor Potentiometer Check in this Section noting the
following:
1 The initial check does not have to be performed, therefore start the diagnostic procedure at Step 2.
DTC 19 — ECU Malfunction
Replace the seat memory module, refer to 2.12 Seat Memory Module.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–233
Page 1A7–233
5.8 Memory Position Switch Test
The switch is located on the outer side of the seat, attached to the inner side of the front seat outer side cover.
Remove
To remove the memory position switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Ou ter Side Cover Assembly.
Reinstall
To reinstall the memory position switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
Test
1 Place the switch in the positions as detailed in the chart in this Section. Place the probes of the digital multimeter
onto the terminals listed and take the reading. Compare the reading to the chart.
2 When testing the LED, ensure multimeter is set to diode range and Note polarity of probes.
3 If the switch fails any part of the test, replace the switch assembly with a serviceable item.
Figure 1A7 – 109
Legend
A Ri ght-hand Seat Memory Positi on Switch B Left-hand Seat Memory Position Switch
Right-hand Seat Memory Position Switch
Switch Depressed Switch Terminals Indication if Switch is Serviceable
------------ 6 and 1, 2, 3 and 4 Open circuit
Button 1 6 and 1 Continuity
Button 2 6 and 2 Continuity
Button 3 6 and 3 Continuity
Button M 6 and 4 Continuity
------------ 5 (+) probe and 6 (–) probe LED illuminated
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–234
Page 1A7–234
Left-hand Seat Memory Position Switch
Switch Depressed Switch Terminals Indication if Switch is Serviceable
------------ 1 and 3, 4, 5 and 6 Open circuit
Button 1 1 and 6 Continuity
Button 2 1 and 5 Continuit y
Button 3 1 and 4 Continuity
Button M 1 and 3 Continuity
------------ 2 (+) probe and 1 (–) probe LED illuminated
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–235
Page 1A7–235
5.9 Electrical Diagnosis – Rear-view Mirrors
Wiring Diagram
Figure 1A7 – 110
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–236
Page 1A7–236
Connector Chart
Figure 1A7 – 111
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–237
Page 1A7–237
Initial Check
Circuit Description
This operational check uses TECH 2 to test the functionality of the exterior rear-view mirrors and isolates which system is
faulty. The seat memory module provides electrical power, ground and serial data communications to the mirrors. As
described in 1 General Information, the mirrors can be controlled:
• manually by the mirror control switch located on the driver's door,
• by the pressing any of the memory buttons on the memory position switch, and
• dip the pass enger's mirror when reversing.
Refer to 1 General Information for further detai ls on the operation of the exterior rear-view mirror.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the exterior rear-view mirrors and associated
components.
Test Description
The followi ng numbers refer to the steps in the diagnostic chart:
1 Ensures TECH 2 can communicate with the seat memory module.
2 Checks existence of any diagnostic trouble codes.
3 Tests whether TECH 2 is receiving serial data from both the exterior rear-view mirrors and the mirror control switch
via the rear-view mirror. All serial data communications needs to be interrupted to these assemblies for TECH 2 to
display that there is a problem.
4 Tests whether serial data is being received at right exterior mirror only.
5 Tests whether serial data is being received at left exterior mirror only.
6-9 Checks that the mirror control switch is serviceable. Also checks whether the exterior rear-view mirrors and circuits
are serviceable.
10 Checks if the mirror dip function is serviceable.
11 Checks if the mirror heating function is serviceable.
12 Checks whether the memory recall function of the exterior rear-view mirrors is serviceable. This function is
controlled by the seat memory module which transmits through the serial a signal to inform the mirrors what
position they should be in. The exterior rear-view mirror assemblies store the physical position within their own
modules. If the seat aspect of this feature is operational, the exterior rear-view mirror assembly is faulty and must
be replaced.
Step Action Yes No
1 Connect TECH 2 to the DLC.
1 Scroll to BODY \ SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR MEMORY
MODULE.
2 Turn the ignition switch ON.
Does the System Identification Screen display system information?
Go to Step 2.
There is a problem
with the seat
memory module.
.
2 On TECH 2, select BODY \ SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR
MEMORY MODULE \ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES \ READ
DTC INFORMATION.
Are there any diagnostic trouble codes displayed?
Go to appropriate
DTC table. Go to Step 3.
3 1 On TECH 2, select BODY \ SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR
MEMORY MODULE \ DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY \ INPUTS
AND OUTPUTS.
2 Scroll to BUTTON PACK COMMUNICATION.
Does TECH 2 display OK?
Go to Step 4.
Refer to No Serial
Data from Exterior
Rear-view Mirrors
in this Section.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–238
Page 1A7–238
Step Action Yes No
4 1 Scroll to RIGHT EXTERIOR MIRROR COMMUNICATION.
Does the RIGHT EXTERIOR MIRROR COMMUNICATION display
OK? Go to Step 5.
Refer to No Serial
Data – Right-hand
Exterior Rear-view
Mirror in this
Section.
5 1 Scroll to LEFT EXTERIOR MIRROR COMMUNICATION.
Does the LEFT EXTERIOR MIRROR COMMUNICATION display
OK? Go to Step 6.
Refer to No Serial
Data – Left-hand
Exterior Rear-view
Mirror in this
Section.
6 1 On TECH 2, select BODY \ SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR
MEMORY MODULE \ DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY \ INPUT
AND OUTPUT.
2 Scroll to RIGHT EXTERIOR MIRROR SWITCH.
3 Monitor TECH 2.
4 Move the rocker switch on the rear-view mirror switch to the
position to control the right exterior mirror.
5 Using the rear-view mirror switch:
• Press the right exterior mirror UP.
• Press the right exterior mirror DOWN.
• Press the right exterior mirror LEFT.
• Press the right exterior mirror RIGHT.
Does TECH 2 display UP, DOWN, LEFT, then RIGHT during
operation?
Go to Step 7.
Refer to Mirror
Control Switch
Inoperative in this
Section.
7 During the test in Step 6, does the right-hand exterior rear-view mirror
move in the following directions?
• When the switch is in the neutral position, the mirror does not
move.
• When the switch is in the UP position, the mirror moves up
• When the switch is in the DOWN posi tion, the mirror moves
down
• When the switch is in the RIGHT position, the mirror moves
right, and
• When the switch is in the LEFT position, the mirror moves left.
NOTE
Ensure that the mirror is not at its maximum limit of travel
in any direction when performing this test.
Go to Step 8.
Replace the right-
hand exterior rear-
view mirror
assembly, refer to
Section 12H Rea r -
view Mirrors
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–239
Page 1A7–239
Step Action Yes No
8 1 On TECH 2, select LE FT EXTERIOR MIRROR SWITCH.
2 Monitor TECH 2.
3 Move the rocker switch on the rear-view mirror switch to the
position to contr ol the left exterior mirror.
4 Using the rear-view mirror switch:
• Press the left exterior mirror U P.
• Press the left exterior mirror D OWN.
• Press the left exterior mirror LE FT .
• Press the left exterior mirror RI G HT .
Does TECH 2 display UP, DOWN, LEFT, then RIGHT during
operation?
Go to Step 9.
Refer to Mirror
Control Switch
Inoperative in this
Section.
9 During the test in Step 8, does the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror
move in the following directions?
• When the switch is in the neutral position, the mirror does not
move.
• When the switch is in the UP position, the mirror moves up
• When the switch is in the DOWN posi tion, the mirror moves
down
• When the switch is in the RIGHT position, the mirror moves
right, and
• When the switch is in the LEFT position, the mirror moves left.
NOTE
Ensure that the mirror is not at its maximum limit of travel
in any direction when performing this test.
Go to Step 10.
Replace the left-
hand exterior rear-
view mirror
assembly, refer to
Section 12H Rea r -
view Mirrors
10 Is there is a problem with the mirror dip func tion? Refer to Mirror Dip
Function Check Go to Step 11.
11 Is there is a problem with the mirror heating function? Refer to Mirror
Heating Functio n
Check Go to Step 12.
12 Is there a problem with the memory recall function of the exterior
rear-view mirrors? If both exterior rear-
view mirrors are
unable to recall
memory positions,
check the
functionality of the
seat, refer to Initial
Check in
5.7 Electrical
Diagnosis –
Memory Seat
If only one mirror is
unable to recall
memory positions,
replace the mirror
assembly. Refer to
Section 12H Rea r -
view Mirrors.
System
serviceable.
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–240
Page 1A7–240
Mirror Dip Function Check
Circuit Description
The mirror dip function is operational when:
• the mirror dip function is enabled, refer to 1 General Information for details on how to enable the dip function
• a position for the passenger's exterior rear-view mirror is stored as the mirror dip
• the transmission selector must be placed in REVERSE
Test Description
The followi ng numbers refer to the steps in the diagnostic chart:
2 Checks whether the mirror DIP function is ENABLED.
3 Checks whether the mirror DIP function operates and is posi tioned correctly.
4 Checks whether the mirror DIP function returns an ACTIVE message on TECH 2 when the transmissi on selector is
placed in REVERSE. Isolates whether there is a fault with the seat memory module, or there is a problem with the
serial data from the transmission selector.
Step Action Yes No
1 Has the Initial Check been performed? Go to Step 2. Refer to Initial
Check in this
Section.
2 1 On TECH 2, select BODY \ SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR
MEMORY MODULE \ DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY \
MEMORY.
2 Scroll to PRIORITY 1.
3 Monitor TECH 2.
Does TECH 2 display MIRROR DIP BUTTON as ENABLED?
Go to Step 3.
Enable mirror DIP
function, refer to
1 General
Information.
Go to Step 3.
3 1 Ensure the stored mirror DIP position is noti cea bly differe nt
from the standard position of the left exterior mirror, refer to 1
General Information.
2 Check the mirror DIP function by placing the transmission
selector in reverse.
Does the mirror DIP function operate?
System
serviceable. Go to Step 4.
4 1 On TECH 2, select BODY \ SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR
MEMORY MODULE \ DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY \ INPUTS
AND OUTPUTS.
2 Scroll to REVERSE GEAR.
Does TECH 2 display REVERSE GEAR as ACTIVE?
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
Refer to
Section 6C3
Powertrain
Management for V8
or
Section 6C2
Powertrain
Management for
V6.
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–241
Page 1A7–241
Mirror Heating Functi on Check
Circuit Description
When the demist button the instrument panel is pressed to ac tivate the demist function, the request is sent through the
serial data bus to the exterior rear-view mirror assemblies.
Test Description
The followi ng numbers refer to the steps in the diagnostic chart:
2 Checks whether TECH 2 confirms the demist function has been activated.
3 Checks whether the heater element in the right-hand exterior rear-view mirror operates when the ignition and rear
window demister are switched ON.
4 Checks if the right-hand mirror heater element is serviceable. Isolates whether the heater element or the exterior
rear-view mirror assembly is at fault.
5 Checks whether the heater element in the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror operates when the ignition and rear
window demister are switched ON.
6 Checks if the left-hand mirror heater element is serviceable. Isolates whether the heater element or the exterior
rear-view mirror assembly is at fault.
Step Action Yes No
1 Has the Initial Check been performed? Go to Step 2. Refer to Initial
Check in this
Section.
2 1 On TECH 2, scroll to BODY \ SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR
MEMORY MODULE \ DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY \ INPUT
AND OUTPUT.
2 Scroll to DEMIST REQUEST.
3 Turn the rear window demister ON.
Does TECH 2 display DEMIST REQUEST as YES?
Go to Step 3.
Refer to
Section 12J Body
Control Module.
Go to Step 3.
3 Operate the rear window demister for 2–3 minutes.
Does the right exterior mirror feel warm? Go to Step 4. Go to Step 5.
4
Turn the rear window demister OFF before removing
and replacing the right exterior mirror glass.
Test the heater element of the right-hand exterior rear-view mirror,
refer to Section 12H Rear-view Mirrors.
Is the heater element serviceable?
Replace the right-
hand exterior rear-
view mirror
assembly, refer to
Section 12H Rea r -
view Mirrors.
Replace the right-
hand exterior rear-
view mirror glass,
refer to Section
12H Rear-view
Mirrors.
Go to Step 5.
5 Operate the rear window demister for 2–3 minutes.
Does the left exterior mirror feel warm? System
serviceable. Go to Step 6.
6
Turn the rear window demister OFF before removing
and replacing the left exterior mirror glass.
Test the heater element of the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror,
refer to Section 12H Rear-view Mirrors.
Is the heater element serviceable?
Replace the left-
hand exterior rear-
view mirror
assembly, refer to
Section 12H Rea r -
view Mirrors.
Replace the left-
hand exterior rear-
view mirror glass,
refer to Section
12H Rear-view
Mirrors.
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–242
Page 1A7–242
No Serial Data from Exterior Rear-view Mirrors
Circuit Description
The exterior rear-view mirrors have a common power, ground and serial data connector at the seat memory module. If
the circuit is followed, there are two splices in each of the power, ground and data communication circuits. In this test, as
there are not serial data communications with any of the exterior rear-view mirrors, it is assumed that the fault will be in a
location common to all circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the exterior rear-view mirrors and associated
components.
Test Description
The followi ng numbers refer to the steps in the diagnostic chart:
2 Checks if the connectors common to the serial data communication for the exterior rear-view mirrors are secure.
3 Checks if battery voltage is present for the exterior rear-view mirror system at the seat memory module.
4 Checks if the seat memory module is supplying a ground circuit for the exterior rear-view mirror system.
5 Checks the battery supply circuit for a short to ground.
6 Checks the ground circuit for a short to battery.
7 Checks if there is continuity in the serial data circuit between A22 – X1 pin 11 and X500 pin 7. Isolates whether the
is an open-circuit in circuit 787 that will affect all the exterior rear-view mirrors, or the seat memory module is at
fault.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, re fer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Has the Initial Check been performed? Go to Step 2. Refer to Initial
Check in this
Section.
2 Ensure that the following connectors are secure (refer to Note 3):
• A21 – X1
• A21 – X3
• X315
Are all the connectors secure?
Go to Step 3. Secure the relevant
connectors.
3 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X1.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the
seat memory module connector A21 – X1 pin 1 and a known
ground, and check for battery vo ltage (refer to Note 1).
Is battery vo ltage present?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memory Module.
4 1 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the
seat memory module connector A21 – X3 pin 16 and a known
ground, and check for continuity (refer to Note 1).
Is the continuity present?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memory Module.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–243
Page 1A7–243
Step Action Yes No
5 1 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the
harness connector A21 – X1 pin 1 and a known ground, and
check for continuity (refer to Note 1).
Is there continuity present?
There is a short to
ground in circuit
881.
Repair or re place
circuit 881 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 6.
6 1 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the
harness connector A21 – X3 pin 16 and a known ground, and
check for battery voltage (refer to Note 1).
Is battery vo ltage present?
There is a short to
battery in circuit
785.
Repair or re place
circuit 785 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 7.
7 1 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the
harness connector A21 – X1 pin 11and X500 pin 7 and check
for continuity (refer to Note 1).
Is there continuity present?
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 2.12 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
There is an open-
circuit in circuit 787.
This open circuit
should be between
connector A21 –
X1 pin 11 and the
first splice on circui t
787 as there is no
data
communications for
the exterior rear-
view mirrors.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 787 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–244
Page 1A7–244
No Serial Data – Right-hand Exterior Rear-view Mirror
Circuit Description
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the exterior rear-view mirrors and associated
components.
Test Description
The followi ng numbers refer to the steps in the diagnostic chart:
2 Checks whether the there is battery voltage supplied to the right-hand exterior rear-view mirror. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 881 between X602 and A21 – X1.
3 Checks whether the ground circuit for the right-hand exterior rear-view mirror is complete. Isolates whether there is
a fault in circuit 785 between X602 and A21 – X3.
4 Checks whether the serial data circuit for the right-hand exterior rear-view mirror for integrity. Isolates whether there
is fault in circuit 787 between connectors A21 – X1 and X602, or the right-hand exterior rear-view mirror assembly
is faulty.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Has the Initial Check been performed? Go to Step 2. Refer to Initial
Check in this
Section.
2 1 Backprobe connector X602 pin B with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.
There is a fault in
circuit 881 betw een
X602 and A21 –
X1.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 881 (refer to
Note 2).
3 1 Disconnect harness connector X602.
2 Using a multimeter and Toll No . KM609–20, probe between
harness connector X602 pin D and a known ground, and check
for continuity (refer to Note 1).
Is there continuity present?
Go to Step 4.
There is a fault in
circuit 785 betw een
X602 and A21 –
X3.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 785 (refer to
Note 2).
4 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X1.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between
harness connectors A21 – X1 pin 11 and X602 pin A, and
check for continuity (refer to Note 1).
Is there continuity present?
Replace the right-
hand exterior rear-
view mirror
assembly, refer to
Section 12H Rea r -
view Mirrors.
There is an open-
circuit in circuit 787
between
connectors A21 –
X1 and X6 02.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 787 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–245
Page 1A7–245
No Serial Data – Left-hand Exterior Rear-view Mirror
Circuit Description.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the exterior rear-view mirrors and associated
components.
Test Description
The followi ng numbers refer to the steps in the diagnostic chart:
2 Checks whether the there is battery voltage supplied to the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 881 between X502 and A21 – X1.
3 Checks whether the ground circuit for the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror is complete. Isolates whether there is a
fault in circuit 785 betw een X502 and A21 – X3.
4 Checks whether the serial data circuit for the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror for integrity. Isolates whether there
is fault in circuit 787 between connectors A21 – X1 and X502, or the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror assembly is
faulty.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Has the Initial Check been performed? Go to Step 2. Refer to Initial
Check in this
Section.
2 1 Backprobe connector X502 pin B with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.
There is a fault in
circuit 881 betw een
X502 and A21 –
X1.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 881 (refer to
Note 2).
3 1 Disconnect harness connectors X502.
2 Using a multimeter and Toll No . KM609–20, probe between
harness connector X502 pin D and a known ground, and check
for continuity (refer to Note 1).
Is there continuity present?
Go to Step 4.
There is a fault in
circuit 785 betw een
X502 and A21 –
X3.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 785 (refer to
Note 2).
4 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X1.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between
harness connectors A21 – X1 pin 11 and X502 pin A, and
check for continuity (refer to Note 1).
Is there continuity present?
Replace the left-
hand exterior rear-
view mirror
assembly, refer to
Section 12H Rear-
view Mirrors.
There is an open-
circuit in circuit 787
between
connectors A21 –
X1 and X5 02.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 787 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–246
Page 1A7–246
Mirror Control Switch Inoperative
Circuit Description
When the mirror control switch is used, the signal that it generates is converted by the rear-view mirror module to serial
data. It is then transmitted over the serial data bus. The exterior rear-view mirrors then receive this serial data and move
the appropriate exterior rear-view mirror in the direction that was pressed on the mirror control switch.
Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the exterior rear-view mirrors and associated
components.
Test Description
The followi ng numbers refer to the steps in the diagnostic chart:
2 Checks if the mirror control switch is servic eable.
3 Checks whether there is battery power to the rear view mirror module. Isol ates whether there is a fault in circuit 881
between A73 – X2 and A21 – X1.
4 Checks whether there is battery power to the mirror control switch. Isolates whether the rear view mirror module is
at fault.
5 Checks if the ground circuit for the rear view mirror module is complete. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit
785 between A73 – X2 and A21 – X1.
6 Checks is the ground circuit for the mirror control switch is complete. Isolates whether the rear view mirror module
is at fault.
7 Checks if there is continuity on the serial data bus between connectors A73 – X2 and A21 – X1. Isolates whether
there is an open-circuit in circuit 787 between connectors A73 – X2 and A21 – X1, or the rear view memory module
is at fault.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Has the Initial Check been performed? Go to Step 2. Refer to Initial
Check in this
Section.
2 Test the mirror control switch, refer to Section 12H Rear-view Mirrors.
Is the mirror control switch serviceable? Go to Step 3.
Replace the mirror
control sw itch, ref er
to Section 12H
Rear-view Mirrors
3 Backprobe connector A73 – X2 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 4.
There is a fault in
circuit 881 betw een
A73 – X2 and
A21 – X1.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 881 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
4 Backprobe connector S169 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5.
Replace the rear
view mirror module,
refer to Section
1A5 Front and Rear
Door Assemblies.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–247
Page 1A7–247
Step Action Yes No
5 1 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609–20, backprobe
between connector A73 –X2 pin 1 and a known ground, and
check for continuity (refer to Note 1).
Is there continuity present? Go to Step 6.
There is a fault in
circuit 785 betw een
A73 – X2 and
A21 – X1.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 785 as
required (refer to
Note 2).
6 1 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609–20, backprobe
between connector S169 – X1 pin 2 and a known ground,
check for continuity (refer to Note 1).
Is there continuity present?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the rear
view mirror module,
refer to Section
1A5 Front and Rear
Door Assemblies.
7 1 Disconnect harness connectors A21 – X1 and A73 – X2.
2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between
harness connectors A73 –X2 pin 3 and a A21 – X1 pin 11, and
check for continuity (refer to Note 1).
Is there continuity present?
Replace the rear
view mirror module,
refer to Section
1A5 Front and Rear
Door Assemblies.
There is an open-
circuit in 787
between
connectors A73 –
X2 and A21 – X1.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 787 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnoses are completed, ensure all seat components are
reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–248
Page 1A7–248
6 Service Operations – Front Seat,
Coupe
6.1 Front Seat Usage Chart
How To Use This Chart
Four front seat configurations are fitted to MY 2004 V2 Coupe vehicles. The following usage chart is provided to help
determine the seat type fitted to the vehicle. This is important prior to repairs being performed as the failed/damaged part
may not be serviceabl e.
To determine the seat fitted to the vehicle, obtain the vehicle model, which seat requires attention and the seat cover
fabric. Then establish other features of the seat such as the electric movement functions. Using the chart will lead to the
elimination of all other seat combinations, allowing the identification of the type and the construction of the seat. Finally,
refer to the Figure shown in Front Seat Type for a component breakdown of the front seat assembly.
1 Vehicle – Vehicle model identification.
2 Seating – Driver front seat or passenger front seat.
3 Fabric – Cloth or leather seat covers.
4 Movement – Indicates the number of movement functions of the seat:
• Eight-way – Seat cushion electric front and rear raise/lower, seat fore/aft movement and seat-back recline.
5 Memory – Indicates if a seat memory module is fitted.
6 SIAB – If the front seat is fitted with a side impact airbag assembly.
7 Construction – Hook and Loop refers to the seat cover being attached to the seat pad with a Velcro type material
and both being serviced as separate parts.
8 Active Head Restraint – Indicates whether standard height adjustable or active head restraints are fitted.
9 Front Seat Type – Identifies the seat type and provides reference to the following illustrations which show a
breakdown of the serviced component for each front seat assembly.
Domestic
Vehicle Seating Fabric Movement Memory SIAB Construction Active Head
Restraint Front Seat Type
(refer to)
Driver Leather Eight-way Yes Yes Hook & Loop Yes 1
(Figure 1A7 – 112)
CV8
Passenger Leather Eight-way No Yes Hook & Loop Yes 2
(Figure 1A7 – 113)
Gulf States
Vehicle Seating Fabric Movement Memory SIAB Construction Active Head
Restraint Front Seat Type
(refer to)
Passenger Leather Eight-way No Yes Hook & Loop Yes 3
(Figure 1A7 – 115)
Lumina
S & SS
Driver Leather Eight-way No Yes Hook & Loop Yes 4
(Figure 1A7 – 114)
Techline
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–249
Page 1A7–249
Front Seat Type 1
Figure 1A7 – 112
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–250
Page 1A7–250
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Front Sea t Ad ju s t ment Switch Knobs
7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way
8 Memory Posi tion Switc h Cover
9 Memory Po sition Switch Assembly
10 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
11 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
12 Front Seat-back Map Pocket
13 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
14 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
15 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
16 Front S e at Head Restrai nt Sleeves
17 Front Seat-back Pad
18 Front Seat-back Cover
19 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt
20 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert
21 Side Impact Airbag Assembly
22 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
23 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
24 Lumbar Support Knob
25 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
26 Lumbar Support Assembly
27 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
28 E Z -entry Release Lever Assembly
29 E Z -entry Release Escutcheon Assembl y
30 E Z -entry Release Lever Retaining Clip
31 E Z -entry Release Lever Return Spring
32 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Sleeves
33 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Assembly
34 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Support Strap
35 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Retaining Spring
36 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
37 Front Seat Cushion Cover
38 Front Seat Cushion Upper Pad
39 Passenger Presence Detection Switch
40 Front Seat Cushion Pad
41 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
42 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
43 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
44 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
45 S eat Memory Module
46 Wiring Harness Assembly
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–251
Page 1A7–251
Front Seat Type 2
Figure 1A7 – 113
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–252
Page 1A7–252
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Front Sea t Ad ju s t ment Switch Knobs
7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way
8 EZ-entry Module
9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket
12 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
13 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly
14 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
15 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
16 Front Seat-back Pad
17 Front Seat-back Cover
18 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt
19 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert
20 Side Impact Airbag Assembly
21 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
22 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
23 Lumbar Support Knob
24 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
25 Lumbar Support Assembly
26 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
27 E Z -entry Release Lever Assembly
28 E Z -entry Release Escutcheon Assembl y
29 E Z -entry Release Lever Retaining Clip
30 E Z -entry Release Lever Return Spring
31 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Sleeves
32 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Assembly
33 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Support Strap
34 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Retaining Spring
35 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
36 Front Seat Cushion Cover
37 Front Seat Cushion Upper Pad
38 Passenger Presence Detection Switch
39 Front Seat Cushion Pad
40 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
41 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
42 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
43 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
44 Wiring Harness Assembly
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–253
Page 1A7–253
Front Seat Type 3
Figure 1A7 – 114
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–254
Page 1A7–254
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Front Sea t Ad ju s t ment Switch Knobs
7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way
8 EZ-entry Module
9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket
12 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
13 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
14 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
15 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
16 Front Seat-back Pad
17 Front Seat-back Cover
18 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt
19 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert
20 Side Impact Airbag Assembly
21 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
22 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
23 Lumbar Support Knob
24 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
25 Lumbar Support Assembly
26 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
27 E Z -entry Release Lever Assembly
28 E Z -entry Release Escutcheon Assembl y
29 E Z -entry Release Lever Retaining Clip
30 E Z -entry Release Lever Return Spring
31 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Sleeves
32 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Assembly
33 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Support Strap
34 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Retaining Spring
35 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
36 Front Seat Cushion Cover
37 Front Seat Cushion Upper Pad
38 Passenger Presence Detection Switch
39 Front Seat Cushion Pad
40 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
41 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
42 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
43 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
44 Wiring Harness Assembly
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–255
Page 1A7–255
Front Seat Type 4
Figure 1A7 – 115
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–256
Page 1A7–256
Legend
1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover
2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover
3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover
4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover
5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover
6 Front Sea t Ad ju s t ment Switch Knobs
7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way
8 EZ-entry Module
9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover
11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket
12 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips
13 Front S eat Head Rest rai nt Pad Assembly
14 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover
15 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves
16 Front Seat-back Pad
17 Front Seat-back Cover
18 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt
19 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert
20 Side Impact Airbag Assembly
21 Lumbar Support Knob Cover
22 Lumbar Support Knob Screw
23 Lumbar Support Knob
24 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring
25 Lumbar Support Assembly
26 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring
27 E Z -entry Release Lever Assembly
28 E Z -entry Release Escutcheon Assembl y
29 E Z -entry Release Lever Retaining Clip
30 E Z -entry Release Lever Return Spring
31 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Sleeves
32 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Assembly
33 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Support Strap
34 A ct i ve Head Restraint Frame Retaining Spring
35 Front S eat-back Frame Assembl y
36 Front Seat Cushion Cover
37 Front Seat Cushion Upper Pad
38 Passenger Presence Detection Switch
39 Front Seat Cushion Pad
40 Front S eat Cushion Fram e Assembly
41 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly
42 Wiring Harness Retaini ng Clip
43 Trac k and Hei ght A dj ust Assembly
44 Wiring Harness Assembly
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–257
Page 1A7–257
6.2 Fire Extinguisher Assembly
Remove
1 Remove the fire extinguisher (1) from the cover (2).
2 Remove the two screws (3) attaching the fire
extinguisher mounting bracket (4) to the track and
height adjust assembly.
3 Remove the bracket and cover from the track and
height adjust assembly. If required remove the bracket
from the cover.
Figure 1A7 – 116
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the fire extinguisher assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.
Fire extinguisher mounting bracket
attaching screw torque specific ation ....... 15.0 – 20.0 Nm
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–258
Page 1A7–258
6.3 Front Seat Assembly
LT Section No. – 14-295
Before performing any service operation on a
front seat assembly fitted with side impact
airbags, ensure the occupant protection
system is disabled, refer to Section 12M
Occupant Protection System.
NOTE
If the seat assembly is to be disass embled, adjust
the seat assembly to its highest position before
disconnecting the power to the seat.
NOTE
Clean hands are essential when working on the
interior trim.
Remove
Disconnection of the battery affects
certain vehicle electronic systems. Refer to
Section 00, 5 Battery Disconnection
Procedures before disconnecting the battery.
1 Disconnect the battery.
2 For the driver’s seat on right-hand drive vehicles,
remove the screw (1) attaching the front seat outer
front cover (2).
3 Using a small screwdriver, push in the centre of the
j
oin to separate the front cover and the front seat outer
rear cover (3).
4 Unclip the covers from the seat track and disengage
from the side sill trim.
5 Pull the covers apart and remove the rear cover.
6 For the driver’s seat on right-hand drive vehicles, slide
the front cover over the fuel filler door release lever (4)
and remove.
Figure 1A7 – 117
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–259
Page 1A7–259
7 Disconnect the body wiring harness connector (1), the
seatbelt pretens ioner wiring co nnec tor (2) and the side
impact airbag w iring con nect or (3).
Figure 1A7 – 118
8 Unclip the front seat inner rear cover (1) from the seat
track (2).
Figure 1A7 – 119
9 Unclip the front seat inner front cover (1) from the seat
track (2).
Figure 1A7 – 120
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–260
Page 1A7–260
10 Remove the four screws (1) attaching the front seat to
the vehicle.
11 Remove the seat from the vehicle.
Figure 1A7 – 121
Reinstall
Reinstall atio n of the front seat ass emb ly is the reverse of the remov al proc edur e, noting the follow ing:
1 Position the front seat assembly into the vehicle.
2 Install the four screws securing the front seat.
3 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.
Front seat assembly attac hing screw
torque specification ................................ 35.0 – 50.0 Nm
4 Connect the seat wiring harness connector, seatbelt pretensioner harness connector and the side impact airbag
connector.
5 Align the front seat outer cover’s retaining clips and push firmly to engage.
6 Push the front of the front seat outer cover down to engage the cover wi th the front of the seat rail.
7 For the driver’s side on right-hand drive vehicles, install the front seat outer cover attaching screw and tighten to the
specified torque.
Front seat outer front cover attaching
screw torque specification.......................... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm
8 Check the operation of the front seat functions. While checking the seat adjustment/operation, also check that the
seat wiring harnesses do not foul with any of the seat’s moveable components (i.e. seat motor drive shafts, etc.).
NOTE
Type 1 front seats will require seat memory
calibration to reinstate seat memory functions,
refer to Seat Memory Calibration, Front Seat
Type 1.
9 Switch the ignition on and observe the airbag warning indicator in the instrument cluster.
• If no fault is detected, the airbag warning indicator should illuminate for approximately five seconds while the
system performs a self-test, and then extinguish.
• If a fault is present, the airbag warning indicator will remain illuminated and a warning chime may sound after
approximately three seconds. The warning message ‘SRS Airbag Fault’ is also displayed in the instrument
cluster multi-function display. To diagnose the fault, refer to Section 12M Occupant Protection System.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–261
Page 1A7–261
Seat Memory Calibration, Front Seat Type 1
Whenever power is interrupted to the seat memory module, the following procedure must be performed to reinstate seat
memory functions.
Step Operation Result
1 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the
seat forward.
2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to
move the seat aft.
3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the
seat forward.
Seat will cease movement when track limit is
reached.
Seat will move aft.
Seat will cease movement when track limit is
reached.
2 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the
seat aft.
2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to
move the seat forward.
3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the
seat aft.
Seat will cease movement when track limit is
reached.
Seat will move forward.
Seat will cease movement when track limit is
reached.
3 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the
front of the seat.
2 Operate the adjustment switch for 1 second to
lower the front of the seat.
3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the
front of the seat.
Seat will cease movement when upper limit is
reached.
Seat will lower.
Seat will cease movement when upper limit is
reached.
4 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to lower the
front of the seat.
2 Operate seat adjustment switch for 1 second to
raise the front of the seat.
3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to lower the
front of the seat.
Seat will cease movement when lower limit is
reached.
Seat will raise.
Seat will cease movement when lower limit is
reached.
5 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the rear
of the seat.
2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to
lower the rear of the seat.
3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the rear
of the seat.
Seat will cease movement when upper limit is
reached.
Seat will lower.
Seat will cease movement when upper limit is
reached.
6 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to lower the
rear of the seat.
2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to
raise the rear of the seat.
3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to lower the
rear of the seat.
Seat will cease movement when lower limit is
reached.
Seat will raise.
Seat will cease movement when lower limit is
reached.
7 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the
seat-back aft.
2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to
move the seat-back forward.
3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the
seat-back aft.
Hold switch until lower limit is reached. This
does not have to be mechanical limit.
Seat-back will move forward.
Hold switch until lower limit is reached. This
should be same position as in 1.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–262
Page 1A7–262
8 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the
seat-back forward.
2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to
move the seat-back aft.
3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the
seat-back forward.
Hold switch until upper limit is reached. This
does not have to be mechanical limit.
Seat-back will move aft.
Hold switch until upper limit is reached. This
should be same position as in 1.
9 Press the mirror dip/memory store (M) button for 1
second. Stores the calibration into memory. A three-
tone chime sounds to confirm stora ge.
To test that the seat limits have been correctly calibrated, perform the following:
Step Operation Result
1 Operate the seat adjustment switch in one direction
(fore/aft, raise/lower, etc.). Hold until seat stops.
2 Release the switch briefly. –
3 Operate the switch in the same direction and hold for 3
seconds. The motor will not operate for 2 seconds, then
operates for 0.5 second.
This is a limp-home function that allows the
seat to be manually adjusted should a sensor
fail.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–263
Page 1A7–263
6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly
LT Section No. – 14-322
Remove
1 Raise the seat to the full-up position.
2 Remove the screw (1) from the front of the front seat
outer side cover (2).
3 Remove the plug (3) by rotating the plug anti-
clockwise, one quarter of a turn.
4 Remove the screw (4) located behind the plug.
5 Reach up under the seat assembly and squeeze
together the two retaining tangs (6), on the inner side
of the side cover while gently pulling the cover.
6 Gently pull the side cover away from the seat to
disengage the two clips (5) attached to the seat-back
frame assembly .
NOTE
Only remove the side cover far enough away
from the seat cushion assembly to gain access
to the seat wiring harness connectors.
7 Referring to Figure 1A7 – 123, for non-memory
seats (A):
• Disconne ct the front seat adj ustment switch
connector (1), recline motor harness connector
(2) and memory position switch connector (3)
and unclip the harness from the side cover.
For memory seats (B):
Figure 1A7 – 122
• Disconnect the front seat adjustment switch connector (1), EZ-entry module connector (4) and the recline
motor harness connector (5) from the EZ-entry module and unclip the harness from the side cover.
8 Remove the side cover as sembly.
Figure 1A7 – 123
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–264
Page 1A7–264
Disassemble
Front Seat A djustment Switch
Remove
1 Remove the two adjustment knobs (1) from the front
seat adjustment switch (2), by carefully prising them
free with a small flat tip screwdriver wrapped in a clean
shop rag.
Figure 1A7 – 124
2 Remove the three screws (1) attaching the front seat
adjustment switch (2) to the front seat outer side
cover (3).
3 Remove the adjustment switch.
Figure 1A7 – 125
Reinstall
1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.
Front seat adjust ment sw itch
attaching screw torque specific ation ........... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm
2 Push the knobs in until they click in place.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–265
Page 1A7–265
Memory Position Switch Assembly
Remove
1 Remove the screw (1), in two places, attaching the
memory position switch cover (2) to the front seat
outer side cover (3).
2 Lift out the memory position switch assembly (4) from
its recess in the side cover.
3 As required, each position button can be removed
from the switch.
Figure 1A7 – 126
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the memory position switch assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 If removed, push the position buttons in until they click in place, ensuring correct orientation.
2 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.
Memory position switch cover
attaching screw torque specific ation ........... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm
EZ-Entry Module
Remove
1 Remove the three screws (1) attaching the EZ-entry
module (2) to the front seat outer side cover (3).
2 Remove the module.
Figure 1A7 – 127
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the EZ-entry module is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.
EZ-entry module attaching screw
torque specific atio n .................................... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–266
Page 1A7–266
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the front seat outer side cover is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.
Front seat outer side cover att achi ng
screw torque specification.......................... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–267
Page 1A7–267
6.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover
LT Section No. – 14-322
As required, remove the front seat assembly, refer to 6.3 Front Seat Assembly.
Remove
1 Remove the screw (1) attaching the front seat inner
side cover (2) to the seat assembly (3) and remove the
cover.
Figure 1A7 – 128
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the front seat inner side cover is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Tighten the attaching screw to the correct torque specification.
Front seat inner side cover att achi ng
screw torque specification.......................... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–268
Page 1A7–268
6.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly
LT Section No. – 14-322
Remove
The following component will require
replacement when performing this operation.
• Front seat back rear cover retaining clip, in
two places.
1 Pull the lower corners of the front seat-back rear
cover (1) away from the seat (2), breaking the
retaining clip (3), in two places.
Figure 1A7 – 129
2 While holding the lower portion of the front seat-back
rear cover (1) out, pull the cover down to release the
upper retaining lug (2), in two places.
3 Remove the cover.
Figure 1A7 – 130
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–269
Page 1A7–269
Disassemble
When performing Step 1, take care when
removing the retaining clip (1) not to break
the front seat-back map pocket shafts on
which the retaining clips are attached.
NOTE
This procedure cannot be performed on vehicles
that have the net type seat-ba ck map poc ket .
1 Remove the two retaining clips (1) attaching the front seat-back map pocket (2) to the front seat-back rear
cover (3), refer to Figure 1A7 – 131.
2 Remove the four screws (4) attaching the map pocket to the cover.
3 Remove the map pocket.
Figure 1A7 – 131
Reassemble
Reassembly of the front seat-back rear cover is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.
Front seat-bac k map pocket attaching
screw torque specification.......................... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–270
Page 1A7–270
Reinstall
1 Replace the damaged retaining clip (1) on the front
seat-back rear cover (2), in two plac es.
Figure 1A7 – 132
2 Locate the upper retaining lug (1), in two places, with
the seat-back.
3 Push the front seat-back rear cover (2) up and in at
the lower edge to engage the two lower retaining clips.
Figure 1A7 – 133
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–271
Page 1A7–271
6.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly
LT Section No. – 14-295
Remove
1 Raise the head restraint fully.
2 Insert a suitable size probe into the hole (1) in the right-hand head restraint sleeve (2), refer to Figure 1A7 – 134.
3 Push the probe in slightly while applying slight upward pressure on the head restraint. Hold the upward pressure.
4 Depress the head restraint sleeve height ad juster lock (3) on the left-hand head restraint sleeve and remove the
head restraint.
Figure 1A7 – 134
Disassemble
1 Disengage the front head restraint cove r J-strip by
pulling the flap (1) back and out of flap (2) in the
direction shown.
Figure 1A7 – 135
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–272
Page 1A7–272
2 Remove the staple (1), in two places, retaining the
cover (2) to the head restraint pad assembly.
3 Remove the cover from the pad assembly
Figure 1A7 – 136
Reassemble
Reassembly of the front seat head restraint assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Ensure the head restraint cover J-clip is fully engaged.
Reinstall
Ensuring correct orientation of the head restraint, fit the head restraint shafts into the sleeves and push the head restraint
down.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–273
Page 1A7–273
6.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve
As required, remove the front seat head restraint assembly, refer to 6.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly.
LT Section No. – 14-275
Remove
1 Push down on the surrounding seat cover to reveal the
upper portion of the seat-back frame or active head
restraint frame (1).
2 Using a fine flat-blade screwdriver, depress the head
restraint sleeve retaining lug (2) and withdraw the
head restraint sleeve (3) from the frame.
3 Repeat for the remaining sleeve as required.
Figure 1A7 – 137
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the front seat head restraint sleeve is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
NOTE
Ensure the sleeve with the height adjuster
lock (1) is installed on the left-hand side of the
seat; that is the side that corresponds to the
lower square notch (2) in the head restraint
shaft.
Figure 1A7 – 138
1 Align the head restraint sleeve locating ribs (1) with
the notch (2) in the seat-back frame.
2 Insert the sleeve and ensure it clicks into place.
Figure 1A7 – 139
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–274
Page 1A7–274
6.9 EZ-Entr y Release Lever and Escutcheon
LT Section No. –
1 Remove the front seat outer side cover, 6.4 Front Seat Ou ter Side Cover Assembly.
2 Remove the fron t seat-back rear cover assembly, refer to 6.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly.
Remove
1 Remove the screw (1) retaining the EZ-entry release
escutcheon assembly (2) to the seat-back frame.
Figure 1A7 – 140
2 Partly remove the front seat-back cover by
disengaging the upper and outer J-strips from the
seat-back frame and the Velcro tab at the lower
corner.
Figure 1A7 – 141
Techline
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–275
Page 1A7–275
3 Carefully manoeuvre your hand behind the seat pad
and push up on the retaining clip (1) retaining the
release lever (2).
Take care there may be sharp edges in this
area.
Figure 1A7 – 142
4 While holding upward pressure on the retaining clip,
grasp the release lever (1) and pull firmly away from
the seat-back to remove.
NOTE
It may be necessary to wriggle the lever to
loosen it in the escutcheon assembly (2).
Figure 1A7 – 143
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–276
Page 1A7–276
5 Partially remove the EZ-entry release escutcheon
assembly (1) from the front seat-back cover (2), by
rotating the top of the escutcheon outward and
disengaging the lower lug.
6 Disconnect the wi ring harness connector (3) from the
seat return switch.
7 Remove the escutcheon assembly.
Figure 1A7 – 144
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the EZ-entry release lever and escutcheon assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the
following:
1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.
EZ-Entry release escut che on ass emb ly
attaching screw torque specific ation ........... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm
2 Ensure that the release lever retaining clip is correctly engaged by pulling firmly away from the seat and operating
the latch several times.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–277
Page 1A7–277
6.10 EZ-Entry Switch and Release Cabl e
Assembly
Due to safety requirement constraints, certain components of the recliner mechanism, including the EZ-entry switch and
release cable assembly, must not be removed or replaced. If any part of the recliner mechanism requires replacement,
the entire front seat-back frame assembly must be replaced, refer to 6.13 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly.
Techline
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–278
Page 1A7–278
6.11 Lumbar Support Knob Assembly
LT Section No. – 14-275
Remove
1 Using a fine flat-blade screw-driver, carefully prise the
cap (1) from the lumbar support knob (2).
2 Remove the screw (3) attaching the knob to the
lumbar support shaft.
3 Pull the knob off the lumbar support shaft and remove
the lumbar support deflector ring (4).
NOTE
The knob is lightly clipped to the lumbar support
shaft and will ‘click-off’.
Figure 1A7 – 145
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the lumbar support knob assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Tighten the screw to the correc t torque specification.
Lumbar support knob attaching
screw torque specification.......................... 2.0 – 5.0 Nm
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–279
Page 1A7–279
6.12 Front Seat-back Pad and Cover
Assembly
LT Section No. – 14-295
As required, remove the following components:
1 Front seat assembly, refer to 6.3 Front Seat Assembly.
2 Front seat outer side cover assembly, refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
3 Front seat inner side cover, refer to 6.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover.
4 Front seat-back rear cover assembly, refer to 6.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly.
5 Front seat head restraint assembly, refer to 6.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly.
6 Front seat head restraint sleev es, refer to 6.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve.
7 EZ-entry release lever and escutcheon assembly, refer to 6.9 EZ-Entry Release Lever and Escutcheon.
8 Lumbar support knob assembly, refer to 6.11 Lumbar Support Knob Assembly.
Remove
1 Disengage the remaining inner and lower J-strips from
the seat frame and the Velcro tab at the lower corner.
2 Lift the cover and pad assembly up and away from the
seat-back frame, manoeuvring it over the seat-back
components such as the side impact airbag assembly
and dummy block insert assembly.
Figure 1A7 – 146
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–280
Page 1A7–280
Disassemble
1 Fold the lower corners of the seat-back cover (1) over
the seat-back pad (2).
Figure 1A7 – 147
2 While holding the front seat-back pad (1), pull the
lower corners of the front seat-back cover (2), upwards
and away from the pad to disengage the hook and
loop strips (3).
3 Pull the cover up and over the upper edge of the pad.
Figure 1A7 – 148
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–281
Page 1A7–281
Reassemble
1 With the front seat-back cover (1) folded at the central
horizontal strip of hook and loop (2), align the centre
mark (3) on the cover with the centre mark (4) on the
front seat-back pad.
2 Press the cover firmly into the corresponding groove in
the pad to engage the hook and loop.
Figure 1A7 – 149
3 With the cover folded at the two vertical strips of the
hook and loop, press the cover firmly into the
corresponding grooves in the pad.
Figure 1A7 – 150
4 Roll the upper corners of the cover over the pad.
5 Roll the sides of the cover over the pad.
6 Roll the lower corners of the cover over the pad.
NOTE
Make sure the cover is fitted neatly by hand into
all corners and contours of the pad.
Figure 1A7 – 151
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the front seat-back pad and cover assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–282
Page 1A7–282
6.13 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly
When carrying a live (undeployed) side
impact airbag assembly or a front seat-back
frame assembly fitted with a (undeployed)
side impact airbag assembly, ensure the
airbag opening is pointed away from you.
Never carry the side impact airbag assembly
or seat-back frame assembly fitted with a side
impact airbag assembly by the airbag wiring
harness or connectors. In case of an
accidental deployment, the airbag will then
deploy with minimal chance of injury.
When placing a live side impact airbag
assembly or a front seat-back frame assembly
fitted with a (undeployed) side impact airbag
assembly on a bench or other surface, always
face the airbag opening up, away from the
surface. Never rest the airbag assembly or
seat-back frame with the airbag opening face
down. This is necessary so that a free space
is provided to allow the airbag to expand in
the unlikely event of accidental deployment.
Otherwise, personal injury may result.
LT Section No. – 14-275
As required remove the following components:
1 Front seat assembly, refer to 6.3 Front Seat Assembly.
2 Front seat outer side cover assembly, refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
3 Front seat inner side cover, refer to 6.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover.
Remove
1 Remove the two screws (1), each side, attaching the
seat-back ass emb ly (2) to the front seat cushion fr ame
assembly (3).
2 As required, disconnect and unattach the front seat-
back recline motor and side impact airbag wiring
harnesses.
3 Remove the seat-back assembly.
Figure 1A7 – 152
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–283
Page 1A7–283
Disassemble
As required, remove the following components:
1 Front seat-back rear cover assembly, refer to 6.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly.
2 Front seat head restraint assembly, refer to 6.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly.
3 Front seat head restraint sleev es, refer to 6.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve.
4 EZ-entry release lever and escutcheon assembly, refer to 6.9 EZ-Entry Release Lever and Escutcheon.
5 Lumbar support knob assembly, refer to 6.11 Lumbar Support Knob Assembly.
6 Front seat-back pad and cover assembly, refer to 6.12 Front Seat-back Pad and Cover Assembly.
EZ-Entry Release Lever Retaining Clip and Return Spring
Remove
1 Prise the release lever retaining clip (1) from the
release mechan is m.
2 Disconnect the return spring (2) from the release
mechanism and seat-back frame
Figure 1A7 – 153
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the EZ-entry release lever retaining clip and return spring is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Side Impact Airbag Assembly
Remove
1 As required, unclip the side impact airbag wiring
harness (1) from the retaining clip (2) and cut the two
cable ties (3), securing the harness to the front seat
cushion frame assembly, taking care not to damage
the wiring harness.
2 Unclip the wiring harness connector (4) from the track
and height adjust assembly (5).
Figure 1A7 – 154
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–284
Page 1A7–284
3 Remove the lock nut (1), in two places, attaching the
side impact airbag assembly (2) to the seat-back
frame (3) and airbag assembly.
Figure 1A7 – 155
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the side impact airbag assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Tighten the nuts to the correct torque specification.
Side impact airbag assembly attaching
nut torque specification .............................. 5.0 – 6.0 Nm
Front Seat Dummy Block Insert Assembly
Remove
1 Remove the lock nut (1), in two places, attaching the
front seat dummy block insert (2) to the seat-back
frame (3) and remove the dummy block inse rt
assembly.
2 If required, remove the dummy block U-bolt (4) from
the dummy block insert.
Figure 1A7 – 156
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the front seat dummy block insert assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the
following:
1 Tighten the nuts to the correct torque specification.
Front seat dummy block insert attaching
nut torque specification .............................. 5.0 – 6.0 Nm
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–285
Page 1A7–285
Lumbar Support Assembly
Remove
1 Remove the retainer (1), in two plac es, attaching the
lumbar support assembly (2) to the seat-back frame.
Figure 1A7 – 157
2 Depress the retaining tab (1) and from the inner side
of the seat-back frame, rotate the lumbar support
shaft (2) and withdraw from the seat-back frame.
3 Repeat for the opposite side.
Figure 1A7 – 158
4 Disconnect the spring (1), in two places, attaching the
lumbar support assembly (2) to the seat-back frame or
active head restraint frame.
TIP
To aid spring removal, pull the support assembly
toward the side that the spring is being removed
to relieve spring tension.
Figure 1A7 – 159
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–286
Page 1A7–286
5 Remove the lumbar support assembly (1).
Figure 1A7 – 160
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the lumbar support assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Ensure the lumbar support assembly is correctly seated on the cushion side of the active head restraint frame,
where fitted, with the black lumbar support shaft on the outer side of the seat.
Active Head Restraint Frame As sembly
Remove
1 Remove the screw (1), in two places, attaching the
active head restraint frame assembly (2) to the seat-
back frame hinge.
Figure 1A7 – 161
2 Withdraw the active head restraint frame assembly (1)
downward to remove it from the seat-back frame and
remove.
Figure 1A7 – 162
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–287
Page 1A7–287
3 If required, slide the support strap (1) from the active
head restraint frame.
Figure 1A7 – 163
4 If required, depress the tab (1), in two places, and
withdraw the active head restraint frame sleeve (2)
from the seat-back frame.
5 Repeat for the opposite sleeve as required.
Figure 1A7 – 164
6 If required, remove the spring (1), from the active head
restraint frame hinge and seat-back frame.
7 Repeat for the opposite side as required.
Figure 1A7 – 165
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the active head restra int frame assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Tighten the screws to the correct torque specification.
Active head restraint frame assembly
attaching screw torque specific ation ........... 3.0 – 5.0 Nm
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–288
Page 1A7–288
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the front seat-back frame assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Tighten the screws to the correct torque specification.
Front seat-back frame assembly
attaching screw torque specific ation ....... 30.0 – 45.0 Nm
2 Check the mechanical and electrical operation of the front seat.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–289
Page 1A7–289
6.14 Seat Memory Module
Remove
As required remove the following components:
1 Front seat assembly, refer to 6.3 Front Seat Assembly.
2 From under the front seat cushion, disconnect the
front seat cushion cover flap (1), by disengaging the
J-strip (2) located on the rear of the flap.
Figure 1A7 – 166
3 Disconnect the wiring connector (1), in four places,
from the seat memory modul e ass emb ly (2).
4 Remove the screw (3), in two places, attaching the
seat memory module to the track and height adjust
assembly.
5 Remove the seat memory module.
Figure 1A7 – 167
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the seat memory module is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Ensure the connectors are correctly routed and atta ched securely .
2 Tighten the screws to the correct torque specification.
Seat memory mod ule atta chi n g
screw torque specification.......................... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–290
Page 1A7–290
6.15 Track and Height Ad just Assembly
The track and height adjust assembly
components are non-serviceable. If the track
and height adjust assembly, drive motors or
drive shafts require replacement, the entire
track and height adjust assembly must be
replaced.
LT Section No. – 14-275
Remove
As required, remove the following components:
1 Front seat assembly, refer to 6.3 Front Seat Assembly.
2 Front seat outer side cover assembly, refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
3 If fitted, from under the front seat cushion, disconnect
the front seat cushion cover flap (1), by di sengaging
the J-strip (2) located on the rear of the flap.
Figure 1A7 – 168
4 Disconnect the passenger presence detection wiring
connector (1).
5 Detach the seatbelt pretensioner wiring harness (1)
from the seat cushi on frame.
Figure 1A7 – 169
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–291
Page 1A7–291
6 Remove the four nuts (1) attaching the track and
height adjust assembly (2) to the seat.
7 Remove the track and height adjust assembly.
8 If required, remove the seatbelt buckle and
pretensioner assembly, refer to Section 12M Occupan t
Protection System.
Figure 1A7 – 170
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the track and height adjust assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Ensure the connectors are correctly routed and atta ched securely .
2 Tighten the nuts to the correct torque specification.
Track and height adjust assembly
attaching nut torque specification........... 24.0 – 32.0 Nm
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–292
Page 1A7–292
6.16 Front Seat Cushion Pad and Cover
Assembly
LT Section No. – 14-295
As required, remove the following components:
1 Front seat assembly, refer to 6.3 Front Seat Assembly.
2 Front seat outer side cover assembly, refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
3 Front seat inner side cover, refer to 6.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover.
4 Front seat-back frame assembly, refer to 6.13 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly.
Remove
1 From under the front seat cushion, disengage the front
and side J-strips (1) away from the seat frame (2).
2 Lift the cover and pad assembly away from the seat
frame and then release the rear J-strip (3).
3 Disconnect the passenger presence detection harness
connector (4).
4 Remove the cover and pad assembly.
Figure 1A7 – 171
Disassemble
1 Fold the rear corners of the fron t seat cushion
cover (1) over the front seat cushion pad (2).
Figure 1A7 – 172
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–293
Page 1A7–293
2 While holding the front seat cushion pad (1), pull the
rear corners of the front seat cushion cover (2) forward
and away from the pad to disengage the hook and
loop strips (3).
3 Pull the cove r up and over the forward edge of the
pad.
Figure 1A7 – 173
4 If required, carefully peel back the upper cushion
pad (1) to expose the passenger presence detection
switch (2).
The upper cushion pad is glued to the
cushion pad along each edge. Take care not
to damage the pads.
5 Carefully lift-off the passenger presence detection
switch and pull the wiring harness through from the
underside of the cushion pad.
The wiring terminal is glued to the cushion
pad. Take care not to damage the switch or
pad.
Figure 1A7 – 174
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–294
Page 1A7–294
Reassemble
Reassembly of the front seat cushion pad is the reverse of the disassembly procedure noting the following:
1 Ensure the passenger presence detection switch is correctly located in its depression in the cushion pad. Apply
new adhesive to the upper cushion.
2 Align either of the outer hook and loop strips (1) and
the one or two cross hook and loop strips (2), on the
front seat cushion cov er (3), wi th the front seat
cu shion pad (4).
3 Press the folded edge of the cover firmly into the
corresponding groove in the pad to engage the hook
and loop strip.
Figure 1A7 – 175
4 Align and press the outer hook and loop strip (1), on
the cover (2), with the corresponding groove in the
pad (3).
Figure 1A7 – 176
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–295
Page 1A7–295
5 Roll the front corners of the cover over the pad.
6 Roll the sides of the cover over the pad.
7 Roll the rear corners of the cover over the pad.
NOTE
Make sure the pad is fitted neatly by hand into all
corners and contours of the seat cover.
Do not pull the cover onto the pad from
underneath using the J-strip to make it fit
neatly, as the fabric may be damaged.
Figure 1A7 – 177
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the front seat cushion pad and cover assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–296
Page 1A7–296
6.17 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly
LT Section No. – 14-275
Remove
As required remove the following components:
1 Front seat assembly, refer to 6.3 Front Seat Assembly.
2 Front seat outer side cover assembly, refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
3 Front seat inner side cover, refer to 6.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover.
4 Front seat-back frame assembly, refer to 6.13 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly.
5 Track and height adjust assembly, refer to 6.15 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.
6 Front seat cushion pad and cover assembly, refer to 6.16 Front Seat Cushion Pad and Cover Assembly.
Disassemble
1 To remove the suspension mat (1), modify a G-clamp
with a 5mm diameter metal dowel (2) welded to one
end and another approximately 40mm long and with a
2mm diameter pin (3) approxi mately 20mm long
welded to the other end.
2 Using the G-clamp, stretch the suspension mat far
enough to allow for the retaining springs (4) to be
removed from the seat cush io n frame.
3 Back the G-clamp load off and remove the suspension
mat.
When using the G-clamp, use existing holes
in the suspension mat to ensure that the mat
deformation does not occur.
Figure 1A7 – 178
Reassemble
Reassembly of the suspension mat is the reverse of the disassembly procedure.
Reinstall
Reinstallation of the front seat cushion frame assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
1 Ensure all wiring is correctly connected and routed, refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses.
2 Check the mechanical and electrical operation of the front seat.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–297
Page 1A7–297
6.18 Front Seat Lift Motor Assemblies
The front seat lift motor assemblies are non-servic eable items.
If a front seat lift motor assembly requires replacement, the track and height adjust assembly must be replaced, refer to
6.15 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–298
Page 1A7–298
6.19 Front Seat Fore/ Aft Movement Motor
Assembly
The front seat fore/aft movement motor assembly is a non-serviceable item.
If the front seat fore/aft movement motor or drive shafts require replacement, the track and height adjust assembly must
be replaced, refer to 6.15 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–299
Page 1A7–299
6.20 Front Seat-back Recline Motor Assembly
The front seat-back recline motor assembly is a non-serviceable item.
If the front seat-back recline motor assembly requires replacement, the front seat-back frame assembly must be
replaced, refer to 6.13 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–300
Page 1A7–300
6.21 Drive Motor Potentiometers
The front seat drive motor potentiometers are non-serviceable items.
If the front seat fore/aft movement, seat-back recline and/or front seat lift motor potentiometers require replacement, the
track and height adjust assembly must be replaced, refer to 6.15 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–301
Page 1A7–301
7 Diagnostics – Front Seat, Coupe
This Section provides charts to assist in the diagnosis and repair of front seats. Refer to 6.1 Front Seat Usage Chart for
a full listing of the different types of seats fitted to Coupe vehicles. Included in that Section are illustrated parts
breakdowns of the various seats.
7.1 Prerequisites
Safety Requirements
When operating the seat as part of any of the Steps in the diagnosis charts, ensure that fingers and limbs are clear of
moving parts.
Equipment
The followi ng equipment is required to diagnose the seats:
1 An unpowered test lamp with a current draw of less than 3 A.
2 A digital multimeter with a minimum impedance of 10 MΩ.
Testing Procedures
The following points must be adhered to when performing diagnostic testing on components:
• Care must be taken when using testing
equipment to diagnose wiring harness
connectors. It is preferred that the
technician back probe the connector to
avoid terminal damage.
• When tests are required on connector
terminals, utilise the adapters in the
connector adaptor kit KM–609 to prevent
damage to the terminals.
• Unless the multimeter being used has an
auto-ranging function, ensure that the
correct range is selected.
• When back-probing connectors, ensure
the test lamp ground lead is connected to
a suitable ground point on the vehicle.
Ensure that this ground point is not part of
the circuit being tested.
NOTE
When following the Steps in the diagnosis charts,
the exact order of Steps should be observed. If
the required nominal value or result is not
achieved at any stage, the problem must be
rectified before proceeding any further.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–302
Page 1A7–302
7.2 Mechanical Diagnosis, All
Lumbar Support Inoperative
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the lumbar support assembly.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks that the lumbar support knob is properly engaging the lumbar support adjuster. Check the knob for cracks
and worn splines.
2 Checks that the lumbar support assembly is not damaged or worn and that the retaining springs are serviceable
and securely attached to the seat back frame assembly.
3 Checks that the lumbar support assembly is serviceable and that the lumber support assembly strap is operating
correctly within the guide rails.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Remove the lumbar support knob, refer to 6.11 Lumbar Support
Knob Assembly.
Is the lumbar support adjust knob serviceable? Go to Step 2.
Replace the knob.
Refer to 6.11
Lumbar Support
Knob Assembly.
2 1 Re move t he seat- back cover.
2 Inspect the lumbar support retainers and springs.
Are the lumbar support retaining springs serviceable and securely
attached to the seat-back frame assembly?
Go to Step 3.
Replace or reattach
the retaining
springs.
Refer to 6.12 Front
Seat-back Pad and
Cover Assembly.
3 1 Visually inspect the lumbar support assembly. Check for broken
or worn parts.
2 Check the strap running across the lumber support assembly is
serviceable and running freely within the guide rails.
NOTE
You may need to attach the lumber support knob to actuate the strap.
Is the lumbar support assembly serviceable?
System serv ic eabl e.
Replace lumbar
support assembly or
resecure lum bar
support assembly
strap ensuring strap
is not binding with
guide rails.
Refer to 6.13 Front
Seat-back Frame
Assembly.
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–303
Page 1A7–303
EZ-entry Lever Function Inoperative
Introduction
The EZ-entry lever arm uses a cable to release the seat-back. There is also an electrical component to the operation that
will drive the seat forward using front seat fore/aft movement motor. This diagnosis chart covers the mechanical aspect
of the lever arm and cable being inoperative.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks that the EZ-entry lever arm is serviceable. The lever arm engages a frame assembly which is connected to
EZ-entry cable assembly.
2 The EZ-entry lever arm and its spring clip are the only serviceable items as far as the mechanical ac tion of this
system is concerned. Due to safety requirements, if the EZ-entry lever function does not operate after the lever arm
has been checked for serviceability and correct installation, the seat-back frame assembly must be replaced.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Remove the EZ-entry lever arm, refer to 6.9 EZ-Entry Release
Lever and Escutcheon.
Is the EZ-entry lever arm serviceable? Go to Step 2.
Replace the lever
arm.
Refer to 6.9 EZ-
Entry Release
Lever and
Escutcheon.
2 1 Install the EZ-entry lever arm ensuring that the spring clip and
lever arm engage properly, refer to 6.9 EZ-Entry Release Lever
and Escutcheon.
Does the EZ-entry lever function operate? System
Serviceable.
Replace the front
seat-back frame
assembly.
Refer to 6.13 Front
Seat-back Frame
Assembly.
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–304
Page 1A7–304
7.3 Electrical Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat,
Non-memory
Neither Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the seat power and earth circuits if neither seat operates
when either eight-way seat adjustment switch is operated.
Circuit Description
Both front seats have common power and earth circuits. If either of these circuits become unserviceable, the electrical
operation of both seats will be affected.
Refer to the following diagrams to aid in diagnosis of the eight-way seat adjustment switch and associated components:
• Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory and Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-
memory, or
• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, RHD and Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way
Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD, or
• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, LHD and Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way
Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks that battery voltage is more than 11.5 volts. The seat motors require more than 11.5 volts to operate
correctly.
2 Checks that circuit breaker F2 located on the passenger compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is not tripped.
Isolates whether circuit breaker F2 is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.
3 Checks that fusible link F105 located on the engine compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is serviceable.
Isolates whether the fusible link is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.
4 Ensures that connector X200 is secure.
5 Checks whether there is battery voltage at connector X200 pin 19. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery
and connector X200 pin 19. If the fault in the circui t is between connectors X200 pin 19 and either X308 pin B or
X315 pin 3, only one seat will not operate.
6 Checks whether there is battery voltage at circuit breaker F2. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and
circuit breaker F2 or between circuit breaker F2 and connector X200 pin 19.
7 Checks whether there is battery voltage at fusible link F105. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and
fusible link F105 or between fusible link F105 and circuit breaker F2.
8 Checks that all the earth points associated with the system are serviceable and a good earth is provided at each
point.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–305
Page 1A7–305
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Check the battery voltage, refer to Section 12A Battery and
Cables.
Is the battery voltage more than 11.5 V? Go to Step 2.
Refer to Section
12A Battery and
Cables for further
diagnosis.
2 1 Inspect circuit breaker F2 (refer to Note 3).
Is circuit breaker F2 tripped?
Allow the circuit
breaker to reset
(refer to Note 3).
If the circuit breaker
trips again, there is
a short to ground in
circuit 540.
Repair or re place
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 3.
3 1 Inspect fusible link F105 (refer to Note 3).
Is fuse F105 serviceable?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the fusible
link.
If the fusible link
becomes
unserviceable
again, there is a
short to ground in
circuit 342.
Repair or re place
circuit 342 (refer to
Note 2).
4 Is connector X200 secure (refer to Note 3)? Go to Step 5. Ensure that the
connector is
secure.
5 1 Back probe connector X200 pin 19 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 8. Go to Step 6.
6 1 Remove circuit breaker F2 from the passenger compartment
fuse and relay panel assembly.
2 Using a test lamp, probe connector X129 – X45 pin 2 (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
circuit breaker F2
and connect or
X200 pin 19.
Repair or re place
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 7.
7 1 Remove the fusible link F105.
2 Using a test lamp, probe connector X18-105 (refer to Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 342 betw een
fusible link F105
and circuit
breaker F2.
Repair or re place
circuit 342 (refer to
Note 2).
There is a fault in
circuit 1 between
the battery and
fusible link F105.
Repair or re place
circuit 1 (refer to
Note 2).
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–306
Page 1A7–306
Step Action Yes No
8 Ensure that the following earth points are secure and have good
contact with the vehicle structure:
• X118–GP12 located in the middle of the transmission tunnel.
• X118–GP13 located in the rear compartment on the right-hand
side tail lamp stud.
• X118–GP14 located in the rear compartment on the rear
compartment lid .
Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for further details of earthing
points.
Are all the earth points secure to the vehicle with a good contact?
There is a fault in
circuit 650.
Repair or re place
circuit 650 (refer to
Note 2).
Ensure that the
connect ors are
secured to the
vehicle and that
there is a good
contact betw een
the connector and
the vehicle.
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–307
Page 1A7–307
EZ-entry Electrical Self Test Diagnosis – Eight-w ay Seat, Non-Memory
Introduction
The non-memory type seat provides the technician wi th in-built diagnostics. The diagnostics indicator is a green LED
located on the seat control module. The LED can be viewed through the small hole in the outer side lower seat side
cover. To gain access, it is necessary to partially remove the seat outer side cover. Refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
The chart in this Section displays the error codes and fault description.
If the error code is above ten, the indication will consist of a single flash, a short delay and then the number of flashes
corresponding to the error. A longer delay will occur between error code indications.
EZ-entry Diagnostics
Flashes Description of Error Reference
2 No Passenger Pres ence Detector
(PPD) detected Driver's Seat Occupant Sensing Mat Test in Section 7.4 Electrical
Diagnosis – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory or
Passenger's Seat Occupant Sensing Mat Test in Section 7.5
Electrical Diagnosis – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory
3 PPD weight detec ted > 15kg Driver's Seat Occupant Sensing Mat Test in Section 7.4 Electrical
Diagnosis – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory or
Passenger's Seat Occupant Sensing Mat Test in Section 7.5
Electrical Diagnosis – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory
4 No seat fore/aft movement motor
potentiometer Driver's Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Potentiometer Test in
Section 7.4 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-
memory or Passenger's Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor
Potentiometer Test in Section 7.5 Electrical Diagnosis –
Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory
5 Seat fore/aft movement motor
potentiometer faulty > 3V on ADC
potentiometer value
Driver's Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Potentiometer Test in
Section 7.4 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-
memory or Passenger's Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor
Potentiometer Test in Section 7.5 Electrical Diagnosis –
Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory
6 Battery voltage low Section 12A Battery and Cables
7 Button stuck detected 7.4 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory
or 7.5 Electric al Diagnosis – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-
memory
8 Dump latch active Driver's Seat EZ-entry Switch Function is Inoperative in Section
7.4 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Eight -way Seat, Non-me mory
or Passenger's Seat EZ-entry Switch Function is Inoperative in
Section 7.5 Electrical Diagnosis – Passenger's Eight-way Seat,
Non-memory
9 Return button active Driver's Seat Return Switch Function is Inoperative in Section 7.4
Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory or
Passenger's Seat Return Switch Function is Inoperative in
Section 7.5 Electrical Diagnosis – Passenger's Eight-way Seat,
Non-memory
11 Forward track switch active 3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
12 Reverse track switch active 3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
13 Recliner forward switch active 3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
14 Recliner backward switch active 3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
15 At full forward position Driver’s Seat Fore/Aft Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth in
Section 7.4 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-
memory or Passenger’s Seat Fore/Aft Function is Inoperative or
Not Smooth in Section 7.5 Electrical Diagnosis – Passenger's
Eight-way Seat, Non-memory
16 At full rearward position Driver’s Seat Fore/Aft Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth in
Section 7.4 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-
memory or Passenger’s Seat Fore/Aft Function is Inoperative or
Not Smooth in Section 7.5 Electrical Diagnosis – Passenger's
Eight-way Seat, Non-memory
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–308
Page 1A7–308
7.4 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Eight-wa y
Seat, Non-memory
The charts in this Section are used by the technician in the aid of diagnosing faults on the driver's eight-way seat,
non-memory. To aid in the use of the diagnosis charts, refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory
and Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, in this Section.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–309
Page 1A7–309
Wiring Diagram – Dri ver's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory
Figure 1A7 – 179
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–310
Page 1A7–310
Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory
Figure 1A7 – 180
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–311
Page 1A7–311
None of the Driver’s Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch when none of
the switch functions operate. The test diagnoses the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch and associated power and
earth circuit s.
Circuit Description
The seat adjustment switch provides manual control for the driver's seat. It is connected by a harness to the seat
memory module, and the seat front lift and seat rear lift motors.
Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory and Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-
memory to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether all of the passenger seat eight-way functions work. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to
the driver’s seat only.
2 Checks whether there is battery power at connector X315 pin 3. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540
between connectors X200 pin 19 and X315 pin 3.
3 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
4 Checks whether there is battery power at connector A138_R – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit
540 between connectors A138_R – X1 pin 5 and X315 pin 3.
5 Checks whether there is battery power at connector A138_R – X1 pin 12. Isolates whether th ere is a fault with the
EZ-entry module.
6 Checks whether there is battery power at connector S51 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 1674
between connectors S51 – X1 pin 5 and A138_R – X1 pin 12.
7 Checks whether the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
8 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 1 and X315 pin 1 which supplies the earth
circuit for the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch. Isolates whether there is a fault between the switch and
connector X315 pin 1 or between connector X315 pin 1 and the earthing points.
9 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors A138_R – X1 pin 4 and X315 pin 1. Isolates whether there
is a fault between the switch and connector A138_R – X1 pin 4 or between connectors A138_R – X1 pin 4 and
X315 pin 1.
10 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors A138_R – X1 pin 19 and A138_R – X1 pin 4. Isolates
whether there is a fault between the switch and connector A138_R – X1 pin 19 or the EZ-entry module is at fault.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Are all of the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch functions
inoperative? Refer to Neither
Seat Adjustment
Switch Functions
Operate in Section
7.3 Electrical
Diagnosis – Eight-
way Seat,
Non-memory
Go to Step 2.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–312
Page 1A7–312
Step Action Yes No
2 1 Back probe connector X315 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
connectors
X200 pin 19 and
X315 pin 3.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
3 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• A138_R
• S51
• X315
• Y64
• Y67
• Y69
• Y74
Go to Step 4.
Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure (refer to
Note 1).
4 1 Back probe connector A138_R – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer
to Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
connectors
A138_R – X1 pin 5
and X315 pin 3.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
5 1 Back probe connector A138_R – X1 pin 12 with a test lamp
(refer to Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 6.
Replace the
driver’s EZ-entry
module, refer to
6.4 Front Seat
Outer Side Cover
Assembly.
6 1 Back probe connector S51 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 7.
There is a fault in
circuit 1674
between
connectors S51 –
X1 pin 5 and
A138_R –
X1 pin 12.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 1674 (refer
to Note 2).
7 1 Remove the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch
assembly from the seat, refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
2 Test the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 8.
Replace the
driver’s eight-way
seat adjust ment
switch assembly.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–313
Page 1A7–313
Step Action Yes No
8 1 Back probe connector X315 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch in any of
the available directions.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 650 betw een
connector X315 pin
1 and earth points
X118–GP12,
X118–GP13 and
X118–GP14.
Repair or re place
circuit 650 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 9.
9 1 Back probe connector A138_R – X1 pin 4 with a test lamp (refer
to Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch in any of
the available directions.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 650 betw een
connectors
A138_R – X1 pin 4
and X315 pin 1.
Repair or re place
circuit 650 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 10.
10 1 Back probe connector A138_R – X1 pin 15 with a test lamp
(refer to Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch in any of
the available directions.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the
driver’s EZ-entry
module
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
There is a fault in
circuit 1246
between
connectors S51 –
X1 pin 1 and
A138_R –
X1 pin 15.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 1246 (refer
to Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–314
Page 1A7–314
Front/Rear of the Driver’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the front and/or the rear of the driver’s seat not raising and/or
lowering. The test diagnoses the eight-way seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.
Circuit Description
The seat front lift and seat rear lift motors are controlled by the eight-way seat adjustment switch, which provides power
and ground for the motors. The polarity of the motors are alternated to change the direction of the motors.
Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory and Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-
memory, to aid in diagnosis of the eight-way seat adjustment switch and associated components.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch operates in any of the directions. Isolates whether
the power and earth circuits are at fault.
2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
3 Checks whether the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the rear motor and circuit of the seat is the
fault.
5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the front motor and circ uit of the seat is
the fault.
6 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether there is
a fault in circuit 282 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.
7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the
fault is in circuit 283 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As
the direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms that the earth circuit from
Step 6 is serviceable.
8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether there
is a fault in circuit 286 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the front of the seat.
9 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the
fault is in circuit 287 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As
the direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms that the earth circuit from
Step 8 is serviceable.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch operate correctly
in any of the eight directions?
Go to Step 2.
Refer to None of
the Driver’s Eight-
way Seat
Adjustment Switch
Functions Operate
in this Section.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–315
Page 1A7–315
Step Action Yes No
2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• A138_R
• S51
• Y67
• Y69
Go to Step 3. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
3 1 Remove the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch
assembly from the seat, refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
2 Test the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the
driver’s eight-way
seat adjust ment
switch assembly.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
4 1 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that
the rear of the seat is raised or lowered.
Does the rear of the seat raise and lower? Go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.
5 1 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that
the front of the seat is raised or lowered.
Does the fron t of the seat raise and lower?
System
serviceable. Go to Step 8.
6 1 Back probe connector Y69 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will raise the rear of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 7.
There is a fault in
circuit 282 betw een
connectors S51 –
X1 pin 8 and
Y69 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 282 (refer to
Note 2).
7 1 Back probe connector Y69 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will lower the rear of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat rear lift
motor is faulty.
Replace the seat
rear lift motor.
Refer to 6.18 Front
Seat Lift Mo tor
Assemblies.
Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 283 betw een
connectors S51 –
X1 pin 9 and
Y69 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 283 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 5.
8 1 Back probe connector Y67 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will raise the front of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 9.
There is a fault in
circuit 286 betw een
connectors S51 –
X1 pin 7 and
Y67 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 286 (refer to
Note 2).
9 1 Back probe connector Y67 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will lower the front of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat front lift
motor is faulty.
Replace the seat
front lift motor.
Refer to 6.18 Front
Seat Lift Mo tor
Assemblies.
There is a fault in
circuit 287 betw een
connectors S51 –
X1 pin 10 and
Y67 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 287 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–316
Page 1A7–316
Driver’s Seat Fore/Af t Funct ion is Inoperative or Not Smoot h
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the fore/aft function of the driver’s seat being inoperative or
the action of the seat through the range of movement is not smooth. The test diagnoses the eight-way seat adjustment
switch and the motor circuits.
Circuit Description
The seat fore/aft motor is controlled by the seat memory module which provides power and ground for the motor. The
polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.
Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory and Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-
memory, to aid in diagnosis of the seat fore/aft motor and associated components.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch operates in any of the directions. Isolates whether
there is battery power to the switch assembly.
2 Checks that there are no items obstructing the guide rails, wh ich may stop or hinder the seat movement.
3 Checks that the guide rails and drive shafts have adequate lubricant applied to provide a smooth operation of the
seat.
4 Checks that the guide rails or drive shafts have not been damaged. Any binding between the moving parts will
result in poor operation of the fore and aft movement.
5 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
6 Checks whether the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector Y64 – X1 pin 1.
8 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 6 and A138_R – X1 pin 14. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connec tor A138_R – X1 pin 14 or in circuit 285.
9 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 6 and A138_R – X1 pin 18. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 1523 or the driver's EZ-entry module is at fault.
10 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector Y64 – X1 pin 2 or the motor is faulty. As reversing the polarity
changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the earth circuit from Step 7 is serviceable.
11 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 3 and A138_R – X1 pin 3. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connec tor A138_R – X1 pin 3 or in circuit 284.
12 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 3 and A138_R – X1 pin 17. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 1522 or the driver's EZ-entry module is at fault.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–317
Page 1A7–317
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch operate correctly
in any of the eight directions?
Go to Step 2.
Refer to None of
the Driver’s Eight-
way Seat
Adjustment Switch
Functions Operate
in this Section.
2 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 3. Remove the
obstruct ing ite m.
3 Are the guide rails and drive shafts adequately lubricated?
Go to Step 4.
Apply a small
amount of grease
type NLGI No. 1
Lithium Grease
(with 9% Zinc
Oxide).
4 Do the guide rails or drive shafts bind at any point of travel during the
fore and aft movement of the seat? Replace the track
and height adjust
assembly, refer to
6.15 Track and
Height Adjust
Assembly.
Go to Step 5.
5 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• A138_R
• S51
• Y64
Go to Step 6. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
6 1 Remove the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch
assembly from the seat, refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
2 Test the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
driver’s eight-way
seat adjust ment
switch assembly.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
7 1 Back probe connector Y64 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 10. Go to Step 8.
8 1 Back probe connector
A138_R – X1 pin 14 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 285 betw een
connectors
A138_R –
X1 pin 14 and
Y64 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or re place
circuit 285 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 9.
9 1 Back probe connector
A138_R – X1 pin 18 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the
driver’s EZ-entry
module.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
There is a fault in
circuit 1523
between
connectors S51 –
X1 pin 6 and
A138_R –
X1 pin 18.
Repair or re place
circuit 1523 (refer
to Note 2).
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–318
Page 1A7–318
Step Action Yes No
10 1 Back probe connector Y64 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat fore/aft
motor is faulty.
Replace the seat
fore/aft motor.
Refer to 6.19 Front
Seat Fore/Aft
Movement Mot or
Assembly.
Go to Step 11.
11 1 Back probe connector
A138_R – X1 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer to No te 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 284 betw een
connectors
A138_R – X1 pin 3
and
Y64 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or re place
circuit 284 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 12.
12 1 Back probe connector A138_R - X1 pin 17 with a test lamp
(refer to Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the
driver’s EZ-entry
module.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
There is a fault in
circuit 1522
between
connectors S51 –
X1 pin 3 and
A138_R –
X1 pin 17.
Repair or re place
circuit 1522 (refer
to Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–319
Page 1A7–319
Driver’s Seat Recline Forward and/or Aft Function Is Inoperative
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the reclining function of the driver’s seat being inoperative.
The test diagnoses the eigh t-w ay seat adjust ment sw itch and the motor circui ts.
Circuit Description
The front seat-back recline motor is controlled by the seat memory module which provides power and ground for the
motor. The polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.
Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory and Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-
memory, to aid in diagnosis of the seat recline motor and associated components.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch operates in any of the directions. Isolates whether
there is battery power to the switch assembly.
2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
3 Checks whether the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
4 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat reclining motor at connector Y74 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector Y74 – X1 pin 1.
5 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 2 and A138_R – X2 pin 2. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector A138_R – X2 pin 2 or in circuit 276.
6 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 2 and A138_R – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 1269 or the driver's EZ-entry module is at fault.
7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat reclining motor at connector Y74 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector Y74 – X1 pin 2 or the motor is faulty. As reversing the polarity
changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the earth circuit from Step 4 is serviceable.
8 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 4 and A138_R – X2 pin 3. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector A138_R – X2 pin 3 or in circuit 277.
9 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 4 and A138_R – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 1270 or the driver's EZ-entry module is at fault.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–320
Page 1A7–320
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch operate correctly
in any of the eight directions?
Go to Step 2.
Refer to None of
the Driver’s Eight-
way Seat
Adjustment Switch
Functions Operate
in this Section.
2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• A138_R
• S51
• Y74
Go to Step 3. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
3 1 Remove the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch
assembly from the seat, refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
2 Test the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the
driver’s eight-way
seat adjust ment
switch assembly.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
4 1 Back probe connector Y74 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat-bac k forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 7. Go to Step 5.
5 1 Back probe connector
A138_R – X2 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to No te 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat-bac k forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 276 betw een
connectors
A138_R – X2 pin 2
and
Y74 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or re place
circuit 276 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 6.
6 1 Back probe connector
A138_R – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to No te 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat-bac k forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the
driver’s EZ-entry
module.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
There is a fault in
circuit 1269
between
connectors S51 –
X1 pin 2 and
A138_R – X1 pin 2.
Repair or re place
circuit 1269 (refer
to Note 2).
7 1 Back probe connector Y74 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat-back aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The front seat-back
recline motor is
faulty.
Replace the front
seat-back recline
motor, refer to
6.20 Front Seat-
back Recline Motor
Assembly.
Go to Step 8.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–321
Page 1A7–321
Step Action Yes No
8 1 Back probe connector
A138_R – X2 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer to No te 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat-back aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 277 betw een
connectors
A138_R – X2 pin 3
and
Y74 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or replace
circuit 277 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 9.
9 1 Back probe connector
A138_R – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to No te 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat-back aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the
driver’s EZ-entry
module.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
There is a fault in
circuit 1270
between
connectors S51 –
X1 pin 4 and
A138_R – X1 pin 1.
Repair or re place
circuit 1270 (refer
to Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–322
Page 1A7–322
Driver's Seat EZ-entry Switch Functi on is Inoperative
Introduction
The EZ-entry func tion is designed so that when the seat-back is released with the EZ-entry lever, the seat will move to its
fully forward position using the seat fore/aft motor. Once the seat has moved to its fully forward position, power to the
seat fore/aft motor will cease. A switch attached to the seat-back activates the seat fore/aft motor when the recline of the
seat-back is moved forward after being released using the EZ-entry lever. This test is used by the technician to aid in the
diagnosis of the EZ-entry function of the driver's seat being inoperative. The test diagnoses the EZ-entry switch and
associated circuits.
Circuit Description
The EZ-entry switch is connected to the seat memory module by a harness. The EZ-entry switch is a normally open type
switch.
Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory and Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-
memory, to aid in diagnosis of the EZ-entry switch and associated components.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the seat fore/ aft motor is servic eab le.
2 Checks whether there is battery power to the EZ-entry switch. Isolates whether there is a fault with the driver's EZ-
entry module.
3 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors A138_R – X2 pin 7 and A138_R – X2 pin 8. Isolates
whether the driver's EZ-entry module is at faul t.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1. Does the seat move in the fore/aft direction when operated by the
driver's eight-way seat adjustment switch?
Go to Step 2.
Refer to Driver’s
Seat Fore/Aft
Function is
Inoperative or Not
Smooth in this
Section.
2. 1 Back probe connector A138_R – X2 pin 7 with a test lamp (refer
to Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.
Replace the driver’s
EZ-entry module.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
3. 1 Release the seat-back using the EZ-entry lever.
2 Back probe connector A138_R – X2 pin 8 with a test lamp (refer
to Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the driver’s
EZ-entry module .
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
Replace the driver's
EZ-entry switch,
refer to 6.10 EZ-
Entry Switch and
Release Cable
Assembly.
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–323
Page 1A7–323
Driver's Seat Return Switch Function is Inoperative
Introduction
The seat return switch is located on the escutcheon at the top of the seat-back. The switch function is to move the seat in
an aft direction after the EZ-entry function has been used and the recline of the seat has been placed upright. With the
seat return switch continuously pressed, the seat will move to its fully aft position, pausing for 2 seconds at the seat
position where the EZ-entry lever was operated. The test diagnoses the seat return switch and associated circuits.
Circuit Description
The driver’s seat return switch is connected to the seat memory module by a harnes s. The driver’s seat return switch is a
normally open type switch.
Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory and Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-
memory, to aid in diagnosis of the driver’s seat return switch and associated components.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the seat fore/ aft motor is servic eab le.
2 Checks whether the seat will move to its fully forward position when the seat-back is released using the EZ-entry
lever. Isolates whether the EZ-entry switch function is servic eable.
3 Checks whether the seat will move aft when the seat-back is in the upright position and the seat return switch is
pressed. Isolate s whether the seat r eturn switch is serv i ceab l e.
4 Checks whether there is battery power at connector A138_R – X2 pin 6. Isolates whether there is a fault with the
driver's EZ-entry module.
5 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors A138_R – X2 pin 1 and A138_R – X2 pin 6. Isolates
whether there is a fault with the seat return switch and associated circuits.
6 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors A138_R – X2 pin 6 and S267 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 1023.
7 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S267 – X1 pin 1 and A138_R – X2 pin 6. Isolates whether
there is a fault with the driver's seat return switch or in circuit 1022.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the seat move in the fore/aft direction when operated by the
driver's eight-way seat adjustment switch?
Go to Step 2.
Refer to Driver’s
Seat Fore/Aft
Function is
Inoperative or Not
Smooth in this
Section.
2 1 Release the seat-back using the EZ-entry lever.
Does the seat move forward? Go to Step 3.
Refer to Driver's
Seat EZ-entry
Switch Function is
Inoperative in this
Section.
3 1 Move the seat-back to the upright position.
2 Press the seat return switc h.
Does the seat move aft?
System
Serviceable. Go to Step 4.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–324
Page 1A7–324
Step Action Yes No
4 1 Back probe connector A138_R – X2 pin 6 with a test lamp (refer
to Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5.
Replace the
driver’s EZ-entry
module.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
5 1 Back probe connector A138_R – X2 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer
to Note 1).
2 Press the seat return switc h.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the
driver’s EZ-entry
module.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
Go to Step 6.
6 1 Back probe connector S267 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 7.
There is a fault in
circuit 1023
between
connectors S267 –
X1 pin 2 and
A138_R – X2 pin 6.
Repair or re place
circuit 1023 (refer
to Note 2).
7 1 Back probe connector S267 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Press the seat return switc h.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 1022
between
connectors S267 –
X1 pin 1 and
A138_R – X2 pin 1.
Repair or re place
circuit 1022 (refer
to Note 2).
Replace the driver's
seat return switch,
refer to 6.9 EZ-
Entry Release
Lever and
Escutcheon.
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–325
Page 1A7–325
Driver's Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Potentiometer Test
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the seat track motor position sensor potentiometer and
associated circuits.
Circuit Description
The seat track motor potentiometer provides a signal (voltage) to the seat memory module. This signal is the horizontal
position of the seat to the seat memory module.
Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory and Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-
memory, to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the seat position sensor potentiometer is serviceable.
2 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors B138 – X1 pin 3 and A138_R – X1 pin 7. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 569.
3 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors B138 – X1 pin 1 and A138_R – X1 pin 16. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 3140.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Disconnect conn ect or B138 – X 1 from the position sen sor
potentiometer.
2 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across the potentiometer terminals.
3 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat forward and aft.
Multimeter shou ld indi cate bet ween 0 and 10 kΩ (depending on seat
position). Is the resistance reading as specified (refer to Note 1)?
Go to Step 2.
Replace the
position sensor
potentiometer, refer
to 6.21 Drive Motor
Potentiometers.
2 1 Disconnect connector A138_R – X1 from the driver’s EZ-entry
module.
2 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors B138 – X1 pin 3 and A138_R – X1 pin 7.
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified (refer to Note 1)?
Go to Step 3.
There is fault in
circuit 569 betw een
connectors B138 –
X1 pin 3 and
A138_R – X1 pin 7.
Repair or re place
circuit 569 (refer to
Note 2).
3 1 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors B138 – X1 pin 1 and A138_R – X1 pin 16.
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified (refer to Note 1)? Potentiometer and
associated wiring
serviceable.
There is fault in
circuit 3140
between
connectors B138 –
X1 pin 1 and
A138_R – X1 pin
16.
Repair or re place
circuit 3140 (refer
to Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–326
Page 1A7–326
Driver's Seat Occupant Sensing Mat Test
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the occupant sensing mat and associated circ uits.
Circuit Description
The occupant sensing mat provides a signal (voltage) to the seat memory module. This signal is the presence of a
passenger on the seat to the seat memory module.
Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory and Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Non-
memory, to aid in diagnosis of the occupant sensing mat and associated components.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks diode forward resistance of the Passenger Presence Detector (PPD).
2 Checks diode reverse resistance of the PPD.
3 Checks diode reverse resistance of the PPD with weight on seat.
4 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors B180 – X1 pin 1 and A138_R – X1 pin 9. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 5234.
5 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors B180 – X1 pin 2 and A138_R – X1 pin 10. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 529.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Disconnect conn ect or B180 – X 1 from the occupant sen sing
mat.
2 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, connect
red (+) probe to pin 1 and black (–) probe to pin 2 of the
occupant sensing mat.
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified (refer to Note 1)?
Go to Step 2.
Replace the
occupant sensing
mat, refer to 6.16
Front Seat Cushion
Pad and Cover
Assembly.
2 1 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, connect
red (+) probe to pin 2 and black (–) probe to pin 1 of the
occupant sensing mat.
Multimeter should indicate greater than 50 kΩ. Is the resistance
reading as specified (refer to Note 1)?
Go to Step 3.
Replace the
occupant sensing
mat, refer to 6.16
Front Seat Cushion
Pad and Cover
Assembly.
3 1 Place a weight greater than 15 kg on the seat.
2 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, connect
red (+) probe to pin 2 and black (–) probe to pin 1 of the
occupant sensing mat.
Multimeter should indicate less than 50 kΩ. (Resistance decreases
as the weight increases). Is the resistance reading as specified (refer
to Note 1)?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the
occupant sensing
mat, refer to 6.16
Front Seat Cushion
Pad and Cover
Assembly.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–327
Page 1A7–327
Step Action Yes No
4 1 Disconnect connector A138_R – X1 from the driver’s EZ-entry
module.
2 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors B180 – X1 pin 1 and A138_R – X1 pin 9.
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified (refer to Note 1)?
Go to Step 5.
There is fault in
circuit 5234
between
connectors B180 –
X1 pin 1 and
A138_R – X1 pin 9.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 5234 (refer
to Note 2).
5 1 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors B180 – X1 pin 2 and A138_R – X1 pin 10.
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified (refer to Note 1)? Occupant sen sin g
mat and associ ated
wiring serviceable.
There is fault in
circuit 529 betw een
connectors B180 –
X1 pin 2 and
A138_R – X1 pin
10.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 529 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–328
Page 1A7–328
7.5 Electrical Diagnosis – Passenger's
Eight-way Seat, Non-memory
The charts in this Section are used by the technician in the aid of diagnosing faults on the passenger's eight-way seat,
non-memory. To aid in the use of the diagnosis charts, refer to:
• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, RHD and Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way
Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD, or
• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, LHD and Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way
Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–329
Page 1A7–329
Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-mem ory, RHD
Figure 1A7 – 181
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–330
Page 1A7–330
Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, LHD
Figure 1A7 – 182
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–331
Page 1A7–331
Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD
Figure 1A7 – 183
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–332
Page 1A7–332
None of the Passenger’s Eight-way Seat Adjust ment Switch Functi ons Operate
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch when none
of the switch functions operate. The test diagnoses the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch and associated
power and earth circuits.
Circuit Description
The seat adjustment switch provides manual control for the driver's seat. It is connected by a harness to the seat
memory module, and the seat front lift and seat rear lift motors.
To aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components, refer to:
• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, RHD and Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way
Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD, or
• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, LHD and Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way
Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart for no ne of the passenger’s eight-way
adjustment switch functions operating.
1 Checks whether all of the driver’s seat eight-way functions work. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to the
passenger’s seat only.
2 Checks whether there is battery power at connector X308 pin B. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540
between connectors X200 pin 19 and X308 pin B.
3 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
4 Checks whether there is battery power at connector A138_L – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit
540 between connectors A138_L – X1 pin 5 and X308 pin B.
5 Checks whether there is battery power at connector A138_L – X1 pin 12. Isolates whether there is a fault with the
EZ-entry module.
6 Checks whether there is battery power at connector S176 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether there is a fault in the circuit
1674 between connectors S176 – X1 pin 5 and A138_L – X1 pin 12.
7 Checks whether the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
8 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S176 – X1 pin 1 and X308 pin A which supplies the earth
circuit for the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch. Isolates whether there is a fault between the switch
and connector X308 pin A or between connector X308 pin A and the earthing points.
9 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors A138_L – X1 pin 4 and X308 pin A. Isolates wh ether there
is a fault between the switch and connector A138_L – X1 pin 4 or between connectors A138_L – X1 pin 4 and
X308 pin A.
10 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors A138_L – X1 pin 15 and A138_L – X1 pin 4. Isolates
whether there is a fault between the switch and connector A138_L – X1 pin 15 or the EZ-entry module is at fault.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–333
Page 1A7–333
Step Action Yes No
1 Are all of the driver's eight-way seat adjustment switch functions
inoperative? Refer to Neither
Seat Adjustment
Switch Functions
Operate in Section
7.3 Electrical
Diagnosis – Eight-
way Seat,
Non-memory.
Go to Step 2.
2 1 Back probe connector X308 pin B with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
connectors
X200 pin 19 and
X308 pin B.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
3 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• A138_L
• S176
• X308
• Y81
• Y84
• Y86
• Y91
Go to Step 4. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
4 1 Back probe connector A138_L – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer
to Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
connectors
A138_L – X1 pin 5
and X308 pin B.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
5 1 Back probe connector A138_L – X1 pin 12 with a test lamp
(refer to Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 6.
Replace the
passenger’s EZ-
entry module.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
6 1 Back probe connector S176 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 7.
There is a fault in
circuit 1674
between
connectors S176 –
X1 pin 5 and
A138_L –
X1 pin 12.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 1674 (refer
to Note 2).
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–334
Page 1A7–334
Step Action Yes No
7 1 Remove the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch
assembly from the seat, refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
2 Test the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 8.
Replace the
passenger’s
eight-way seat
adjustment switch
assembly.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
8 1 Back probe connector X308 pin A with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch in
any of the available directions.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 650 betw een
connector X308 pin
A and earth points
X118–GP12,
X118–GP13 and
X118–GP14.
Repair or re place
circuit 650 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 9.
9 1 Back probe connector A138_L – X1 pin 4 with a test lamp (refer
to Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch in
any of the available directions.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 650 betw een
connectors
A138_L – X1 pin 4
and X308 pin A.
Repair or re place
circuit 650 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 10.
10 1 Back probe connector A138_L – X1 pin 15 with a test lamp
(refer to Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch in
any of the available directions.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the
passenger’s EZ-
entry module.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
There is a fault in
circuit 1246
between
connectors S176 –
X1 pin 1 and
A138_L –
X1 pin 15.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 1246 (refer
to Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–335
Page 1A7–335
Front/Rear of the Passenger’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the front and/or the rear of the passenger’s seat not raising
and/or lowering. The test diagnoses the eight-way seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.
Circuit Description
The seat front lift and seat rear lift motors are controlled by the eight-way seat adjustment switch, which provides power
and ground for the motors. The polarity of the motors are alternated to change the direction of the motors.
To aid in diagnosis of the eight-way seat adjustment switch and associated components, refer to:
• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, RHD and Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way
Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD, or
• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, LHD and Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way
Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart. Where there are differences between RHD and
LHD, this is noted.
1 Checks whether the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch operates in any of the directions. Isolates
whether the power and earth circuits are at fault.
2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
3 Checks whether the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the rear motor and circuit of the seat is the
fault.
5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the front motor and circ uit of the seat is
the fault.
6 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether there is
a fault in circuit 288 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.
7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether the
fault is in circuit 289 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As
the direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms that the earth circuit from
Step 6 is serviceable.
8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether there
is a fault in circuit 297 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the front of the seat.
9 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether the
fault is in circuit 298 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As
the direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms that the earth circuit from
Step 8 is serviceable.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–336
Page 1A7–336
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch operate
correctly in any of the eight directions?
Go to Step 2.
Refer to None of
the Passenger’s
Eight-way Seat
Adjustment Switch
Functions Operate
in this Section.
2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• A138_L
• S176
• Y84
• Y86
Go to Step 3. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
3 1 Remove the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch
assembly from the seat, refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
2 Test the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the
passenger’s
eight-way seat
adjustment switch
assembly.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
4 1 Operate the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that the rear of the seat is raised or lowered.
Does the rear of the seat raise and lower? Go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.
5 1 Operate the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that the front of the seat is raised or lowered.
Does the fron t of the seat raise and lower?
System
serviceable. Go to Step 8.
6 1 Back probe connector Y86 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will raise the rear of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 7.
There is a fault in
circuit 288 betw een
connectors S176 –
X1 pin 9(RHD) or
S176 –
X1 pin 8(LHD) and
Y86 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or re place
circuit 288 (refer to
Note 2).
7 1 Back probe connector Y86 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will lower the rear of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat rear lift
motor is faulty.
Replace the seat
rear lift motor, refer
to 6.18 Front Seat
Lift Motor
Assemblies.
Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 289 betw een
connectors S176 –
X1 pin 8(RHD) or
S176 –
X1 pin 9(LHD) and
Y86 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or re place
circuit 289 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 5.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–337
Page 1A7–337
Step Action Yes No
8 1 Back probe connector Y84 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will raise the front of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 9.
There is a fault in
circuit 297 betw een
connectors S176 –
X1 pin 10(RHD) or
S176 –
X1 pin 7(LHD) and
Y86 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or re place
circuit 297 (refer to
Note 2).
9 1 Back probe connector Y84 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will lower the front of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat front lift
motor is faulty.
Replace the seat
front lift motor, refer
to 6.18 Front Seat
Lift Motor
Assemblies.
There is a fault in
circuit 298 betw een
connectors S176 –
X1 pin 7(RHD) or
S176 –
X1 pin 10(LHD)
and
Y86 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or re place
circuit 298 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–338
Page 1A7–338
Passenger’s Seat Fore/Aft Funct ion is Inoperative or Not Smooth
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the fore/aft function of the passenger's seat being inoperative
or the action of the seat through the range of movement is not smooth. The test diagnoses the eight-way seat adjustment
switch and the motor circuits.
Circuit Description
The seat fore/aft motor is controlled by the seat memory module which provides power and ground for the motor. The
polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.
To aid in diagnosis of the seat fore/aft motor and associated components, refer to:
• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, RHD and Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way
Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD, or
• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, LHD and Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way
Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch operates in any of the directions. Isolates
whether there is battery power to the switch assembly.
2 Checks that there are no items obstructing the guide rails, which may stop or hinder the seat movement.
3 Checks that the guide rails and drive shafts have adequate lubricant applied to provide a smooth operation of the
seat.
4 Checks that the guide rails or drive shafts have not been damaged. Any binding between the mo ving parts will
result in poor operation of the fore and aft movement.
5 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
6 Checks whether the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft motor at connector Y81 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector Y81 – X1 pin 1.
8 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S176 – X1 pin 6 and A138_L – X1 pin 14. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector A138_L – X1 pin 14 or in circuit 296.
9 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S176 – X1 pin 6 and A138_L – X1 pin 18. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 1523 or the passenger's EZ-entry module is at fault.
10 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft motor at connector Y81 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector Y81 – X1 pin 2 or the motor is faulty. As reversing the polarity
changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the earth circuit from Step 7 is serviceable.
11 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S176 – X1 pin 3 and A138_L – X1 pin 3. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector A138_L – X1 pin 3 or in circuit 290.
12 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S176 – X1 pin 3 and A138_L – X1 pin 17. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 1522 or the passenger's EZ-entry module is at fault.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–339
Page 1A7–339
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch operate
correctly in any of the eight directions?
Go to Step 2.
Refer to None of
the Passenger’s
Eight-way Seat
Adjustment Switch
Functions Operate
in this Section.
2 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 3. Remove the
obstruct ing ite m.
3 Are the guide rails and drive shafts adequately lubricated?
Go to Step 4.
Apply a small
amount of grease
type NLGI No. 1
Lithium Grease
(with 9% Zinc
Oxide).
4 Do the guide rails or drive shafts bind at any point of travel during the
fore and aft movement of the seat? Replace the track
and height adjust
assembly.
Refer to 6.15
Track and Height
Adjust Assembly.
Go to Step 5.
5 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• A138_L
• S176
• Y81
Go to Step 6. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
6 1 Remove the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch
assembly from the seat, refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
2 Test the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
passenger's
eight-way seat
adjustment switch
assembly.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
7 1 Back probe connector Y81 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will move the seat forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 10. Go to Step 8.
8 1 Back probe connector
A138_L – X1 pin 14 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will move the seat forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 296 betw een
connectors
A138_L – X1 pin 14
and
Y81 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or re place
circuit 296 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 9.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–340
Page 1A7–340
Step Action Yes No
9 1 Back probe connector
A138_L – X1 pin 18 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will move the seat forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the
passenger's EZ-
entry module.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
There is a fault in
circuit 1523
between
connectors S176 –
X1 pin 6 and
A138_L –
X1 pin 18.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 1523 (refer
to Note 2).
10 1 Back probe connector Y81 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will move the seat aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat fo re/aft
movement motor is
faulty.
Replace the seat
fore/aft movement
motor, refer to
6.19 Front Seat
Fore/Aft Movement
Motor Assembly.
Go to Step 11.
11 1 Back probe connector A138_L – X1 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer
to Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will move the seat aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 290 betw een
connectors
A138_L – X1 pin 3
and
Y81 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or re place
circuit 290 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 12.
12 1 Back probe connector
A138_L – X1 pin 17 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).
2. Operate the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will move the seat aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the
passenger's EZ-
entry module.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
There is a fault in
circuit 1522
between
connectors S176 –
X1 pin 3 and
A138_L –
X1 pin 17.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 1522 (refer
to Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–341
Page 1A7–341
Passenger's Seat Recline Forward and/or Aft Funct ion is Inoperative
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the reclining function of the passenger's seat being
inoperative. The test diagnoses the eight-way seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.
Circuit Description
The front seat-back recline motor is controlled by the seat memory module which provides power and ground for the
motor. The polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.
To aid in diagnosis of the seat recline motor and associated components, refer to:
• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, RHD and Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way
Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD, or
• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, LHD and Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way
Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch operates in any of the directions. Isolates
whether there is battery power to the switch assembly.
2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
3 Checks whether the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
4 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat reclining motor at connector Y91 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector Y91 – X1 pin 1.
5 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S176 – X1 pin 2 and A138_L – X2 pin 2. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector A138_L – X2 pin 2 or in circuit 76.
6 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S176 – X1 pin 2 and A138_L – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 1269 or the passenger's EZ-entry module is at fault.
7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat reclining motor at connector Y91 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector Y91 – X1 pin 2 or the motor is faulty. As reversing the polarity
changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the earth circuit from Step 4 is serviceable.
8 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S176 – X1 pin 4 and A138_L – X2 pin 3. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector A138_L – X2 pin 3 or in circuit 77.
9 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S176 – X1 pin 4 and A138_L – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 1270 or the passenger's EZ-entry module is at fault.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch operate
correctly in any of the eight directions?
Go to Step 2.
Refer to None of
the Passenger’s
Eight-way Seat
Adjustment Switch
Functions Operate
in this Section.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–342
Page 1A7–342
Step Action Yes No
2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• A138_L
• S176
• Y91
Go to Step 3. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
3 1 Remove the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch
assembly from the seat, refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
2 Test the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the
passenger's
eight-way seat
adjustment switch
assembly.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
4 1 Back probe connector Y91 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will move the seat-back forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 7. Go to Step 5.
5 1 Back probe connector A138_L – X2 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer
to Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will move the seat-back forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 76 between
connectors
A138_L – X2 pin 2
and
Y91 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or re place
circuit 76 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 6.
6 1 Back probe connector A138_L – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer
to Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will move the seat-back forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the
passenger's EZ-
entry module.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
There is a fault in
circuit 1269
between
connectors S176 –
X1 pin 2 and
A138_L – X1 pin 2.
Repair or re place
circuit 1269 (refer
to Note 2).
7 1 Back probe connector Y91 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will move the seat-back aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The front seat-back
recline motor is
faulty.
Replace the front
seat-back recline
motor, refer to 6.20
Front Seat-back
Recline Motor
Assembly.
Go to Step 8.
8 1 Back probe connector A138_L – X2 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer
to Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will move the seat-back aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 77 between
connectors
A138_L – X2 pin 3
and
Y91 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or re place
circuit 77 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 9.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–343
Page 1A7–343
Step Action Yes No
9 1 Back probe connector A138_L – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer
to Note 1).
2 Operate the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will move the seat-back aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the
passenger's EZ-
entry module.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
There is a fault in
circuit 1270
between
connectors S176 –
X1 pin 4 and
A138_L – X1 pin 1.
Repair or re place
circuit 1270 (refer
to Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–344
Page 1A7–344
Passenger's Seat EZ-entry Switch Function is Inoperative
Introduction
The EZ-entry func tion is designed so that when the seat-back is released with the EZ-entry lever, the seat will move to its
fully forward position using the seat fore/aft motor. Once the seat has moved to its fully forward position, power to the
seat fore/aft motor will cease. A switch attached to the seat-back activates the seat fore/aft motor when the recline of the
seat-back is moved forward after being released using the EZ-entry lever. This test is used by the technician to aid in the
diagnosis of the EZ-entry function of the passenger's seat being inoperative. The test diagnoses the EZ-entry switch and
associated circuits.
Circuit Description
The EZ-entry switch is connected to the seat memory module by a harness. The EZ-entry switch is a normally open type
switch.
To aid in diagnosis of the EZ-entry switch and associated components, refer to:
• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, RHD and Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way
Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD, or
• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, LHD and Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way
Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the seat fore/ aft motor is servic eab le.
2 Checks whether there is battery power to the EZ-entry switch. Isolates whether there is a fault with the passenger's
EZ-entry module.
3 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors A138_L – X2 pin 7 and A138_L – X2 pin 8. Isolates
whether the passenger's EZ-entry module is at fault.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the seat move in the fore/aft direction when operated by
the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch? Go to Step 2.
Refer to Passenger’s Seat
Fore/Aft Function is
Inoperative or Not Smooth
in this Section.
2 1 Back probe connector A138_L – X2 pin 7 with a test lamp
(refer to Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.
Replace the passenger's
EZ-entry module .
Refer to 6.4 Front Seat
Outer Side Cover
Assembly.
3 1 Release the seat-back using the EZ-entry lever (refer to
Note 1).
2 Back probe connector A138_L – X2 pin 8 with a test lamp.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the
passenger's EZ-
entry module.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
Replace the passenger's
EZ-entry switch, refer to
6.10 EZ-Entry Switch and
Release Cable Assembly.
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–345
Page 1A7–345
Passenger's Seat Return Switch Function is Inoperative
Introduction
The seat return switch is located on the escutcheon at the top of the seat-back. The switch function is to move the seat in
an aft direction after the EZ-entry function has been used and the recline of the seat has been placed upright. With the
seat return switch continuously pressed, the seat will move to its fully aft position, pausing for 2 seconds at the seat
position where the EZ-entry lever was operated. The test diagnoses the seat return switch and associated circuits.
Circuit Description
The driver’s seat return switch is connected to the seat memory module by a harnes s. The driver’s seat return switch is a
normally open type switch.
To aid in diagnosis of the drive r ’s seat return sw itch and as so ciat ed com pone nts , refer to:
• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, RHD and Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way
Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD, or
• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, LHD and Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way
Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the seat fore/ aft motor is servic eab le.
2 Checks whether the seat will move to its fully forward position when the seat-back is released using the EZ-entry
lever. Isolates whether the EZ-entry switch function is serviceable.
3 Checks whether the seat will move aft when the seat-back is in the upright position and the seat return switch is
pressed. Isolate s whether the return switch is service abl e.
4 Checks whether there is battery power at connector A138_L – X2 pin 6. Isolates whether there is a fault with the
passenger's EZ-entry module.
5 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors A138_L – X2 pin 1 and A138_L – X2 pin 6. Isolates
whether there is a fault with the seat return switch and associated circuits.
6 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors A138_L – X2 pin 6 and S267 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 1023.
7 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S267 – X1 pin 1 and A138_L – X2 pin 6. Isolates whether
there is a fault with the passenger's seat return switch or in circuit 1022.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the seat move in the fore/aft direction when operated by the
passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch?
Go to Step 2.
Refer to
Passenger’s Seat
Fore/Aft Function is
Inoperative or Not
Smooth in this
Section.
2 1 Release the seat-back using the EZ-entry lever.
Does the seat move forward? Go to Step 3.
Refer to
Passenger's Seat
EZ-entry Switch
Function is
Inoperative in this
Section.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–346
Page 1A7–346
Step Action Yes No
3 1 Move the seat-back to the upright position.
2 Press the seat return switc h.
Does the seat move aft?
System
Serviceable. Go to Step 4.
4 1 Back probe connector A138_L – X2 pin 6 with a test lamp (refer
to Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5.
Replace the
passenger's EZ-
entry module.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
5 1 Back probe connector A138_L – X2 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer
to Note 1).
2 Press the seat return switc h.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the
passenger's EZ-
entry module.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
Go to Step 6.
6 1 Back probe connector S267 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 7.
There is a fault in
circuit 1023
between
connectors S267 –
X1 pin 2 and
A138_L – X2 pin 6.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 1023 (refer
to Note 2).
7 1 Back probe connector S267 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Press the seat return switc h.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 1022
between
connectors S267 –
X1 pin 1 and
A138_L – X2 pin 1.
Repair or re place
circuit 1022 (refer
to Note 2).
Replace the
passenger' s seat
return switch, refer
to 6.9 EZ-Entry
Release Lever and
Escutcheon.
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–347
Page 1A7–347
Passenger's Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Potent i ometer Test
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the seat track motor position sensor potentiometer and
associated circuits.
Circuit Description
The seat fore/aft movement motor potentiometer provides a signal (voltage) to the seat memory module. This signal is
the horizontal position of the seat to the seat memory module.
To aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components, refer to:
• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, RHD and Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way
Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD, or
• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, LHD and Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way
Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the seat position sensor potentiometer is serviceable.
2 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors B142 – X1 pin 3 and A138_L – X1 pin 7. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 569.
3 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors B142 – X1 pin 1 and A138_L – X1 pin 16. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 3140.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Disconnect conn ect or B142 – X 1 from the position sen sor
potentiometer (refer to Note 3).
2 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across the potentiometer terminals.
3 Operate the passenger's eight-way seat adjustment switch so
that it will move the seat forward and aft.
Multimeter shou ld indi cate bet ween 0 and 10 kΩ (depending on seat
position). Is the resistance reading as specified?
Go to Step 2.
Replace the seat
fore/aft movement
motor
potentiometer, refer
to 6.21 Drive Motor
Potentiometers.
2 1 Disconnect connector A138_L – X1 from the driver’s EZ-entry
module (refer to Note 3).
2 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors B142 – X1 pin 3 and A138_L – X1 pin 7.
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified (refer to Note 1)?
Go to Step 3.
There is a fault in
circuit 569 betw een
connectors B142 –
X1 pin 3 and
A138_L – X1 pin 7.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 569 (refer to
Note 2).
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–348
Page 1A7–348
Step Action Yes No
3 1 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors B142 – X1 pin 1 and A138_L – X1 pin 16.
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified (refer to Note 1)? Potentiometer and
associated wiring
serviceable.
There is a fault in
circuit 3140
between
connectors B142 –
X1 pin 1 and
A138_L – X1 pin
16.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 3140 (refer
to Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–349
Page 1A7–349
Passenger's Seat Occupant Sensing M at Test
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the occupant sensing mat and associated circ uits.
Circuit Description
The occupant sensing mat provides a signal (voltage) to the seat memory module. This signal is the presence of a
passenger on the seat to the seat memory module.
To aid in diagnosis of the occupant sensing mat and associated components, refer to:
• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, RHD and Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way
Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD, or
• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, LHD and Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way
Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks diode forward resistance of the Passenger Presence Detector (PPD).
2 Checks diode reverse resistance of the PPD.
3 Checks diode reverse resistance of the PPD with weight on seat.
4 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors B180 – X1 pin 2 and A138_L – X1 pin 9. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 5234.
5 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors B180 – X1 pin 1 and A138_L – X1 pin 10. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 529.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Disconnect conn ect or B180 – X 1 from the occupant sen sin g
mat (refer to Note 3).
2 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, connect
red (+) probe to pin 2 and black (–) probe to pin 1 of the
occupant sensing mat.
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified (refer to Note 1)?
Go to Step 2.
Replace the
occupant sensing
mat, refer to 6.16
Front Seat Cushion
Pad and Cover
Assembly.
2 1 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, connect
red (+) probe to pin 1 and black (–) probe to pin 2 of the
occupant sensing mat.
Multimeter should indicate greater than 50 kΩ. Is the resistance
reading as specified (refer to Note 1)?
Go to Step 3.
Replace the
occupant sensing
mat, refer to 6.16
Front Seat Cushion
Pad and Cover
Assembly.
3 1 Place a weight greater than 15 kg on the seat.
2 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, connect
red (+) probe to pin 1 and black (–) probe to pin 2 of the
occupant sensing mat.
Multimeter should indicate less than 50 kΩ. (Resistance decreases
as the weight increases). Is the resistance reading as specified (refer
to Note 1)?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the
occupant sensing
mat, refer to 6.16
Front Seat Cushion
Pad and Cover
Assembly.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–350
Page 1A7–350
Step Action Yes No
4 1 Disconnect connector A138_L – X1 from the driver’s EZ-entry
module (refer to Note 3).
2 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors B180 – X1 pin 2 and A138_L – X1 pin 9.
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified (refer to Note 1)?
Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 5234
between
connectors B180 –
X1 pin 2 and
A138_L – X1 pin 9.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 5234 (refer
to Note 2).
5 1 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors B180 – X1 pin 1 and A138_L – X1 pin 10.
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified (refer to Note 1)? Occupant sen sin g
mat and associ ated
wiring serviceable.
There is a fault in
circuit 529 betw een
connectors B180 –
X1 pin 1 and
A138_L – X1 pin
10.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 529 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–351
Page 1A7–351
7.6 Electrical Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat,
Memory
Neither Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the seat power and earth circuits if neither seat operates
when either eight-way seat adjustment switch is operated.
Circuit Description
Both front seats have common power and earth circuits. If either of these circuits become unserviceable, the electrical
operation of both seats will be affected.
Refer to the following diagrams to aid in diagnosis of the eight-way seat adjustment switch and associated components:
• Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory and Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory, or
• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, RHD and Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way
Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD, or
• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, LHD and Connector Chart – Passenger's Eight-way
Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks that battery voltage is more than 11.5 volts. The seat motors require more than 11.5 volts to operate
correctly.
2 Checks that circuit breaker F2 located on the passenger compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is not tripped.
Isolates whether circuit breaker F2 is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.
3 Checks that fusible link F105 located on the engine compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is serviceable.
Isolates whether the fusible link is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.
4 Ensures that connector X200 is secure.
5 Checks whether there is battery voltage at connector X200 pin 19. Isol ates whether the fault is between the battery
and connector X200 pin 19. If the fault in the circuit is between connectors X200 pin 19 and either X315 pin 1 or
X308 pin B, only one seat will not operate.
6 Checks whether there is battery voltage at circuit breaker F2. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and
circuit breaker F2 or between circuit breaker F2 and connector X200 pin 19.
7 Checks whether there is battery voltage at fusible link F5. Is olates whether the fault is between the battery and
fusible link F105 or between fusible link F105 and circuit breaker F2.
8 Checks that all the earth points associated with the system are serviceable and a good earth is provided at each
point.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–352
Page 1A7–352
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Check the battery vo ltage, refer to Section 12A Battery and
Cables.
Is the battery voltage more than 11.5 V? Go to Step 2.
Refer to Section
12A Battery and
Cables for further
diagnosis.
2 1 Inspect circuit breaker F2 (refer to Note 3).
Is circuit breaker F2 tripped?
Allow the circuit
breaker to rese t
(refer to Note 3).
If the circuit breaker
trips again, there is
a short to ground in
circuit 540.
Repair or replace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 3.
3 1 Inspect fusible link F105 (refer to Note 3).
Is fusible link F105 serviceable?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the fusible
link.
If the fusible link
becomes
unserviceable
again, there is a
short to ground in
circuit 342.
Repair or replace
circuit 342 (refer to
Note 2).
4 Is connector X200 secure (refer to Note 3)? Go to Step 5. Ensure that the
connector is
secure.
5 1 Back probe connector X200 pin 19 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 8. Go to Step 6.
6 1 Remove circuit breaker F2 from the passenger compartment
fuse and relay panel assembly.
2 Using a test lamp, probe connector X129 – X45 pin 2 (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
circuit breaker F2
and connect or
X200 pin 19.
Repair or re place
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 7.
7 1 Remove the fusible link F105.
2 Using a test lamp, probe connector X18-105. (refer to Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 342 betw een
fusible link F105
and circuit breaker
F2.
Repair or replace
circuit 342 (refer to
Note 2).
There is a fault in
circuit 1 between
the battery and
fusible link F105.
Repair or replace
circuit 1 (refer to
Note 2).
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–353
Page 1A7–353
Step Action Yes No
8 1 Ensure that the following earth points are secure and have good
contact with the vehicle structure:
• X118–GP12 located in the middle of the transmission tunnel.
• X118–GP13 located in the rear compartment on the right-hand
side tail lamp stud.
• X118–GP14 located in the rear compartment on the rear
compartment lid .
Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for further details of earthing
points.
Are all the earth points secure to the vehicle with a good contact?
There is a fault in
circuit 650.
Repair or replace
circuit 650 (refer to
Note 2).
Ensure that the
connect ors are
secured to the
vehicle and that
there is a good
contact betw een
the connector and
the vehicle.
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–354
Page 1A7–354
EZ-entry and Memory Sel f Test Diagnosis
Introduction
The memory type seat provides the technician with in-built diagnostics. The diagnostics indicator is a green LED located
on the memory position switch. To enter the diagnostic mode, cycle the ignition while holding memory buttons 1 and 3 at
the same time.
The chart in this Section displays the error codes and fault description.
If the error code is above ten, the indication will consist of a single flash, a short delay and then the number of flashes
corresponding to the error. A longer delay will occur between error code indications.
EZ-entry and Memory Diagnostics
Flashes Description of Error Reference
2 No Passenger Presence Detector
(PPD) detected Driver's Seat Occupant Sensing Mat Test in Section 7.7 Electrical
Diagnosis – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory
3 PPD weight detected > 15kg Driver's Seat Occupant Sensing Mat Test in Section 7.7 Electrical
Diagnosis – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory
4 Seat fore/aft movement motor
potentiometer faulty Driver's Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Potentiometer Test in
Section 7.7 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Eight-way Seat,
Memory
5 Seat rear lift motor potentiometer
faulty Driver's Seat Rear Lift Motor Potentiometer Test in Section 7.7
Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Eight-wa y Seat, Memory
6 Seat front lift motor potentiometer
faulty Driver's Seat Front Lift Motor Potentiometer Test in Section 7.7
Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Eight-wa y Seat, Memory
7 Seat-back recline motor
potentiometer faulty Driver's Seat-back Recline Motor Potentiometer Test in Section
7.7 Electrical Di agnos is – Dr iver's Eigh t-way Seat, Memory
8 Button stuck detec ted Driver's Seat Memory Position Switch Test in Section 7.7
Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Eight-wa y Seat, Memory
9 Dump latch active Driver's Seat EZ-entry Switch Function is Inoperative in Section
7.7 Electrical Di agnos is – Dr iver's Eigh t-way Seat, Memory
11 Return button active Driver's Seat EZ-entry Switch Function is Inoperative in Section
7.7 Electrical Di agnos is – Dr iver's Eigh t-way Seat, Memory
12 Forward track switch active 3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
13 Reverse track switch active 3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
14 Recliner forward switch active 3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
15 Recliner backward switch active 3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
16 Memory 1 button active Driver's Seat Memory Position Switch Test in section 7.7
Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Eight-wa y Seat, Memory
17 Memory 2 button active Driver's Seat Memory Position Switch Test in section 7.7
Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Eight-wa y Seat, Memory
18 Memory 3 button active Driver's Seat Memory Position Switch Test in section 7.7
Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Eight-wa y Seat, Memory
19 Memory store M button active Driver's Seat Memory Position Switch Test in section 7.7
Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–355
Page 1A7–355
7.7 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Eight-wa y
Seat, Memory
The charts in this Section are used by the technician in the aid of diagnosing faults on the driver's eight-way seat,
memory. To aid in the us e of the diagnosis charts, refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory and
Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory in this Section.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–356
Page 1A7–356
Wiring Diagram – Dri ver's Eight-way Seat, Memory
Figure 1A7 – 184
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–357
Page 1A7–357
Figure 1A7 – 185
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–358
Page 1A7–358
Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory
Figure 1A7 – 186
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–359
Page 1A7–359
None of the Driver’s Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch when none of
the switch functions operate. The test diagnoses the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch and associated power and
earth circuit s.
Circuit Description
The seat adjustment switch provides manual control for the driver's seat. It is connected by a harness to the seat
memory module, and the seat front lift and seat rear lift motors.
Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory and Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory, to
aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether all of the passenger seat eight-way functions work. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to
the driver’s seat only.
2 Checks whether there is battery power at connector X315 pin 1. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540
between connectors X200 pin 19 and X315 pin 1.
3 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
4 Checks whether there is battery power at connector A21 – X2 pin 5. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540
between connectors A21 – X2 pin 5 and X315 pin 1.
5 Checks whether there is battery power at connector A21 – X3 pin 14. Isol ates whether there is a fault with the seat
control modu le.
6 Checks whether there is battery power at connector S51 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether there is a fault in ci rcuit 1674
between connectors S51 – X1 pin 5 and A21 – X3 pin 14.
7 Checks whether the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
8 Checks whether there is continuity between connector X315 pin 2 and earthing point X118_GP12. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 650.
9 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors A21 – X2 pin 11 and X315 pin 2. Isolates whether there is
a fault in circuit 650.
10 Checks whether there is continuity between connector X200 pin 3 and earthing point X1-1 LOC. X157. Isolates
whether there is a fault in circuit 151.
11 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors X315 pin 6 and X200 pin 3. Isolates whether there is a fault
in circuit 151.
12 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors A21 – X2 pin 10 and X315 pin 6. Isolates whether there is
a fault in circuit 151.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Are all of the passenger’s eight-way seat adjustment switch functions
inoperative? Refer to Neither
Seat Adjustment
Switch Functions
Operate in Section
7.6 Electrical
Diagnosis – Eight-
way Seat, Memory.
Go to Step 2.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–360
Page 1A7–360
Step Action Yes No
2 1 Back probe connector X315 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
connectors
X200 pin 19 and
X315 pin 1.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
3 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• A21
• S51
• X314
• X315
• Y64
• Y67
• Y69
• Y74
Go to Step 4. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
4 1 Back probe connector A21 – X2 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 540 betw een
connectors A21 –
X2 pin 5 and
X315 pin 1.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 540 (refer to
Note 2).
5 1 Back probe connector A21 – X3 pin 14 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 6.
Replace the
driver’s seat
memory module,
refer to 6.14 Seat
Memory Module.
6 1 Back probe connector S51 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 7.
There is a fault in
circuit 1674
between
connectors S51 –
X1 pin 5 and
A21 – X3 pin 14.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 1674 (refer
to Note 2).
7 1 Remove the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch
assembly from the seat, refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
2 Test the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 8.
Replace the
driver’s eight-way
seat adjust ment
switch assembly.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–361
Page 1A7–361
Step Action Yes No
8 1 Remove connector A21 – X2 from the seat control module
(refer to Note 3).
2 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connector X315 pin 2 and earthing point X118_GP12.
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified (refer to Note 1)?
Go to Step 9.
There is a fault in
circuit 650 betw een
connector X315 pin
2 and earthing
point X118_GP12.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 650 (refer to
Note 2).
9 1 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors A21 – X2 pin 11 and X315 pin 2.
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified (refer to Note 1)? Go to Step 10.
There is a fault in
circuit 650 betw een
connectors A21 –
X2 pin 11 and
X315 pin 2.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 650 (refer to
Note 2).
10 1 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connector X200 pin 3 and earthing point X1-1
LOC. X157.
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified (refer to Note 1)? Go to Step 11.
There is a fault in
circuit 151 betw een
connector X200 pin
3 and earthing
point X1-1
LOC. X157.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 151 (refer to
Note 2).
11 1 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors X315 pin 6 and X200 pin 3.
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified (refer to Note 1)? Go to Step 12.
There is a fault in
circuit 151 betw een
connectors
X315 pin 6 and
X200 pin 3.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 151 (refer to
Note 2).
12 1 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors A21 – X2 pin 10 and X315 pin 6.
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified (refer to Note 1)?
Replace the driver's
seat memory
module, refer to
6.14 Seat Memory
Module.
There is a fault in
circuit 151 betw een
connectors A21 –
X2 pin 10 and
X315 pin 6.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 151 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–362
Page 1A7–362
Front/Rear Of The Driver’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the front and/or the rear of the driver’s seat not raising and/or
lowering. The test diagnoses the eight-way seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.
Circuit Description
The seat front lift and seat rear lift motors are controlled by the seat memory module, which provides power and ground
for the motors. The polarity of the motors are alternated to change the direction of the motors.
Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory, and Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory, to
aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch operates in any of the directions. Isolates whether
the power and earth circuits are at fault.
2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
3 Checks whether the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the rear motor and circuit of the seat is the
fault.
5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the front motor and circ uit of the seat is
the fault.
6 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether there is
a fault between the switch and connector Y69 – X1 pin 1 .
7 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 9 and A21 – X2 pin 4. Isolates whether there
is a fault between the switch and connector A21 – X2 pin 4 or in circuit 282.
8 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 9 and A21 – X1 pin 12. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector A21 – X1 pin 12 or the seat control module is at fault.
9 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether there is
a fault between the switch and connector Y69 – X1 pin 2 or the motor is at fault.
10 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 8 and A21 – X2 pin 3. Isolates whether there
is a fault between the switch and connector A21 – X2 pin 3 or in circuit 283.
11 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 8 and A21 – X1 pin 13. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector A21 – X1 pin 13 or the seat control module is at fault.
12 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether there
is a fault between the switch and connector Y67 – X1 pin 1.
13 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 10 and A21 – X2 pin 2. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector A21 – X2 pin 2 or in circuit 286.
14 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 10 and A21 – X1 pin 9. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector A21 – X1 pin 10 or the seat control module is at fault.
15 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether there
is a fault between the switch and connector Y67 – X1 pin 2 or the motor is at fault.
16 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 7 and A21 – X2 pin 7. Isolates whether there
is a fault between the switch and connector A21 – X2 pin 7 or in circuit 287.
17 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 7 and A21 – X1 pin 10. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector A21 – X1 pin 10 or the seat control module is at fault.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–363
Page 1A7–363
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch operate correctly
in any of the eight directions?
Go to Step 2.
Refer to None of
the Driver’s Eight-
way Seat
Adjustment Switch
Functions Operate
in this Section.
2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• A21
• S51
• Y67
• Y69
Go to Step 3. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
3 1 Remove the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch
assembly from the seat, refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
2 Test the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the
driver’s eight-way
seat adjust ment
switch assembly.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
4 1 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that
the rear of the seat is raised or lowered.
Does the rear of the seat raise and lower? Go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.
5 1 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that
the front of the seat is raised or lowered.
Does the fron t of the seat raise and lower?
System
serviceable. Go to Step 12.
6 1 Back probe connector Y69 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will raise the rear of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 9. Go to Step 7.
7 1 Back probe connector A21 – X2 pin 4 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will raise the rear of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 282 betw een
connectors A21 –
X2 pin 4 and
Y69 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or re place
circuit 282 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 8.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–364
Page 1A7–364
Step Action Yes No
8 1 Back probe connector A21 – X1 pin 12 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will raise the rear of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the driver's
seat memory
module, refer to
6.14 Seat Memory
Module.
Go to Step 4.
There is a fault in
circuit 1519
between
connectors S51 –
X1 pin 9 and
A21 – X1 pin 12.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 1519 (refer
to Note 2).
Go to Step 4.
9 1 Back probe connector Y69 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will lower the rear of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat rear lift
motor is faulty.
Replace the seat
rear lift motor.
Refer to 6.18 Front
Seat Lift Mo tor
Assemblies.
Go to Step 10.
10 1 Back probe connector A21 – X2 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will lower the rear of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 283 betw een
connectors A21 –
X2 pin 3 and
Y69 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or re place
circuit 283 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 11.
11 1 Back probe connector A21 – X1 pin 13 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will lower the rear of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the driver's
seat memory
module, refer to
6.14 Seat Memory
Module.
Go to Step 4.
There is a fault in
circuit 1521
between
connectors S51 –
X1 pin 8 and
A21 – X1 pin 13.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 1521 (refer
to Note 2).
Go to Step 4.
12 1 Back probe connector Y67 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will raise the front of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 15. Go to Step 13.
13 1 Back probe connector A21 – X2 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will raise the front of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 286 betw een
connectors A21 –
X2 pin 2 and
Y67 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or re place
circuit 286 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 14.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–365
Page 1A7–365
Step Action Yes No
14 1 Back probe connector A21 – X1 pin 9 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will raise the front of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the driver's
seat memory
module, refer to
6.14 Seat Memory
Module.
There is a fault in
circuit 1518
between
connectors S51 –
X1 pin 10 and
A21 – X1 pin 9.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 1518 (refer
to Note 2).
15 1 Back probe connector Y67 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will lower the front of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat front lift
motor is faulty.
Replace the seat
front lift motor.
Refer to 6.18 Front
Seat Lift Mo tor
Assemblies.
Go to Step 16.
16 1 Back probe connector A21 – X2 pin 7 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will lower the front of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 287 betw een
connectors A21 –
X2 pin 7 and
Y67 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or re place
circuit 287 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 17.
17 1 Back probe connector A21 – X1 pin 10 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will lower the front of the seat.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the driver's
seat memory
module, refer to
6.14 Seat Memory
Module.
There is a fault in
circuit 1520
between
connectors S51 –
X1 pin 7 and
A21 – X1 pin 10.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 1520 (refer
to Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–366
Page 1A7–366
Driver’s Seat Fore/Af t Funct ion is Inoperative or Not Smoot h
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the fore/aft function of the driver’s seat being inoperative or
the action of the seat through the range of movement is not smooth. The test diagnoses the eight-way seat adjustment
switch and the motor circuits.
Circuit Description
The seat fore/aft motor is controlled by the seat memory module which provides power and ground for the motor. The
polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.
Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory and Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory, to
aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch operates in any of the directions. Isolates whether
there is battery power to the switch assembly.
2 Checks that there are no items obstructing the guide rails, wh ich may stop or hinder the seat movement.
3 Checks that the guide rails and drive shafts have adequate lubricant applied to provide a smooth operation of the
seat.
4 Checks that the guide rails or drive shafts have not been damaged. Any binding between the moving parts will
result in poor operation of the fore and aft movement.
5 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.
6 Checks whether the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector Y64 – X1 pin 1.
8 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 6 and A21 – X2 pin 1. Isolates whether there
is a fault between the switch and connector A21 – X2 pin 1 or in circuit 285.
9 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 6 and A21 – X1 pin 14. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector A21 – X1 pin 14 or the seat control module is at fault.
10 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector Y64 – X1 pin 2 or the motor is at fault.
11 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 3 and A21 – X2 pin 9. Isolates whether there
is a fault between the switch and connector A21 – X2 pin 9 or in circuit 284.
12 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 3 and A21 – X1 pin 15. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector A21 – X1 pin 15 or the seat control module is at fault.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–367
Page 1A7–367
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch operate correctly
in any of the eight directions?
Go to Step 2.
Refer to None of
the Driver’s Eight-
way Seat
Adjustment Switch
Functions Operate
in this Section.
2 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 3. Remove the
obstruct ing ite m.
3 Are the guide rails and drive shafts adequately lubricated?
Go to Step 4.
Apply a small
amount of grease
type NLGI No. 1
Lithium Grease
(with 9% Zinc
Oxide).
4 Do the guide rails or drive shafts bind at any point of travel during the
fore and aft movement of the seat? Replace the track
and height adjust
assembly, refer to
6.15 Track and
Height Adjust
Assembly.
Go to Step 5.
5 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• A21
• S51
• Y64
Go to Step 6. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
6 1 Remove the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch
assembly from the seat, refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
2 Test the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
driver’s eight-way
seat adjust ment
switch assembly.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
7 1 Back probe connector Y64 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 10. Go to Step 8.
8 1 Back probe connector A21 – X2 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 285 betw een
connectors A21 –
X2 pin 1 and
Y64 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or re place
circuit 285 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 9.
9 1 Back probe connector A21 – X1 pin 14 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the driver's
seat memory
module, refer to
6.14 Seat Memory
Module.
There is a fault in
circuit 1523
between
connectors S51 –
X1 pin 6 and
A21 – X1 pin 14.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 1523 (refer
to Note 2).
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–368
Page 1A7–368
Step Action Yes No
10 1 Back probe connector Y64 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The seat fo re/aft
movement motor is
faulty. Replace the
seat fore/aft
movement motor .
Refer to 6.19 Front
Seat Fore/Aft
Movement Mot or
Assembly.
Go to Step 11.
11. 1 Back probe connector A21 – X2 pin 9 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 284 betw een
connectors A21 –
X2 pin 9 and
Y64 – X1 pin 2.
Repair or re place
circuit 284 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 12.
12. 1 Back probe connector A21 – X1 pin 15 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the driver's
seat memory
module, refer to
6.14 Seat Memory
Module.
There is a fault in
circuit 1522
between
connectors S51 –
X1 pin 3 and
A21 – X1 pin 15.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 1522 (refer
to Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–369
Page 1A7–369
Driver’s Seat Recline Forward and/or Aft Function Is Inoperative
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the reclining function of the driver’s seat being inoperative.
The test diagnoses the eigh t-w ay seat adjust ment sw itch and the motor circui ts.
Circuit Description
The front seat-back recline motor is controlled by the seat memory module which provides power and ground for the
motor. The polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.
Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory and Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory, to
aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch operates in any of the directions. Isolates whether
there is battery power to the switch assembly.
2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively conn ected.
3 Checks whether the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch is serviceable.
4 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat reclining motor at connector Y74 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector Y74 – X1 pin 1.
5 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 2 and X314 pin 5. Isolates whether there is a
fault between the switch and connector X314 pin 5 or in circuit 276.
6 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 2 and A21 – X4 pin 6. Isolates whether there
is a fault between the switch and connector A21 – X4 pin 6 or in circuit 276.
7 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 2 and A21 – X1 pin 16. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector A21 – X1 pin 16 or the seat control module is at fault.
8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat reclining motor at connector Y74 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector Y74 – X1 pin 2 or the motor is at fault.
9 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 4 and X314 pin 8. Isolates whether there is a
fault between the switch and connector X314 pin 8 or in circuit 277.
10 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 4 and A21 – X4 pin 11. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector A21 – X4 pin 11 or in circuit 277.
11 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 4 and A21 – X1 pin 17. Isolates whether
there is a fault between the switch and connector A21 – X1 pin 17 or the seat control module is at fault.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch operate correctly
in any of the eight directions?
Go to Step 2.
Refer to None of
the Driver’s Eight-
way Seat
Adjustment Switch
Functions Operate
in this Section.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–370
Page 1A7–370
Step Action Yes No
2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?
• A21
• S51
• Y74
• X314
Go to Step 3. Ensure that the
connect ors are
secure.
3 1 Remove the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch
assembly from the seat, refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
2 Test the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to
3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.
Is the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch serviceable?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the
driver’s eight-way
seat adjust ment
switch assembly.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
4 1 Back probe connector Y74 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat-bac k forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 8. Go to Step 5.
5 1 Back probe connector X314 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat-bac k forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 276 betw een
connectors X314
pin 5 and
Y74 – X1 pin 1.
Repair or re place
circuit 276 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 6.
6 1 Back probe connector A21 – X4 pin 6 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat-bac k forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 276 betw een
connectors A21 –
X4 pin 6 and
X314 pin 5.
Repair or re place
circuit 276 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 7.
7 1 Back probe connector A21 – X1 pin 16 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat-bac k forward.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the driver's
seat memory
module, refer to
6.14 Seat Memory
Module.
There is a fault in
circuit 1269
between
connectors S51 –
X1 pin 2 and
A21 – X1 pin 16.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 1269 (refer
to Note 2).
8 1 Back probe connector Y74 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat-back aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
The front seat-back
recline motor is
faulty.
Replace the front
seat-back recline
motor, refer to 6.20
Front Seat-back
Recline Motor
Assembly.
Go to Step 9.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–371
Page 1A7–371
Step Action Yes No
9 1 Back probe connector X314 pin 8 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat-back aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 277 betw een
connectors X314
pin 8 and
Y74 - X1 pin 2.
Repair or replace
circuit 277 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 10.
10 1 Back probe connector A21 – X4 pin 11 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat-back aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 277 betw een
connectors A21 –
X4 pin 11 and
X314 pin 8.
Repair or re place
circuit 277 (refer to
Note 2).
Go to Step 11.
11 1 Back probe connector A21 – X1 pin 17 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat-back aft.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 6.14 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
There is a fault in
circuit 1270
between
connectors S51 –
X1 pin 4 and
A21 - X1 pin 17.
Repair or re place
circuit 1270 (refer
to Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–372
Page 1A7–372
Driver's Seat EZ-entry Switch Functi on is Inoperative
Introduction
The EZ-entry func tion is designed so that when the seat-back is released with the EZ-entry lever, the seat will move to its
fully forward position using the seat fore/aft motor. Once the seat has moved to its fully forward position, power to the
seat fore/aft motor will cease. A switch attached to the seat-back activates the seat fore/aft motor when the recline of the
seat-back is moved forward after being released using the EZ-entry lever. This test is used by the technician to aid in the
diagnosis of the EZ-entry function of the driver's seat being inoperative. The test diagnoses the EZ-entry switch and
associated circuits.
Circuit Description
The EZ-entry switch is connected to the seat memory module by a harness. The EZ-entry switch is a normally open type
switch.
Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory and Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory, to
aid in diagnosis of the EZ-entry switch and associated components.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the seat fore/ aft motor is servic eab le.
2 Checks whether there is battery power to connector A21 – X1 pin 8. Isolates whether the driver's seat control
module is at fault.
3 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors A21 – X1 pin 8 and A21 – X4 pin 8. Isolates whether there
is a fault with the EZ-entry switch and associated circuits.
4 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors A21 – X1 pin 8 and X314 pin 1. Isolates whether there is a
fault in circuit 613.
5 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors A21 – X4 pin 8 and X314 pin 2. Isolates whether the EZ-
entry switch or circuit 617 is at fault.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the seat move in the fore/aft direction when operated by the
driver's eight-way seat adjustment switch?
Go to Step 2.
Refer to Driver’s
Seat Fore/Aft
Function is
Inoperative or Not
Smooth in this
Section.
2 1 Back probe connector A21 – X1 pin 8 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.
Replace the driver's
seat memory
module, refer to
6.14 Seat Memory
Module.
3 1 Release the seat-back using the EZ-entry lever.
2 Back probe connector A21 – X4 pin 8 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the seat
memory module,
refer to 6.14 Seat
Memo r y Mod u le .
Go to Step 4.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–373
Page 1A7–373
Step Action Yes No
4 1 Back probe connector X314 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 613 betw een
connectors A21 –
X1 pin 8 and
X314 pin 1.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 613 (refer to
Note 2).
5 1 Back probe connector X314 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 617 betw een
connectors A21 –
X4 pin 8 and
X314 pin 2.
Repair or re place
circuit 617 (refer to
Note 2).
Replace the driver's
EZ-entry switch,
refer to 6.10 EZ-
Entry Switch and
Release Cable
Assembly.
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–374
Page 1A7–374
Driver's Seat Return Switch Function is Inoperative
Introduction
The seat return switch is located on the escutcheon at the top of the seat-back. The switch function is to move the seat in
an aft direction after the EZ-entry function has been used and the recline of the seat has been placed upright. With the
seat return switch continuously pressed, the seat will move to its fully aft position, pausing for 2 seconds at the seat
position where the EZ-entry lever was operated. The test diagnoses the seat return switch and associated circuits.
Circuit Description
The driver’s seat return switch is connected to the seat memory module by a harnes s. The driver’s seat return switch is a
normally open type switch.
Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory and Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory, to
aid in diagnosis of the driver’s seat return switch and associated components.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the seat fore/ aft motor is servic eab le.
2 Checks whether the seat will move to its fully forward position when the seat-back is released using the EZ-entry
lever. Isolates whether the EZ-entry switch function is serviceable.
3. Checks whether the seat will move aft when the seat-back is in the upright position and the seat return switch is
pressed. Isolate s whether the seat r eturn switch is serv i ceab l e.
4 Checks whether there is battery power at connector A21 – X4 pin 7. Isolates whether there is a fault with the
driver's seat contr ol mod ule.
5 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors A21 – X4 pin 2 and A21 – X4 pin 7. Isolates whether there
is a fault with the seat return switch and associated circuits.
6 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors A21 – X4 pin 7 and X314 pin 4. Isolates whether there is a
fault in circuit 1023.
7 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors A21 – X4 pin 7 and S267 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 1023.
8 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors A21 – X4 pin 7 and S267 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault with the driver's seat return switch.
9 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors A21 – X4 pin 7 and X314 pin 3. Isolates whether there is a
fault in circuit 1022.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 Does the seat move in the fore/aft direction when operated by the
driver's eight-way seat adjustment switch?
Go to Step 2.
Refer to Driver’s
Seat Fore/Aft
Function is
Inoperative or Not
Smooth in this
Section.
2 1 Release the seat-back using the EZ-entry lever.
Does the seat move forward? Go to Step 3.
Refer to Driver's
Seat EZ-entry
Switch Function is
Inoperative in this
Section.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–375
Page 1A7–375
Step Action Yes No
3 1 Move the seat-back to the upright position.
2 Press the seat return switc h.
Does the seat move aft?
System
Serviceable. Go to Step 4.
4 1 Back probe connector A21 – X4 pin 7 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5.
Replace the driver's
seat memory
module, refer to
6.14 Seat Memory
Module.
5 1 Back probe connector A21 – X4 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Press the seat return switc h.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Replace the driver's
seat memory
module, refer to
6.14 Seat Memory
Module.
Go to Step 6.
6 1 Back probe connector X314 pin 4 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 7.
There is a fault in
circuit 1023
between
connectors A21 –
X4 pin 7 and
X314 pin 4.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 1023 (refer
to Note 2).
7 1 Back probe connector S267 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 8.
There is a fault in
circuit 1023
between
connectors S267 –
X1 pin 2 and
X314 pin 4.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 1023 (refer
to Note 2).
8 1 Back probe connector S267 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Press the seat return switc h.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Go to Step 9.
Replace the driver's
seat return switch,
refer to 6.9 EZ-
Entry Release
Lever and
Escutcheon.
9 1 Back probe connector X314 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer to
Note 1).
2 Press the seat return switc h.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
There is a fault in
circuit 1022
between
connectors A21 –
X4 pin 2 and
X314 pin 3.
Repair or re place
circuit 1022 (refer
to Note 2).
There is a fault in
circuit 1022
between
connectors S267 –
X1 pin 1 and
X314 pin 3.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 1022 (refer
to Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–376
Page 1A7–376
Driver's Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Potentiometer Test
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the seat track motor position sensor potentiometer and
associated circuits.
Circuit Description
The seat track motor potentiometer provides a signal (voltage) to the seat memory module. This signal is the horizontal
position of the seat to the seat memory module.
Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory and Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory, to
aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the seat position sensor potentiometer is serviceable.
2 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors B138 – X1 pin 3 and A21 – X3 pin 5. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 3140.
3 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors B138 – X1 pin 1 and A21 – X3 pin 6. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 569.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Disconnect conn ect or B138 – X 1 from the position sen sor
potentiometer (refer to Note 3).
2 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across the potentiometer terminals.
3 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat forward and aft.
Multimeter shou ld indi cate bet ween 0 and 10 kΩ (depending on seat
position). Is the resistance reading as specified (refer to Note 1)?
Go to Step 2.
Replace the driver's
seat fore/aft
movement motor
potentiometer, refer
to 6.21 Drive Motor
Potentiometers.
2 1 Disconnect connector A21 – X3 from the driver’s seat memory
module (refer to Note 3).
2 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors B138 – X1 pin 3 and A21 – X3 pin 5.
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified (refer to Note 1)?
Go to Step 3.
There is a fault in
circuit 3140
between
connectors B138 –
X1 pin 3 and
A21 – X3 pin 5.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 3140 (refer
to Note 2).
3 1 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors B138 – X1 pin 1 and A21 – X3 pin 6 (refer to
Note 1).
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified?
Potentiometer and
associated wiring
serviceable.
There is a fault in
circuit 569 betw een
connectors B138 –
X1 pin 1 and
A21 – X3 pin 6.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 569 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–377
Page 1A7–377
Driver's Seat-back Recline Motor Potentiometer Test
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the seat-back recline motor potentiometer and associated
circuits.
Circuit Description
The seat-back recline motor potentiometer provides a signal (voltage) to the seat memory module. This signal is the
recline position of the seat to the seat memory module.
Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory and Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory, to
aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the seat position sensor potentiometer is serviceable.
2 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors B139 – X1 pin 3 and X314 pin 7. Isolates whether there is
a fault in circuit 3240.
3 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors X314 pin 7 and A21 – X4 pin 3. Isolates whether there is a
fault in circuit 3240.
4 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors B139 – X1 pin 2 and X314 pin 6. Isolates whether there is
a fault in circuit 570.
5 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors X314 pin 6 and A21 – X4 pin 1. Isolates whether there is a
fault in circuit 570.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Disconnect conn ect or B139 – X 1 from the position sen sor
potentiometer (refer to Note 3).
2 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across the potentiometer terminals.
3 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that it
will move the seat-bac k forward and aft.
Multimeter shou ld indi cate bet ween 0 and 10 kΩ (depending on seat-
back position). Is the resistance reading as specified (refer to
Note 1)?
Go to Step 2.
Replace the driver's
seat-back recline
motor
potentiometer, refer
to 6.20 Front Seat-
back Recline Motor
Assembly.
2 1 Disconnect connector A21 – X4 from the driver’s seat memory
module (refer to Note 3).
2 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors B139 – X1 pin 3 and X314 pin 7.
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified (refer to Note 1)?
Go to Step 3.
There is a fault in
circuit 3240
between
connectors B139 –
X1 pin 3 and
X314 pin 7.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 3240 (refer
to Note 2).
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–378
Page 1A7–378
Step Action Yes No
3 1 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors A21 – X4 pin 3 and X314 pin 7 (refer to
Note 1).
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified? Go to Step 4.
There is a fault in
circuit 3240
between
connectors A21 –
X4 pin 3 and
X314 pin 7.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 3240 (refer
to Note 2).
4 1 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors B139 – X1 pin 2 and X314 pin 6 (refer to
Note 1).
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified? Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 570 betw een
connectors B139 –
X1 pin 2 and
X314 pin 6.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 570 (refer to
Note 2).
5 1 Using a digital multime ter set to measure resis tan ce, probe
across connectors A21 – X4 pin 1 and X314 pin 6 (refer to
Note 1).
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified?
Potentiometer and
associated wiring
serviceable.
There is a fault in
circuit 570 betw een
connectors A21 –
X4 pin 1 and
X314 pin 6.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 570 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–379
Page 1A7–379
Driver's Seat Front Lift Motor Potentiometer Test
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the seat front lift motor potentiometer and associated circuits.
Circuit Description
The seat front lift motor potentiometer provides a signal (voltage) to the seat memory module. This signal is the vertical
position of the front of the seat to the seat memory module.
Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory and Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory, to
aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the seat position sensor potentiometer is serviceable.
2 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors B137 – X1 pin 2 and A21 – X3 pin 10. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 2940.
3 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors B137 – X1 pin 1 and A21 – X3 pin 8. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 557.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Disconnect conn ect or B137 – X 1 from the position sen sor
potentiometer (refer to Note 3).
2 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across the potentiometer terminals.
3 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that
the front of the seat is raised or lowered.
Multimeter shou ld indi cate bet ween 0 and 10 kΩ (depending on seat
position). Is the resistance reading as specified (refer to Note 1)?
Go to Step 2.
Replace the driver's
seat front lift motor
potentiometer, refer
to 6.21 Drive Motor
Potentiometers.
2 1 Disconnect connector A21 – X3 from the driver’s seat memory
module (refer to Note 3).
2 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors B137 – X1 pin 2 and A21 – X3 pin 10.
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified (refer to Note 1)?
Go to Step 3.
There is a fault in
circuit 2940
between
connectors B137 –
X1 pin 2 and
A21 – X3 pin 10.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 2940 (refer
to Note 2).
3 1 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors B137 – X1 pin 1 and A21 – X3 pin 8 (refer to
Note 1).
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified?
Potentiometer and
associated wiring
serviceable.
There is a fault in
circuit 557 betw een
connectors B137 –
X1 pin 1 and
A21 – X3 pin 8.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 557 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–380
Page 1A7–380
Driver's Seat Rear Lift M ot or Potentiometer Test
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the seat rear lift motor potentiometer and associated circuits.
Circuit Description
The seat rear lift motor potentiometer provides a signal (voltage) to the seat memory module. This signal is the vertical
position of the rear of the seat to the seat memory module.
Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory and Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory, to
aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the seat position sensor potentiometer is serviceable.
2 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors B140 – X1 pin 3 and A21 – X3 pin 9. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 3040.
3 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors B140 – X1 pin 2 and A21 – X3 pin 7. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 568.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Disconnect connector B140 – X1 from the position sensor
potentiometer (refer to Note 3).
2 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across the potentiometer terminals.
3 Operate the driver’s eight-way seat adjustment switch so that
the rear of the seat is raised or lowered.
Multimeter shou ld indi cate bet ween 0 and 10 kΩ (depending on seat
position). Is the resistance reading as specified (refer to Note 1)?
Go to Step 2.
Replace the driver's
seat rear lift motor
potentiometer, refer
to 6.21 Drive Motor
Potentiometers.
2 1 Disconnect connector A21 – X3 from the driver’s seat memory
module (refer to Note 3).
2 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors B140 – X1 pin 3 and A21 – X3 pin 9.
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified (refer to Note 1)?
Go to Step 3.
There is a fault in
circuit 3040
between
connectors B140 –
X1 pin 3 and
A21 – X3 pin 9.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 3040 (refer
to Note 2).
3 1 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors B140 – X1 pin 2 and A21 – X3 pin 7 (refer to
Note 1).
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified?
Potentiometer and
associated wiring
serviceable.
There is a fault in
circuit 568 betw een
connectors B140 –
X1 pin 2 and
A21 – X3 pin 7.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 568 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–381
Page 1A7–381
Driver's Seat Occupant Sensing Mat Test
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the occupant sensing mat and associated circ uits.
Circuit Description
The occupant sensing mat provides a signal (voltage) to the seat memory module. This signal is the presence of a
passenger on the seat to the seat memory module.
Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory and Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory, to
aid in diagnosis of the occupant sensing mat and associated components.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks diode forward resistance of the Passenger Presence Detector (PPD).
2 Checks diode reverse resistance of the PPD.
3 Checks diode reverse resistance of the PPD with weight on seat.
4 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors B180 – X1 pin 1 and A21 – X3 pin 13. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 5234.
5 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors B180 – X1 pin 2 and A21 – X3 pin 1. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 529.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Disconnect conn ect or B180 – X 1 from the occupant sen sing
mat (refer to Note 3).
2 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, connect
red (+) probe to pin 1 and black (–) probe to pin 2 of the
occupant sensing mat (refer to Note 1).
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified?
Go to Step 2.
Replace the
occupant sensing
mat, refer to 6.16
Front Seat Cushion
Pad and Cover
Assembly.
2 1 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, connect
red (+) probe to pin 2 and black (–) probe to pin 1 of the
occupant sensing mat (refer to Note 1).
Multimeter should indicate greater than 50 kΩ. Is the resistance
reading as specified?
Go to Step 3.
Replace the
occupant sensing
mat, refer to 6.16
Front Seat Cushion
Pad and Cover
Assembly.
3 1 Place a weight greater than 15 kg on the seat.
2 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, connect
red (+) probe to pin 2 and black (–) probe to pin 1 of the
occupant sensing mat (refer to Note 1).
Multimeter should indicate less than 50 kΩ. (Resistance decreases
as the weight increases). Is the resistance reading as specified?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the
occupant sensing
mat, refer to 6.16
Front Seat Cushion
Pad and Cover
Assembly.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–382
Page 1A7–382
Step Action Yes No
4 1 Disconnect connector A21 – X3 from the driver’s seat memory
module (refer to Note 3).
2 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors B180 – X1 pin 1 and A21 – X3 pin 13 (refer
to Note 1).
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified?
Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 5234
between
connectors B180 –
X1 pin 1 and
A21 – X3 pin 13.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 5234 (refer
to Note 2).
5 1 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors B180 – X1 pin 2 and A21 – X3 pin 1 (refer to
Note 1).
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified?
Occupant sen sin g
mat and associ ated
wiring serviceable.
There is a fault in
circuit 529 betw een
connectors B180 –
X1 pin 2 and
A21 – X3 pin 1.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 529 (refer to
Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–383
Page 1A7–383
Driver's Seat Memory Position Switch Test
Introduction
This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the memory position switch.
Circuit Description
The switch is located on the outer side of the seat, attached to the inner side of the front seat outer side cover. The
memory position switch is connected to the seat memory module by a harness.
Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory and Connector Chart – Driver's Eight-way Seat, Memory, to
aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.
Test Description
The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.
1 Checks whether the driver’s seat memory position switch is serviceable.
2 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S52 – X1 pin 5 and A21 – X1 pin 3. Isolates whether there
is a fault in circuit 2292.
3 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S52 – X1 pin 6 and A21 – X3 pin 15. Isolates whether
there is a fault in circuit 1985.
4 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S52 – X1 pin 1 and A21 – X1 pin 4. Isolates whether there
is a fault in circuit 615.
5 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S52 – X1 pin 2 and A21 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether there
is a fault in circuit 616.
6 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S52 – X1 pin 3 and A21 – X1 pin 6. Isolates whether there
is a fault in circuit 614.
7 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S52 – X1 pin 4 and A21 – X1 pin 7. Isolates whether there
is a fault in circuit 2293.
Notes on the Diagnostic Chart
1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.
2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Ha rnesses for harness routeing.
4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.
Step Action Yes No
1 1 Remove the driver’s seat memory position switch from the seat,
refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.
2 Test the driver’s memory position switch, refer to 5.8 Memory
Position Switch Test.
Is the driver’s memory position switch serviceable?
Go to Step 2.
Replace the
driver’s memory
position switch.
Refer to 6.4 Front
Seat Outer Side
Cover Assembly.
2 1 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors S52 – X1 pin 5 and A21 – X1 pin 3 (refer to
Note 1).
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified? Go to Step 3.
There is a fault in
circuit 2292
between
connectors S52 –
X1 pin 5 and
A21 – X1 pin 3.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 2292 (refer
to Note 2).
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–384
Page 1A7–384
Step Action Yes No
3 1 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors S52 – X1 pin 6 and A21 – X3 pin 15 (refer to
Note 1).
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified? Go to Step 4.
There is a fault in
circuit 1985
between
connectors S52 –
X1 pin 6 and
A21 – X3 pin 15.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 1985 (refer
to Note 2).
4 1 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors S52 – X1 pin 1 and A21 – X1 pin 4 (refer to
Note 1).
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified? Go to Step 5.
There is a fault in
circuit 615 betw een
connectors S52 –
X1 pin 1 and
A21 – X1 pin 4.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 615 (refer to
Note 2).
5 1 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors S52 – X1 pin 2 and A21 – X1 pin 5 (refer to
Note 1).
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified? Go to Step 6.
There is a fault in
circuit 616 betw een
connectors S52 –
X1 pin 2 and
A21 – X1 pin 5.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 616 (refer to
Note 2).
6 1 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors S52 – X1 pin 3 and A21 – X1 pin 6 (refer to
Note 1).
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified? Go to Step 7.
There is a fault in
circuit 614 betw een
connectors S52 –
X1 pin 3 and
A21 – X1 pin 6.
Repair or repl ace
circuit 614 (refer to
Note 2).
7 1 Using a digital multimeter set to measure resistance, probe
across connectors S52 – X1 pin 4 and A21 – X1 pin 7 (refer to
Note 1).
Multimeter should indicate continuity. Is the resistance reading as
specified?
Memory position
switch and
associated wiring
serviceable.
There is a fault in
circuit 2293
between
connectors S52 –
X1 pin 4 and
A21 – X1 pin 7.
Repair or re place
circuit 2293 (refer
to Note 2).
When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–385
Page 1A7–385
8 Service Operations – Rear Seat
8.1 Usage Charts
The followi ng usage charts are provided to help determine the rear seat assembly components that are serviced. For
vehicles not shown and for service procedures not included in this Section, refer to Section 1A7 Seat Assemblies in the
MY 2003 VY and V2 Series Service Information. Also refer to 1.2 Rear Seat General Description for further infor mat ion .
S, SV8 and SS
Figure 1A7 – 187
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–386
Page 1A7–386
Legend
1 Rear Seat-back Pad – Right-hand
2 Rear Seat-back Cover – Ri ght-hand
3 Rear Seat-back Pad – Left-hand
4 Rear Seat-back Cover – Left -hand
5 Rear Seat Cushion Pad
6 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Assem bly
7 Rear Seat Cushion Frame Assembly
8 Rear Seat Cushion Release Handles – Two Places
9 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Ret ai ner W i re
10 Hog Ring
11 Rear S eat Centre Tray Assembly *
12 Rear S eat-back Centre Cover
13 Rear S eat-back Centre Pad
14 Rear S eat-back Centre Release Button
15 Release Button Rod
16 Rear S eat-back Centre Striker
17 Rear S eat-back Centre Striker Cover
* Refer to Section 1A7, Rear Seat Usage Chart – Sedan in the MY 2003 VY and V2 Series Service Information for a
complete breakdown of the Rear Seat-back Centre Tray Assembly.
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–387
Page 1A7–387
Coupe
Figure 1A7 – 188
Legend
1 Rear Seat Cushion Cover – Right-hand
2 Rear Seat Cushion Pad – Right-hand
3 Rear Seat Cushion Pad – Left-hand
4 Rear Seat Cushion Cover – Left-hand
5 Rear Seat Cushion Release Handle
6 Rear Seat Cushion Cent re Escutcheon
7 Rear Seat Cushion Frame
8 Rear Seat-back Cover – Left -hand
9 Rear Seat-back Pad – Left-hand
10 Rear S eat-back Cover – Right-hand
11 Rear S eat-back Pad – Right-hand
12 Rear Seat-back Frame
13 Rear S eat-back Centre Escutcheon
14 Head Restraint
15 Head Res traint Sleeve – Two Place Each Side
16 Chil d Com forter Guide – (If Fitted)
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–388
Page 1A7–388
8.2 Child Comforter Guide – Coupe
Remove
1 Remove the rear seat-back assembly, refer to Section 1A7, 8.2 Rear Seat-back Assembly in the MY 2003 VY
and V2 Series Service Information.
2 Unclip the J-strip (1) on the outer edge of the rear
seat-back assembly (2).
Figure 1A7 – 189
3 Using a suitable screwdriver (1), gently prise open the
clip (2), attaching the child comforter guide strap (3) to
the seat-back frame (4).
4 Unclip the child comforter strap from the seat back
frame and carefully withdraw the child comforter guide
from the pouch in the rear seat-back cover.
Figure 1A7 – 190
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–389
Page 1A7–389
Reinstall
1 Insert the child comforter guide strap (1), through the
pouch in the rear seatback cover (2).
2 Clip the child comforter guide attaching clip onto the
rear seat-back frame, refer to Figure 1A7 – 190.
Figure 1A7 – 191
3 Using a suitable pair of pliers (1), gently squeeze the
end of the child comforter guide attaching clip (2)
closed.
4 Attach the J-strip (3) to the rear seat-back frame.
5 Reinstall the rear seat-back assembly, refer to
Section 1A7, 8.2, Rear Seat-back Assembly in the
MY 2003 VY and V2 Series Service Information.
Figure 1A7 – 192
Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–390
Page 1A7–390
9 Torque Wrench Specifications
9.1 Front Seat
Fire Extinguisher Mounting Bracket...........................................15.0 – 20.0 Nm
Front Seat Assembly Attaching Screw.......................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm
Front Seat Outer Front Cover Attaching Sc rew .............................1.0 – 3.0 Nm
Front Seat Adjustment Switch Attaching Screw.............................1.0 – 3.0 Nm
Memory Position Switch Cover Attaching Screw...........................1.0 – 3.0 Nm
EZ-entry Module Attaching Screw, Coupe.....................................1.0 – 3.0 Nm
Front Seat Outer Side Cover Attaching Screw...............................1.0 – 3.0 Nm
Front Seat Inner Side Cover Attaching Screw...............................1.0 – 3.0 Nm
Front Seat-back Map Pocket Attaching Screw...............................1.0 – 3.0 Nm
EZ-entry Release Escutcheon Assembly, Coupe..........................1.0 – 3.0 Nm
Lumbar Support Knob Attaching Screw......................................... 2.0 – 5.0 Nm
Side Impact Airbag Assembly Attaching Nut..................................5.0 – 6.0 Nm
Front Seat Dummy Block Insert Assembly Attaching Nut..............5.0 – 6.0 Nm
Active Head Restraint Frame Assembly Attaching Nut..................3.0 – 5.0 Nm
Front Seat-back Frame Assembly Attaching Screw...................30.0 – 45.0 Nm
Seat Memory Module Attaching Screw..........................................1.0 – 3.0 Nm
Track and Height Adjust Assembly Attaching Nut......................24.0 – 32.0 Nm